AT Command Manual

Release 9.0

RDA

Aug 24, 2018

 CONTENTS:

1 1 Introduction 1
1.1 1.1 AT Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 1.2 AT Command Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.3 1.3 Character Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2 2 General Commands 3
2.1 2.1 A/ Repeat last command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2 2.2 AT+CPOF Switch Off Mobile Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.3 2.3 ATS0 Automatic Answering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.4 2.4 ATS3 Response Formatting Character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.5 2.5 ATS4 Response Formatting Character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.6 2.6 ATS5 Command Line Editing Character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.7 2.7 +++ Switch From Online Data Or Ppp Mode To Online Cmd Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.8 2.8 ATO Switch From Command Mode To Data Mode/ppp Online Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.9 2.9 AT&F Set All Current Parameters To Manufacturer Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.10 2.10 ATV Set Result Code Format Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.11 2.11 ATE Enable Command Echo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.12 2.12 AT&W Stores Current Configuration To User Defined Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.13 2.13 ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.14 2.14 ATX Set Connect Result Code Format And Call Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.15 2.15 ATZ Set All Current Parameters To User Defined Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.16 2.16 AT+CFUN Set Phone Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.17 2.17 AT+CMEE Report Mobile Equipment Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.18 2.18 AT+CSCS Select TE Character Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.19 2.19 AT+CMUX Multiplexing Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.20 2.20 AT+ICF DTE DCE Character Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.21 2.21 AT+IPR Set Fixed Local Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.22 2.22 AT+GSN Request TA Serial Number Identification | IMEI number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.23 2.23 AT+GMM Request TA Model Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.24 2.24 AT+CGMM Request Model Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.25 2.25 AT+GMR Request Revision Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.26 2.26 AT+ CGMR Request Revision Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.27 2.27 AT+GMI Request TA Manufacturer Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.28 2.28 AT+CGMI Request Manufacturer Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.29 2.29 ATI Request Manufacturer Specific Information About The TA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.30 2.30 AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.31 2.31 AT+EGMR Read And Write IMEI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.32 2.32 AT+CALA Set An Alarm Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.33 2.33 AT+VGR Receive Gain Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.34 2.34 AT+CLVL Loudspeaker Volume Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

i
 2.35 2.35 AT+CMUT Mute Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.36 2.36 AT+CCLK Real Time Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.37 2.37 AT+CALD Delete One Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.38 2.38 AT+CBC Battery Charging / Discharging And Charge Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.39 2.39 AT+CBCM Supply Information When Battery Capacity Changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.40 2.40 AT+CMER Mobile Termination Event Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.41 2.41 AT+CEER Extended Error Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.42 2.42 AT+CPAS Phone Activity Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.43 2.43 AT+CTTS TTS Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.44 2.44 AT+CSCLK Set Low Clock Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.45 2.45 AT+CAM camera command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.46 2.46 AT+SRD Mic Record Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2.47 2.47 AT+IFC DTE-DCE local flow control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.48 2.48 AT+OTP do OTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.49 2.49 AT+SFUN Set Phone Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2.50 2.50 AT+CIND Set if the indication event send to ate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.51 2.51 AT+NVSETRSRPOFFSET Set rsrpoffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

3 3 SIM/PBK Commands 39
3.1 3.1 AT+SIM SIM status checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.2 3.2 AT+SIMIF Request SIM type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.3 3.3 AT+CCID Request ICC Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.4 3.4 AT+CPIN Pin Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.5 3.5 AT^CPINC Total Times Of Access The Sim Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.6 3.6 AT+CPIN2 Pin2 Authentication(for Sim) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.7 3.7 AT+CLCK Facility Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.8 3.8 AT+CPWD Change Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.9 3.9 AT+QSPN Request Service Provider Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.10 3.10 AT+QGID Request SIM GID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.11 3.11 AT+CCHO not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.12 3.12 AT+CCHC not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.13 3.13 AT+CGLA not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.14 3.14 AT+CRSM Restricted Sim Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.15 3.15 AT+CRSML Read records of EF files on (U)SIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.16 3.16 AT+CNUM Subscriber Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.17 3.17 AT+CPBR Read Current Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.18 3.18 AT+CPBS Select Phonebook Memory Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.19 3.19 AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.20 3.20 AT+CPBW Write Phonebook Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

4 4 Call Control Commands 59

4.1 4.1 ATA Answer A Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.2 4.2 ATD Make A Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.3 4.3 AT+DLST Redial Last Mo Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.4 4.4 ATH Disconnect Existing Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.5 4.5 AT+CHUP Hang Up All Existing Connected Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.6 4.6 AT+CHLD Call Hold And Multiparty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
4.7 4.7 AT+CLCC List Current Calls Of ME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.8 4.8 AT+VTD Tone Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.9 4.9 AT+VTS DTMF And Tone Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
4.10 4.10 AT+CALLREC Call record control command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

5 5 Network Service Commands 77

5.1 5.1 AT+COPN Read Operator Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

ii
 5.2 5.2 AT+COPS Operator Selects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
5.3 5.3 AT+CREG Network Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
5.4 5.4 AT+CSQ Signal Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
5.5 5.5 AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
5.6 5.6 AT+QNITZ Indicate Network Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
5.7 5.7 AT+QLTS Query Last Time Satus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
5.8 5.8 AT+CTZU Automatic Update System Time Via Nitz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
5.9 5.9 AT+SETBND Set phone frequency band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
5.10 5.10 AT+CTEC Set user prefferd rat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
5.11 5.11 AT+QSCANF Set UE to scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
5.12 5.12 AT+SDMBS Set Pseudo base station identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
5.13 5.13 AT+CNETSCAN UE get cell info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
5.14 5.14 AT+SNWR Set UE rat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
5.15 5.15 AT+XCPUTEST not suport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.16 5.16 AT+WCPUTEST not suport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

6 6 STK/SS Commands 99
6.1 6.1 AT+CACM Accumulated Call Meter (acm) Reset Or Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
6.2 6.2 AT+CAMM Accumulated Call Meter Maximum (acmmax) Set Or Query . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
6.3 6.3 AT+CAOC Advice Of Charge Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
6.4 6.4 AT+CPUC Price Per Unit And Currency Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
6.5 6.5 AT+CCFC Call Forwarding Number And Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
6.6 6.6 AT+CCWA Set Call Waiting Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
6.7 6.7 AT+ CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
6.8 6.8 AT+ CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
6.9 6.9 AT+ COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
6.10 6.10 AT+ CSSN Supplementary Service Notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
6.11 6.11 AT+ CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
6.12 6.12 AT^STA SAT Interface Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
6.13 6.13 AT^STN STK Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
6.14 6.14 AT^STGI Remote-SAT Get Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
6.15 6.15 AT^STR Remote-SAT Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
6.16 6.16 AT^STNR not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
6.17 6.17 AT^STRC Remote-SAT Command process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
6.18 6.18 AT^STF Set Format Of Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
6.19 6.19 AT^STSF SIM ToolKit Set Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

7 7 SMS Commands 117

7.1 7.1 AT+CSDH Show Text Mode Parameters (for SMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
7.2 7.2 AT+CSMP Set Text Mode Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
7.3 7.3 AT+CMSS Send Message From Storage(for SMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
7.4 7.4 +CMTI/+CMT Indication New Short Message [for SMS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
7.5 7.5 AT+CMGD Delete SMS Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
7.6 7.6 AT+CMGF Select SMS Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
7.7 7.7 AT+CMGL List SMS Messages From Preferred Store . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
7.8 7.8 AT+CMGR Read SMS Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
7.9 7.9 AT+CMGS Send SMS Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
7.10 7.10 AT+CMGW Write SMS Message To Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
7.11 7.11 AT+CNMI New SMS Message Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
7.12 7.12 AT+CPMS Preferred SMS Message Storag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
7.13 7.13 AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
7.14 7.14 AT+CDS Indicates SMS Status Report Has Been Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
7.15 7.15 AT+CMMS Set SMS Concat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
7.16 7.16 AT+CSAS Not Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

iii
 7.17 7.17 AT+CRES Not Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
7.18 7.18 AT+CSCB Set Cell Broadcast function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

8 8 GPRS Commands 139

8.1 8.1 AT+CGATT PS Attach Or Detach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
8.2 8.2 AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
8.3 8.3 AT+CGACT PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
8.4 8.4 AT+CRC Cellular Result Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
8.5 8.5 AT+CGQMIN Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
8.6 8.6 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
8.7 8.7 AT+CGAUTO Automatic Response To A Network Request For PDP Context Activation . . . . 146
8.8 8.8 AT+CGQREQ Quality Of Service Profile (requested) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
8.9 8.9 AT+CGREG GPRS Network Registration Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
8.10 8.10 ATD*99***1# Request GPRS Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
8.11 8.11 AT+CGSMS Select Service For MO SMS Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
8.12 8.12 AT+CGANS PDP Manual Response To A Nw Req For PDP Context Activation . . . . . . . . 152
8.13 8.13 AT+CGEREP Packet Domain Event Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
8.14 8.14 AT+CGDATA Enter Data State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
8.15 8.15 AT+CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
8.16 8.16 AT+QGPCLASS Get the GPRS class of UE support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
8.17 8.17 AT+CGEQREQ 3G quality of service profile (requested) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
8.18 8.18 AT+CGDSCONT Define secondary PDP context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
8.19 8.19 AT+CGTFT Traffic flow template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
8.20 8.20 AT+CGPDNSADDR Get active pdp dns address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.21 8.21 AT+CGEQMIN Not support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.22 8.22 AT+DIRECTIPMODE configuration DirectIp mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
8.23 8.23 AT+PINGSTOP stops the ongoing AT+PING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
8.24 8.24 AT+PSDATAOFF Not support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

9 9 TCP/IP Commands 175

9.1 9.1 AT+CIPMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
9.2 9.2 AT+CIPSTART Start Up TCP Or UDP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
9.3 9.3 AT+CIPSEND Send Data Through TCP Or UDP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
9.4 9.4 AT+CIPQSEND Select Data Transmitting Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
9.5 9.5 AT+CIPACK Query Previous Connection Data Transmitting State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
9.6 9.6 AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP Or UDP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
9.7 9.7 AT+CIPSHUT Disconnect Wireless Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
9.8 9.8 AT+CLPORT Set Local Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
9.9 9.9 AT+CSTT Start Task And Set APN, User ID, Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
9.10 9.10 AT+CIICR Bring Up Wireless Connection With GPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9.11 9.11 AT+CIFSR Get Local IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9.12 9.12 AT+CIPSTATUS Query Current Connection Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
9.13 9.13 AT+CDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
9.14 9.14 AT+CDNSGIP Query The IP Address Of Given Domain Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
9.15 9.15 AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP head at the beginning of a package received . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
9.16 9.16 AT+CIPATS Set Auto Sending Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
9.17 9.17 AT+CIPSPRT Set Prompt Of ‘>’ When Module Sends Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
9.18 9.18 AT+CIPSERVER Configure Module As Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
9.19 9.19 AT+CIPCSGP Set CSD Or GPRS For Connection Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
9.20 9.20 AT+CIPSRIP Show Remote IP Address And Port When Received Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
9.21 9.21 AT+CIPDPDP Set Whether To Check State Of GPRS Network Timing (Not supported yet) . . 201
9.22 9.22 AT+CIPMODE Select TCPIP Application Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
9.23 9.23 AT+CIPCCFG Configure Transparent Transfer Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
9.24 9.24 AT+CIPSHOWTP Display Transfer Protocol In IP Head When Received Data . . . . . . . . . 204

iv
 9.25 9.25 AT+CIPUDPMODE UDP Extended Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
9.26 9.26 AT+CIPRXGET Get Data From Network Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
9.27 9.27 AT+CIPSCONT Save TCPIP Application Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
9.28 9.28 AT+CIPRDTIMER Set Remote Delay Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
9.29 9.29 AT+CIPSGTXT Select GPRS PDP Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
9.30 9.30 AT+CIPTKA Set TCP Keep-alive Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
9.31 9.31 AT^NETIF Show Net Interface Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
9.32 9.32 AT+PING Start Ping IP Address Or Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
9.33 9.33 AT+PINGSTOP Stop Ping IP Address Or Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
9.34 9.34 Example of TCP Client (Single IP connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
9.35 9.35 Example of TCP Client (Multi IP connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
9.36 9.36 Example of TCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

10 10 UDP Commands 217

10.1 10.1 AT+TSOCR Create DGRAM type socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
10.2 10.2 AT+TSOST Send UDP message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
10.3 10.3 AT+TSORF Receive UDP message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
10.4 10.4 AT+TSOCL Close socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
10.5 10.5 AT+TPING Connect between IP net and remote host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

11 11 CMIOT Commands 221

11.1 11.1 AT+CIOTSTART Start sending data to IoT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
11.2 11.2 AT+CIOTDAT Send small data to IoT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
11.3 11.3 AT+CIOTBINSET Set the information of the uploaded binary file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
11.4 11.4 AT+CIOTBINSEND Send content of the binary file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
11.5 11.5 AT+CIOTPING Heartbeat instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
11.6 11.6 AT+CIOTQUIT Disconnect from IoT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
11.7 11.7 AT+CIOTSEND Send small data to IoT on single time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
11.8 11.8 AT+CIOTBINEND End the binary file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
11.9 11.9 AT+CIOT Query params storaged in flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
11.10 11.10 AT+CIOTMKEY Set and Query masterkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
11.11 11.11 AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA Set server login params . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
11.12 11.12 AT+CIOTIP Set and Query server IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
11.13 11.13 AT+CIOTPORT Set server port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
11.14 11.14 AT+CIOTPROID Set and Query product ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
11.15 11.15 AT+CIOTSPLIT Set split of uploaded information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
11.16 11.16 AT+CIOTID Set and Query device ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
11.17 11.17 AT+CCIOTIDC Delete device ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
11.18 11.18 AT+CIOTKEY Set and Query device apikey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
11.19 11.19 AT+CIOTKEYC Delete device apikey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
11.20 11.20 AT+CIOTSTATUS Query connection status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
11.21 11.21 AT+CIOTLOC Report loaction information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
11.22 11.22 AT+CIOTAUTHINFO Set and Query auth_info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
11.23 11.23 AT+CIOTINIT Set and Query device title and description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
11.24 11.24 AT+CMHTTPSET set HTTP parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
11.25 11.25 AT+CMHTTPGET Get HTTP resouces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
11.26 11.26 AT+CMHTTPPOST Post data to HTTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
11.27 11.27 AT+CMHTTPDL Download data from HTTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
11.28 11.28 AT^ONENETPOST Post data to ONENET server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
11.29 11.29 AT^ONENETREGISTER Auto regist device in ONENET server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
11.30 11.30 AT^ONENETGET Get data from ONENET server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
11.31 11.31 AT^ONENETDELETE Delete data from ONENET server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
11.32 11.32 AT+CMHTTPINIT Initialize HTTP service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
11.33 11.33 AT+CMHTTPTERM Terminate HTTP service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

v
 11.34 11.34 AT+FTPOPEN Create a ftp connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
11.35 11.35 AT+FTPCLOSE Logout and disconnect a FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
11.36 11.36 AT+FTPSIZE Get the file data size in bytes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
11.37 11.37 AT+FTPGET Download the specified file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
11.38 11.38 AT+FTPPUT Upload data to the specified FTP file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
11.39 11.39 AT+FTPSTAT Get the information of FTP session state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
11.40 11.40 AT+FTPLST List the content of FTP directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
11.41 11.41 AT+FTPURC Used to set or get the FTP statistics report option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
11.42 11.42 Example of EDP long connection mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

12 12 HTTP Commands 257

12.1 12.1 HTTP COMMANDS OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
12.2 12.2 AT+HTTPINIT Initialize HTTP service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
12.3 12.3 AT+HTTPTERM Terminate HTTP service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
12.4 12.4 AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP parameters value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
12.5 12.5 AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
12.6 12.6 AT+HTTPSSETCRT Set HTTPS certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
12.7 12.7 AT+HTTPACTION HTTP method action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
12.8 12.8 AT+HTTPREAD Read the HTTP server response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
12.9 12.9 AT+HTTPSTATUS Read HTTP status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
12.10 12.10 AT+HTTPGET Get HTTP resouces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
12.11 12.11 AT+HTTPDOWNLOAD Download files from HTTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
12.12 12.12 Example for chapter2~9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
12.13 12.13 Example for HTTPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
12.14 12.14 AT+INITHTTP Initialize HTTP service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
12.15 12.15 AT+TERMHTTP Terminate HTTP service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
12.16 12.16 AT+HTTPAUTHOR Set HTTP authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
12.17 12.17 AT+HTTPPOST Post data to HTTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
12.18 12.18 AT+HTTPPUT Put data to files on HTTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
12.19 12.19 AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP header information of server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
12.20 12.20 AT+HTTPOPTIONS Query HTTP supported methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
12.21 12.21 AT+HTTPTRACE Get the requested path of HTTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
12.22 12.22 AT+HTTPDELETE Delete HTTP resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

13 13 OneNet mipl Commands 285

13.1 13.1 AT+MIPLCREATE Create a basic communication suite instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
13.2 13.2 AT+MIPLDELETE Delete a basic communication suite instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
13.3 13.3 AT+MIPLOPEN Register to the OneNet platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
13.4 13.4 AT+MIPLCLOSE Send a de-register request to the OneNet platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
13.5 13.5 AT+MIPLADDOBJ Add a dynamic object for communication suite instance . . . . . . . . . . 287
13.6 13.6 AT+MIPLDELOBJ Delete a dynamic object for communication suite instance . . . . . . . . . 287
13.7 13.7 AT+MIPLNOTIFY Notify OneNet platform a value change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
13.8 13.8 AT+MIPLREADRSP Read specific object resource value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
13.9 13.9 AT+MIPLWRITERSP Change specific object resource value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
13.10 13.10 AT+MIPLEXECUTERSP Perform on individual resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
13.11 13.11 AT+MIPLOBSERVERSP Determine whether the observation command is valid . . . . . . . 290
13.12 13.12 AT+MIPLDISCOVERRSP Discover all attributes attached to an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
13.13 13.13 AT+MIPLPARAMETERRSP Notify the result for communication suite instances . . . . . . 291
13.14 13.14 AT+MIPLUPDATE Update register informaton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
13.15 13.15 AT+MIPLVER Get communication suite instances version information . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
13.16 13.16 Example of OneNet lwm2m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

14 14 WIFI Commands 297

14.1 14.1 AT^WOPEN Open Or Close WiFi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

vi
 14.2 14.2 AT^WROLE Set WiFi Work Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
14.3 14.3 AT^WSCAN Scan WiFi Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
14.4 14.4 AT^WJOIN Join AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
14.5 14.5 AT^WLEAV Quit AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
14.6 14.6 AT^WMODE Set WiFi auto open and auto join . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
14.7 14.7 AT^WMAC Check Mac Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
14.8 14.8 AT^WADDR Set ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
14.9 14.9 AT^WSTATUS Check WiFi Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
14.10 14.10 AT^WSMARTCONFIG Start WiFi Smartconfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
14.11 14.11 AT^WSCONT Check WiFi Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

15 15 Filesystem Commands 309

15.1 15.1 AT+FSDWNFILE Write File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
15.2 15.2 AT+FSLSTFILE List Files Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
15.3 15.3 AT+FSRDFILE Read File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
15.4 15.4 AT+FSRDBLOCK Partial Read File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
15.5 15.5 AT+FSDELFILE Delete File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

16 16 Ftp Commands 313

16.1 16.1 AT^FTPOPEN Open ftp connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
16.2 16.2 AT^FTPCLOSE Close ftp connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
16.3 16.3 AT^FTPGETSET Set GET Params . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
16.4 16.4 AT^FTPGET Get file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
16.5 16.5 AT^FTPPUTSET Set PUT Params . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
16.6 16.6 AT^FTPPUT Put file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
16.7 16.7 AT^FTPSIZE Get file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
16.8 16.8 AT^FTPSSETCERT Set FTPS certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
16.9 16.9 AT^FTPSOPEN Open ftps connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
16.10 16.10 AT^FTPSCLOSE Close ftps connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
16.11 16.11 AT^FTPSGETSET Set GET Params . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
16.12 16.12 AT^FTPSGET Get file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
16.13 16.13 AT^FTPSPUTSET Set PUT Params . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
16.14 16.14 AT^FTPSPUT Put file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
16.15 16.15 AT^FTPSSIZE Get file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

17 17 NB-IoT Commands 329

17.1 17.1 Common Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
17.2 17.2 Network service related commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
17.3 17.3 Terminal status and control commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
17.4 17.4 Group Fields Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
17.5 17.5 Text mode commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
17.6 17.6 Test Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
17.7 17.7 AT+NIPDATA send nonIP data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
17.8 17.8 AT+NVSETRRCRLSTIMER10 set RRC connection release waiting time . . . . . . . . . . . 349
17.9 17.9 AT+CSODCP Sending of originating data via the control plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
17.10 17.10 AT+CRTDCP Reporting of terminating data via the control plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
17.11 17.11 AT+CGAPNRC APN rate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
17.12 17.12 AT+CRCES Reading Coverage Enhancement Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
17.13 17.13 AT+NVSETPM PM1/3 set PM1/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
17.14 17.14 AT+IPFLT set packet filtering mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
17.15 17.15 AT+NVSWITCHBS Scan Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
17.16 17.16 AT+NVSETSCMODE Set scrambling code state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
17.17 17.17 AT+CFGCIOT CIOT feature configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
17.18 17.18 AT+CCIOTOP Parameters configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

vii
 17.19 17.19 AT+CFGEDRX EDRX features configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
17.20 17.20 AT+NVCFGARFCN Set a prior frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
17.21 17.21 AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ lock frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
17.22 17.22 AT+CNVCFGARFCN Set a prior frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
17.23 17.23 AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ lock frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
17.24 17.24 AT+NVSETBAND Set band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

18 18 VoLTE Commands 367

18.1 18.1 AT+CEMODE UE modes of operation for EPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
18.2 18.2 AT+CGEQOS Define EPS quality of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
18.3 18.3 AT+CGEQOSRDP EPS quality of service read dynamic parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
18.4 18.4 AT+CGCMOD PDP context modify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
18.5 18.5 AT+CEREG EPS network registration status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
18.6 18.6 AT+CSCON Signalling connection status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
18.7 18.7 AT+CISRVCC IMS single radio voice call continuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
18.8 18.8 AT+CEUS UE’S usage setting for EPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
18.9 18.9 AT+CEVDP UE’S voice domain preference E-UTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
18.10 18.10 AT+CDU Dial URI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
18.11 18.11 AT+CHCCS Hangup of current calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
18.12 18.12 AT+CCFCU Communication forwarding number and conditions with URI support . . . . . . 387
18.13 18.13 AT+SETVOLTE Disable/Enable VOLTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

19 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands 393

19.1 19.1 AT+QIOPEN Start Up TCP Or UDP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
19.2 19.2 AT+QISEND Send Data Through TCP Or UDP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
19.3 19.3 AT+QICLOSE Close TCP Or UDP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
19.4 19.4 AT+QIDEACT Close CPRS/CSD PDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
19.5 19.5 AT+QIPORT Set Local Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
19.6 19.6 AT+QIREGAPP Start task and Set APN, username, password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
19.7 19.7 AT+QIACT Activating the mobile scene (Start a wireless connection in GPRS/CSD) . . . . . . 399
19.8 19.8 AT+QILOCIP Get local ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
19.9 19.9 AT+QISTAT Query the current connection state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
19.10 19.10 AT+QISTATE Query the connection status of the current access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
19.11 19.11 AT+QISSTAT Query the current server state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
19.12 19.12 AT+QIDNSCFG Configure DNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
19.13 19.13 AT+QIDNSGIP DNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
19.14 19.14 AT+QIDNSIP Config use ip address or use domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
19.15 19.15 AT+QIHEAD Show ip head when recv data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
19.16 19.16 AT+QIAUTOS Set auto send TCP/UDP time of data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
19.17 19.17 AT+QIPROMPT Set show “>”&”SEND OK” when send data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
19.18 19.18 AT+QISERVER Config server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
19.19 19.19 AT+QICSGP Set CSD or GPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
19.20 19.20 AT+QISRVC Select connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
19.21 19.21 AT+QISHOWRA Show remote ip address and port when recv data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
19.22 19.22 AT+QISCON Save TCPIP scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
19.23 19.23 AT+QIMODE Config TCPIP mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
19.24 19.24 AT+QITCFG Config transparent mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
19.25 19.25 AT+QISHOWTP Show transport protocol when recv ip head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
19.26 19.26 AT+QIMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
19.27 19.27 AT+QISHOWLA Show local ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
19.28 19.28 AT+QIFGCNT Config scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
19.29 19.29 AT+QISACK Query the sending of data information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
19.30 19.30 AT+QINDI Cache recv data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
19.31 19.31 AT+QIRD Read data of cache recv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

viii
 19.32 19.32 AT+QISDE Ctrl “AT+QISEND” echo data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
19.33 19.33 AT+QPING Ctrl “AT+QPING” ping server of remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
19.34 19.34 AT+QNTP Ctrl “AT+QNTP” Synchronization time by internet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
19.35 19.35 EXAMLPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

20 20 COAP Commands 429

20.1 20.1 AT^COAPGET Get the resource from COAP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
20.2 20.2 AT^COAPPUT Update the resource from COAP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
20.3 20.3 AT^COAPPOST Create the resource on the server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
20.4 20.4 AT^COAPDELETE Delete the resource on the server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
20.5 20.5 AT^COAPDATA Input the data from serial port or sscom tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
20.6 20.6 AT^COAPREG Configuration data register to the server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
20.7 20.7 Parameters and response explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
20.8 20.8 Example of COAP client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

21 21 CMIOT_TCP/IP Commands 435

21.1 21.1 AT+IPSTART Start Up TCP Or UDP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
21.2 21.2 AT+IPSEND Send Data Through TCP Or UDP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
21.3 21.3 AT+IPCLOSE Close TCP Or UDP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
21.4 21.4 AT+CMDNSGIP Query The IP Address Of Given Domain Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
21.5 21.5 AT+CMPROMPT Set show “>” & “SEND OK” when send data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
21.6 21.6 AT+CMMODE Select TCPIP Application Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
21.7 21.7 AT+CMMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
21.8 21.8 AT+CMSACK Query Previous Connection Data Transmitting State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
21.9 21.9 AT+CMNDI Cache recv data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
21.10 21.10 AT+CMRD Read data of cache recv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
21.11 21.11 AT+CMPING Ctrl “AT+CMPING” ping server of remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
21.12 21.12 AT+CMHEAD Add an IP head at the beginning of a package received . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
21.13 21.13 AT+CMSHOWRA Show Remote IP Address And Port When Received Data . . . . . . . . . 445
21.14 21.14 AT+CMSHOWTP Display Transfer Protocol In IP Head When Received Data . . . . . . . . 446
21.15 21.15 AT+CMSHOWLA Show remote ip address when send data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
21.16 21.16 AT+CMIPMODE Config IPSEND data mode in normal mode (CMMODE=0) . . . . . . . . 447
21.17 21.17 AT+CMSTATE Query the connection status of the current access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
21.18 21.18 AT+CMLPORT Get Local Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
21.19 21.19 AT+CMLOCIP Get Local IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
21.20 21.20 AT+CMSTAT Query the current connection state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
21.21 21.21 EXAMLPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

22 22 MQTT Commands 453

22.1 22.1 AT+MQTTCONN Create MQTT connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
22.2 22.2 AT+MQTTSUBUNSUB Subscribe or Unsubscribe a MQTT topic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
22.3 22.3 AT+MQTTPUB Publish a MQTT message on topic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
22.4 22.4 AT+MQTTDISCONN Disconnect the MQTT connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
22.5 22.5 Examples to use MQTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

23 23 ALIMQTT Commands 457

23.1 23.1 AT+ CLOUDAUTH Authenticate for aliyun IOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
23.2 23.2 AT+CLOUDCONN Create MQTT connection to aliyun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
23.3 23.3 AT+CLOUDSUB Subscribe a MQTT topic from aliyun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
23.4 23.4 AT+CLOUDPUB Publish a MQTT message on topic to aliyun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
23.5 23.5 AT+CLOUDUNSUB Unsubscribe a MQTT topic from aliyun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
23.6 23.6 AT+CLOUDDISCONN Disconnect the connecton from aliyun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
23.7 23.7 Examples to use ALIMQTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459

24 24 OceanConnect Commands 461

ix
 24.1 24.1 AT+NCDPOPEN Bind device to OceanConnect server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
24.2 24.2 AT+NCDPCLOSE Unbind device from OceanConnect server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
24.3 24.3 AT+NMGS Send message to OceanConnect server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
24.4 24.4 AT+NMGR Get a Message that have been received from OceanConnect server . . . . . . . . . 462
24.5 24.5 AT+NNMI New Message Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
24.6 24.6 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

25 25 GPS Commands 465

25.1 25.1 AT+QGNSSC Control Power Supply of GNSS Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
25.2 25.2 AT+QGNSSRD Read GNSS Navigation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
25.3 25.3 AT+QGNSSCMD Send Commands to GNSS Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
25.4 25.4 AT+QGNSSTS Get Time Synchronization Status for GNSS Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
25.5 25.5 AT+QGNSSEPO Enable/Disable EPOTM Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
25.6 25.6 AT+QGREFLOC Set Reference Location Information for QuecFastFix Online . . . . . . . . . 472
25.7 25.7 AT+QGEPOAID Trigger EPOTM Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
25.8 25.8 AT+QGEPOF EPOTM File Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
25.9 25.9 AT+GPS Control GPS module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
25.10 25.10 AT+GPSRD Read GPS NMEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
25.11 25.11 AT+GPSCMD Send Commands to GNSS Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
25.12 25.12 AT+EPH Read EPH status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
25.13 25.13 AT+LBS Get UTC/REF LOC/EPH from network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480

26 26 Extend Commands 483

26.1 26.1 AT_QTDMOD Set DTMF detection mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
26.2 26.2 AT+QTONEDET DTMF Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
26.3 26.3 AT+AUEND End audio cycle test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
26.4 26.4 AT+CBCE End audio cycle test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
26.5 26.5 AT+GCHS Get csw and cos heap space of remaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
26.6 26.6 AT+CEAUART Configure uart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
26.7 26.7 AT+CURCCH Set URC report channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
26.8 26.8 AT+TSTK Stk test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
26.9 26.9 AT+SNFS Select audio hardware set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
26.10 26.10 AT+UPTIME Get update time of system in milliseconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
26.11 26.11 AT+LWIPTEST LWIP test command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
26.12 26.12 AT+CAUDPLAY Play audio file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
26.13 26.13 AT+DTAM Set TTS mix state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
26.14 26.14 AT+CADTF Dump pcm data to T-Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
26.15 26.15 AT+KEYHOLD Send a key event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
26.16 26.16 AT+LCDON LCD color test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
26.17 26.17 AT+LCDOFF Set LCD off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
26.18 26.18 AT+KPON Set keypad light on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
26.19 26.19 AT+KPOFF Set keypad light off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
26.20 26.20 AT+LCDBKON Set LCD backlight on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
26.21 26.21 AT+LCDBKOFF Set LCD backlight off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
26.22 26.22 AT+MIC Record and play pcm test with receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
26.23 26.23 AT+SPEAKER Record and play pcm test with loudspeaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
26.24 26.24 AT+RECEIVER Record and play pcm test with reciver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
26.25 26.25 AT+HEADSET Record and play pcm test with earpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
26.26 26.26 AT+SBBI not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
26.27 26.27 AT+SBBR not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
26.28 26.28 AT+NBBR not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
26.29 26.29 AT+SBBW not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
26.30 26.30 AT+NBBW not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
26.31 26.31 AT+FLASHON not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499

x
26.32 26.32 AT+FLASHOFF not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
26.33 26.33 AT+VIBON not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
26.34 26.34 AT+VIBOFF not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
26.35 26.35 AT+FMON not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
26.36 26.36 AT+FMOFF not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
26.37 26.37 AT+CAMERA not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
26.38 26.38 AT+SWVERSION not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
26.39 26.39 AT+CALIBFLAG not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
26.40 26.40 AT+KEYPAD not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
26.41 26.41 AT+VOLTAG not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
26.42 26.42 AT+CHARGEON not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
26.43 26.43 AT+CHARGEOFF not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
26.44 26.44 AT+BTST not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
26.45 26.45 AT+BTSH not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
26.46 26.46 AT+BTPR not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
26.47 26.47 AT+CAVCP not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
26.48 26.48 AT+CACCP not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
26.49 26.49 AT+CAMCP not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
26.50 26.50 AT+CAWTF not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
26.51 26.51 AT+CAIET not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
26.52 26.52 AT+CAVCT not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
26.53 26.53 AT+FACTMBSN not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
26.54 26.54 AT+SUPS not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
26.55 26.55 AT+SFUN not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
26.56 26.56 AT+UPGRADE not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
26.57 26.57 AT+NIPDATA not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
26.58 26.58 AT+VERCTRL not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
26.59 26.59 AT+CFGCIOT not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
26.60 26.60 AT+CCIOTOPT not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
26.61 26.61 AT+CGAPNRC not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
26.62 26.62 AT+CFGEDRX not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
26.63 26.63 AT+CFGDFTPDN not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
26.64 26.64 AT+CFGHCCP not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
26.65 26.65 AT+NASCFG not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
26.66 26.66 AT+CRCES not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
26.67 26.67 AT+CRSL Set UE volume level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
26.68 26.68 AT+CRMP play call sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
26.69 26.69 AT+VTSEX not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
26.70 26.70 AT+ECSQ Whether to report ECSQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
26.71 26.71 AT+CCED Cell environment description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
26.72 26.72 AT^CCED Cell environment description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
26.73 26.73 AT+CBINDARFCN Bind the Arfcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
26.74 26.74 AT+SAVECLIR Save the calling line identification restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
26.75 26.75 AT+COLR Connected line identification restriction status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
26.76 26.76 AT+SPBR Read Current Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
26.77 26.77 AT+SPBW Write Phonebook Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
26.78 26.78 AT+CGBV baseband version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
26.79 26.79 AT+LOCKBCCH lock the bcch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
26.80 26.80 AT+CRESET SIM reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
26.81 26.81 AT+CSST service status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
26.82 26.82 AT+ACLB calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
26.83 26.83 AT+CDTMF DTMF And Tone Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
26.84 26.84 AT+CAUDIO audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
26.85 26.85 AT+DTMF not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517

xi
 26.86 26.86 AT+QLTONE Produce local custom frequency tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
26.87 26.87 AT+QWDTMF Play DTMF in a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
26.88 26.88 AT+QLDTMF Produce local DTMF tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
26.89 26.89 AT+CMIC Change mic gain level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
26.90 26.90 AT+VGT Set audio mute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
26.91 26.91 AT+CGCID Get the free CID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
26.92 26.92 AT+CGSEND not supported on this module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521

27 27 Appendix: Not Maintained AT commands 523

28 28 operator sele-register Commands 525

28.1 28.1 AT+SELFREGISTER Set the flag of operator self-register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525

29 Indies and tables 527

xii
 CHAPTER

ONE

1 INTRODUCTION

• 1.1 AT Command Syntax

• 1.2 AT Command Line
• 1.3 Character Set

This document will describe all AT commands implemented in SDK. Due to the SDK will support various chips
of RDA Microelectronics, and the SDK will support various product types. Not all AT commands will and can be
supported in any one target.

1.1 1.1 AT Command Syntax

The AT, at, aT or At prefix must be set at the beginning of each command line. To terminate a command line enter
<CR>.
A/ is a special case. When A/ is received, the previous command line will be handled immediately. Neither AT prefix
nor <CR> are needed.
+++ is another special case. Strictly speaking, it is not an AT command. Rather, it is escape input sequnce to indicate
DCE switch from data mode or PPP online mode to command mode.
AT commands can be split into three categories syntactically: basic, S parameter and extended.
Basic Syntax
These AT commands have the format of AT<x><n>, or AT&<x><n>, where <x> is the Command, and <n> is the
argument for that Command. An example of this is ATE<n>, which tells the DCE whether received characters should
be echoed back to the DTE according to the value of <n>. <n> is optional and a default will be used if missing.
S Parameter Syntax
These AT commands have the format of ATS<n>=<m>, where <n> is the index of the S register to set, and <m> is
the value to assign to it. <m> is optional; if it is missing, then a default value is assigned.
Extended Syntax
These commands can operate in several modes, as in the following table:

Execution Command AT+<x>

Write Command AT+<x>=<...>
Read Command AT+<x>?
Test Command AT+<x>=?

1
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

1.2 1.2 AT Command Line

Several AT commands can be combined into one command line. AT command line if started with AT prefix, and
terminated with <CR>. Extended commands should be separated by semicolon (;). And semicolon can’t be inserted
between basic commands or S parameter commands.
Empty AT command line (AT<CR>) is valid. DCE will return OK.
Before <CR> is encountered, AT command line is buffered, and no AT commands will be processed. The maximum
size of AT command line buffer can be configured in SDK. When the maximum size is exceeded, buffered data will
be dropped silently, and AT prefix will be searched again.
When all commands can be handled successfully, OK will be responded. When any command in the command line is
failed, ERROR will be responded, and following commands in the command line will be dropped.
When a series of AT commands will be send to DCE in separated lines, DTE MUST wait final response of the previous
command line before send next command line.

1.3 1.3 Character Set

The default character set of AT command interface is IRA character set. The following character sets are supported:
• GSM
• HEX
• PCCP936
• UCS2

2 Chapter 1. 1 Introduction
 CHAPTER

TWO

2 GENERAL COMMANDS

• 2.1 A/ Repeat last command

• 2.2 AT+CPOF Switch Off Mobile Station
• 2.3 ATS0 Automatic Answering
• 2.4 ATS3 Response Formatting Character
• 2.5 ATS4 Response Formatting Character
• 2.6 ATS5 Command Line Editing Character
• 2.7 +++ Switch From Online Data Or Ppp Mode To Online Cmd Mode
• 2.8 ATO Switch From Command Mode To Data Mode/ppp Online Mode
• 2.9 AT&F Set All Current Parameters To Manufacturer Defaults
• 2.10 ATV Set Result Code Format Mode
• 2.11 ATE Enable Command Echo
• 2.12 AT&W Stores Current Configuration To User Defined Profile
• 2.13 ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode
• 2.14 ATX Set Connect Result Code Format And Call Monitoring
• 2.15 ATZ Set All Current Parameters To User Defined Profile
• 2.16 AT+CFUN Set Phone Functionality
• 2.17 AT+CMEE Report Mobile Equipment Error
• 2.18 AT+CSCS Select TE Character Set
• 2.19 AT+CMUX Multiplexing Mode
• 2.20 AT+ICF DTE DCE Character Framing
• 2.21 AT+IPR Set Fixed Local Rate
– 2.21.1 Auto-bauding
• 2.22 AT+GSN Request TA Serial Number Identification | IMEI number
• 2.23 AT+GMM Request TA Model Identification
• 2.24 AT+CGMM Request Model Identification
• 2.25 AT+GMR Request Revision Identification

3
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• 2.26 AT+ CGMR Request Revision Identification

• 2.27 AT+GMI Request TA Manufacturer Identification
• 2.28 AT+CGMI Request Manufacturer Identification
• 2.29 ATI Request Manufacturer Specific Information About The TA
• 2.30 AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity
• 2.31 AT+EGMR Read And Write IMEI
• 2.32 AT+CALA Set An Alarm Time
• 2.33 AT+VGR Receive Gain Selection
• 2.34 AT+CLVL Loudspeaker Volume Level
• 2.35 AT+CMUT Mute Control
• 2.36 AT+CCLK Real Time Clock
• 2.37 AT+CALD Delete One Alarm
• 2.38 AT+CBC Battery Charging / Discharging And Charge Control
• 2.39 AT+CBCM Supply Information When Battery Capacity Changed
• 2.40 AT+CMER Mobile Termination Event Reporting
• 2.41 AT+CEER Extended Error Report
• 2.42 AT+CPAS Phone Activity Status
• 2.43 AT+CTTS TTS Command
• 2.44 AT+CSCLK Set Low Clock Mode
• 2.45 AT+CAM camera command
• 2.46 AT+SRD Mic Record Command
• 2.47 AT+IFC DTE-DCE local flow control
• 2.48 AT+OTP do OTP
• 2.49 AT+SFUN Set Phone Functionality
• 2.50 AT+CIND Set if the indication event send to ate
• 2.51 AT+NVSETRSRPOFFSET Set rsrpoffset

2.1 2.1 A/ Repeat last command

Command Possible response(s)

A/

Reference: V.25ter
Description
If the prefix “A/” or “a/” is received, the DCE shall immediately execute once again the body of the preceding command
line. No editing is possible, and no termination character is necessary. A command line may be repeated multiple times
through this mechanism, if desired. Responses to the repeated command line shall be issued using the parity and format

4 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

of the original command line, and the rate of the “A/”. If “A/” is received before any command line has been executed,
the preceding command line is assumed to have been empty (that results in an OK result code).

2.2 2.2 AT+CPOF Switch Off Mobile Station

Switch off mobile station.

Command Possible response

Test Command AT+CPOF=?
Read Command AT+CPOF?
Exec Command AT+CPOF

Description
Device will be switched off (power down mode) Do not send any command after this command.
Response
+CPOF: MS OFF
OK
+CME ERROR.
Test this command will lead to the dev board switch off. But as soon as
the board switches off, it will automatically power on.
Example
AT+CPOF
+CPOF: MS OFF
OK
[Device will be switched off (power down mode) ]

2.3 2.3 ATS0 Automatic Answering

Description
This S-parameter controls the automatic answering feature of the DCE. If set to 0, automatic answering is disabled.
If set to a non-zero value, the DCE shall cause the DCE to answer when the incoming call ringing has occurred the
number of times indicated by the value.

Command Possible response

ATS0=? 0-255
ATS0? <n>
ATS0=[n] OK

Parameter
<n>:
The auto answering times, range from 0~255.

2.2. 2.2 AT+CPOF Switch Off Mobile Station 5

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Remark
If set to 0, auto answering is disabled. This command is specially used on data service in GPRS mode.
Example

ATS0=2
OK

ATS0=?
0-255
OK

ATS0?
2
OK

2.4 2.4 ATS3 Response Formatting Character

Description
This S-parameter represents the decimal IA5 value of the character recognized by the DCE from the DTE to terminate
an incoming command line. It is also generated by the DCE as part of the header, trailer, and terminator for result
codes and information text, along with the S4 parameter.

Command Possible response

ATS3? <n>

Parameter
<n>:
Command line termination character 0~13(default)~31
Remark
Using other value than 13 may cause problems when entering commands. If ATS3, ATS4, ATS5 be set to the same
value, it may be cause some problem.
Example

6 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2.5 2.5 ATS4 Response Formatting Character

Description
This S-parameter represents the decimal IA5 value of the character generated by the DCE as part of the header, trailer,
and terminator for result codes and information text, along with the S3 parameter.

Command Possible response

ATS4? <n>

Parameter
<n>:
Command line termination character 0~10(default)~31
Remark
If ATS3, ATS4, ATS5 be set to the same value, it may be cause some problem.
Example

2.6 2.6 ATS5 Command Line Editing Character

Description
This S-parameter represents the decimal IA5 value of the character recognized by the DCE as a request to delete from
the command line the immediately preceding character.

Command Possible response

ATS5? <n>

Parameter
<n>:
Command line termination character 0~8(default)~31
Remark
If ATS3, ATS4, ATS5 be set to the same value, it may be cause some problem.
Example

2.7 2.7 +++ Switch From Online Data Or Ppp Mode To Online Cmd
Mode

Description
Return to online command state from online data state.

2.5. 2.5 ATS4 Response Formatting Character 7

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

+++ OK

Response
OK If value is valid.
ERROR If value is not recognized or not supported.
Example

2.8 2.8 ATO Switch From Command Mode To Data Mode/ppp Online
Mode

Description
Causes the DCE to return to online data state and issue a CONNECT or CONNECT text result code.

Command Possible response

ATO[<value>] CONNECT<text>

Parameter
<value>:
[0] Switch from command mode to data mode.
Remark

If ATS3, ATS4, ATS5 be set to the same value, it may be cause some problem.
Example

ATO0
CONNECT

2.9 2.9 AT&F Set All Current Parameters To Manufacturer Defaults

Description
This command instructs the DCE to set all parameters to default values specified by the manufacture, which may take
hardware configuration switches and other manufacture-defined criteria into consideration.

Command Possible response

AT&F[<value>] OK

Parameter
<value>:

8 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

[0] Set all TA parameters to manufacturer defaults. (other) Reserved for manufacture proprietary use.
Remark
• List of parameters reset to manufacturer default can be found in Section.
• In addition to the default profile, you can store an individual one with AT&W. To alternate between the two
profiles enter either ATZ (loads user profile) or AT&F (restores factory profile).
Example

AT&F
OK

2.10 2.10 ATV Set Result Code Format Mode

Description
The setting of this parameter determines the contents of the header and trailer transmitted with result codes and
information responses. It also determines whether result codes are transmitted in a numeric form or an alphabetic (or
“verbose”) form. The text portion of information responses is not affected by this setting.

Command Possible response

ATV[<value>] 0

Parameter
<value>:
• 0 Information response: <text><CR><LF> Short result code format: <numeric code><CR>
• 1 Information response: <CR><LF><text><CR><LF> Long result code format: <CR><LF><verbose
code><CR><LF>
Remark
Following table shows the effect of the setting of this parameter on the format of information text and result codes.
All references to cr mean “the character with the ordinal value specified in parameter S3”; all references to if likewise
mean “the character with the ordinal value specified in parameter S4”

V0 V1
<text><cr><lf> <cr><lf> <text><cr><lf>
<numeric code><cr> <cr><lf><verbose code><cr><lf>

Example

ATV1
<CR><LF><text><CR><LF>
<CR><LF><verbose code><CR><LF>

2.10. 2.10 ATV Set Result Code Format Mode 9

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2.11 2.11 ATE Enable Command Echo

Description
This setting determines whether or not the TA echoes characters received from TE during command state.

Command Possible response

ATE[<value>] OK

Parameter
<value>:
• 0 Echo mode off
• 1 Echo mode on
Remark
In case of using the command without parameter, <value> is set to 0.
Example

ATE
OK

2.12 2.12 AT&W Stores Current Configuration To User Defined Pro-

file

Description
This command stores the currently set parameters to a user defined profile in the non-volatile memory.

Command Possible response

AT&W[<value>] OK

Parameter
<value>:
0 Profile number
Remark
• The user defined profile will be restored automatically after power-up. Use ATZ to restore user profile and
AT&F to restore factory settings. Until the first use of AT&W, ATZ works as AT&F.
• A list of parameters stored to the user profile can be found in Section chapter 29, appendix B, AT Command
Settings storable with AT&W.
Example

10 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

ATE
OK

2.13 2.13 ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode

Description
This parameter setting determines whether or not the DCE transmits result codes to the DTE.

Command Possible response

ATQ[<value>] OK

Parameter
<value>:
0 DCE transmits result code 1 Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted
Example

ATQ0
OK
ATQ1
ATQ
OK

2.14 2.14 ATX Set Connect Result Code Format And Call Monitoring

Description
This parameter setting determines whether or not the DCE detects the presence of dial tone and busy signal and
whether or not DCE transmits particular result codes.

Command Possible response

ATX[value] <value> = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4;

Parameter
<value>:
• 0 CONNECT result code only returned; dial tone and busy detection are both disable.
• 1 CONNECT <text> result code only returned; dial tone and busy detection are both disable.
• 2 CONNECT <text> result code returned; dial tone detection is enabled, busy detection is disabled.
• 3 CONNECT <text> result code returned, dial tone detection is disabled, busy detection is enabled.
• 4 CONNECT <text> result code returned; dial tone and busy detection are both enabled.

2.13. 2.13 ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode 11

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2.15 2.15 ATZ Set All Current Parameters To User Defined Profile

Description
This command instructs the DCE to set all parameters to their factory defaults as specified by the manufactured.

Command Possible response

ATZ[<value>] OK

Parameter
<value>:
0 The default configure of the manufacturer. (other) Not be used.
Remark
• First the profile will be set to factory default (see AT&F). If there is a valid user profile (stored with AT&W),
this profile will be loaded afterwards.
• Any additional commands on the same command line may be ignored. A delay of 300 ms is required before
next command is sent; otherwise “OK” response may be corrupted.

2.16 2.16 AT+CFUN Set Phone Functionality

Description
Set command currently can only be used to switch off and on the CSW platform.

Command Possible response

AT+CFUN=? +CFUN : (list of supported <fun>s),(list of supported
<rst>s)
AT+CFUN? +CFUN:<fun>
AT+CFUN=<fun>[,<rst>] OK

Parameter
<value>:
<fun>:
• 0 Minimum functionality
• 1 Full functionality
• 4 Disable phone both transmit and receive RF circuits
<rst>
• 0 Do not reset the MT before setting it to <fun> power level.
• 1 Reset the MT before setting it to <fun> power level.
NOTE: this shall be always default when <rst> is not given.
Remark

12 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Current, only Parameter 0 and 1 is support. When <fun> equals to 0 and 1, the second parameter <rst> is
ignored. For CSW only do the de-registering when switch off, when parameter is set by 0 or 1, CSW will
operate the network job independent. If AT modem can’t register the network when parameter is set to 5,
please check pin1 status.
Example

AT+CFUN=0
OK
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN:0
OK

2.17 2.17 AT+CMEE Report Mobile Equipment Error

Description
This command controls the presentation of the result code +CME ERROR: <err> that indicates errors relating to ME
functionality.

Command Possible response

AT+CMEE=? OK
AT+CMEE? +CMEE:<n>
AT+CMEE=<n> +CMEE:<n>

Parameter
<n>:
• 0 Disable +CME ERROR: <err> code and use ERROR instead
• 1 Enable +CME ERROR: <err> code and use numeric <err> values (refer next sub clause)
• 2 Enable +CME ERROR: <err> result code and use verbose <err> values refer next sub clause)
Remark
When enable the result code, MT related errors cause +CME ERROR: <err> final result code instead of
the regular ERROR final result code. ERROR is returned normally when error is related to syntax, invalid
parameters, or TA functionality.
Example

AT+CMEE=1
OK
AT+CMEE=5
+CME ERROR:53
at+cmee=?

2.17. 2.17 AT+CMEE Report Mobile Equipment Error 13

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

+CMEE: (0-2)
OK
at+cmee?
+CMEE: 1
OK

2.18 2.18 AT+CSCS Select TE Character Set

Description
Write command informs DCE which character set <chset> is used by the TE. DCE is then able to convert character
strings correctly between TE and ME character sets.

Command Possible response

AT+CSCS=? +CSCS: (list of supported < chset >s)
AT+CSCS? +CSCS: (list of supported < chset>s)
AT+CSCS=[<chset>] OK

Parameter
<chset>:
• “GSM” GSM 7 bit default alphabet (3GPP TS 23.038); this setting causes easily software flow control
(XON/XOFF) problems.
• “UCS2” 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set ( ISO/IEC10646 [32]); UCS2 character strings are
converted to hexadecimal numbers from 0000 to FFFF; e.g. “004100620063” equals three 16-bit characters
with decimal values 65, 98 and 99.
• “HEX” Hexadecimal mode. No character set used ; the user read or write directly hexadecimal values.
• “PCCP936” PC Set Chinese character.
Remark
This command is used to read and write phonebook entries. SMS doesn’t effected by this command.
Example

AT+CSCS=”UCS2”
OK
AT+CSCS?
+CSCS: “UCS2”
OK
AT+CSCS=?
+CSCS: (“GSM”,”HEX”,”PCCP936”,”UCS2”)
OK

14 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2.19 2.19 AT+CMUX Multiplexing Mode

Description
This command is used to enable the multiplexing protocol control channel.

Command Possible response

AT+CMUX=? +CMUX: (list of supported <transparency>s)
AT+CMUX? +CMUX: <transparency>
AT+CMUX=<transparency> OK

Parameter
<transparency>: 0 Basic option
Remark
At present we only support basic mode, if you want use this command, please contact RDA software
engineer
Example

AT+CMUX=0
OK
AT+CMUX=?
+CMUX: (0)
OK
AT+CMUX?
+CMUX: 0
OK

2.20 2.20 AT+ICF DTE DCE Character Framing

Command Possible response(s)

+ICF=[<format>[,
<parity>]]
+ICF? +ICF: <format>,<parity>
+ICF=? +ICF: (list of supported <format> values),(list of supported
<parity> values)

Reference: V.25ter
Description
This extended-format compound parameter is used to determine the local serial port start-stop (asynchronous) charac-
ter framing that the DCE shall use while accepting DTE commands and while transmitting information text and result
code, if this is not automatically determined.
Parameters

2.19. 2.19 AT+CMUX Multiplexing Mode 15

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<format> determines the number of bits in the data bits, the presence of a parity bit, and the number of stop bits in
the start-stop frame.

0 auto detect
1 8 data, 2 stop
2 8 data, 1 parity, 1 stop
3 8 data, 1 stop
4 7 Data 2 Stop
5 7 Data 1 Parity 1 Stop
6 7 Data 1 Stop

<parity> determines how the parity bit is generated and checked, if present (when format is 2 or 5).

0 Odd
1 Even
2 Mark
3 Space

Note: chracter framing auto detect is not supported.

2.21 2.21 AT+IPR Set Fixed Local Rate

Command Possible response(s)

+IPR=<rate>
+IPR? +IPR: <rate>
+IPR=? +IPR: (list of supported autodetectable <rate> values)[,(list of fixed-
only <rate> values)]

Reference: V.25ter
Description
This numeric extended-format parameter specifies the data rate at which the DCE will accept commands, in addition
to 1200 bit/s or 9600 bit/s
Parameters
<rate> The <rate> value specified shall be the rate in bits per second at which the DTE-DCE interface should operate,
e.g. “19 200” or “115 200”. The rates supported by a particular DCE are manufacturer-specific; however, the
IPR parameter should permit the setting of any rate supported by the DCE during online operation. Rates which
include a non-integral number of bits per second should be truncated to the next lower integer (e.g. 134.5 bit/s
should be specified as 134; 45.45 bit/s should be specified as 45). If unspecified or set to 0, automatic detection
is selected for the range determined by the DCE manufacturer.

16 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2.21.1 2.21.1 Auto-bauding

2.22 2.22 AT+GSN Request TA Serial Number Identification | IMEI

number

Description
This commandrequest TA serial number identification | IMEI number

Command Possible response

AT+GSN=? OK
AT+GSN=0 <sn>
AT+GSN=1 <imei>

Parameter
<sn>:
the total number of characters, including line terminators, in the information text shall not exceed 2048
characters.
<imei>:
International mobile equipment identity.
Example

AT+GSN=0
012345678901234
OK

2.23 2.23 AT+GMM Request TA Model Identification

Description
This command request TA model identification (may equal to +CGMM)

Command Possible response

AT+GMM=? OK
AT+GMM <model>

Parameter
<model>:
the total number of characters, including line terminators, in the information text shall not exceed 2048
characters.
Example

2.22. 2.22 AT+GSN Request TA Serial Number Identification | IMEI number 17

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+GMM
GSM Ultimate Data Device
OK

2.24 2.24 AT+CGMM Request Model Identification

Description
This command causes the TA to return one or more lines of information text <model>, determined by the MT manu-
facturer, which is intended to permit the user of the TA to identify the specific model of the MT to which it is connected
to. Typically, the text will consist of a single line containing the name of the product, but manufacturers may choose
to provide more information if desired. Refer to subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.

Command Possible response

AT+CGMM=? OK
AT+CGMM <model>

Parameter
<model>:
the total number of characters, including line terminators, in the information text shall not exceed 2048
characters.
Example

AT+CGMM
GSM Ultimate Data Device
OK

2.25 2.25 AT+GMR Request Revision Identification

Description
This command request TA revision identification (may equal to +CGMR)

Command Possible response

AT+GMR=? OK
AT+GMR <revision>

Parameter
<revision>:
the total number of characters, including line terminators, in the information text shall not exceed 2048
characters.

18 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example

AT+GMR
3.00
OK

2.26 2.26 AT+ CGMR Request Revision Identification

Description
This command causes the TA to return one or more lines of information text <revision>, determined by
the MT manufacturer, which is intended to permit the user of the TA to identify the version, revision
level or date, or other pertinent information of the MT to which it is connected to. Typically, the text will
consist of a single line containing the version of the product, but manufacturers may choose to provide
more information if desired. Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.

Command Possible response

AT+CGMR=? OK
AT+CGMR <revision>

Parameter
<revision>: the total number of characters, including line terminators, in the information text shall not exceed
2048 characters.
Example

AT+CGMR
3.00
OK

2.27 2.27 AT+GMI Request TA Manufacturer Identification

Description
Request TA manufacturer identification (may equal to +CGMI).

Command Possible response

AT+GMI=? OK
AT+GMI <manufacturer>

Parameter
<manufacturer>:

2.26. 2.26 AT+ CGMR Request Revision Identification 19

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

the total number of characters, including line terminators, in the information text shall not exceed 2048
characters.
Remark
• The user defined profile will be restored automatically after power-up. Use ATZ to restore user profile and
AT&F to restore factory settings. Until the first use of AT&W, ATZ works as AT&F.
• A list of parameters stored to the user profile can be found in Section chapter 29, appendix B, AT Command
Settings storable with AT&W.
Example

AT+GMI
Manufacturer ABC
OK

2.28 2.28 AT+CGMI Request Manufacturer Identification

Description
This command causes the TA to return one or more lines of information text <manufacturer>, determined by the
MT manufacturer, which is intended to permit the user of the TA to identify the manufacturer of the MT to which it is
connected to. Typically, the text will consist of a single line containing the name of the manufacturer, but manufacturers
may choose to provide more information if desired. Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.

Command Possible response

AT+CGMI=? OK
AT+CGMI <manufacturer>

Parameter
<manufacturer>: the total number of characters, including line terminators, in the information text shall not
exceed 2048 characters.
Example

AT+CGMI
Manufacturer ABC
OK

20 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2.29 2.29 ATI Request Manufacturer Specific Information About The

TA

Description
Request manufacturer specific information about the TA(software cannot use this command to determine the capabil-
ities of a TA)

Command Possible response

ATI <module name> <module version>

Parameter
<value>:
may optionally be used to select from among multiple types of identifying information, specified by the
manufacturer.. 0 return manufacturer identification, model identification and revision identification of
software. (1-255) Reserved for manufacturer proprietary use
Example

ATI
RDA AT
3.0.0
OK

2.30 2.30 AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity

Description
This command causes the TA to return <IMSI>, which is intended to permit the TE to identify the individual active
application in the UICC (GSM or USIM) or SIM card which is attached to MT. Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err>
values.

Command Possible response

AT+CIMI=? OK
AT+CIMI <IMSI>

Parameter
<IMSI>:
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (string without double quotes)
Example

2.29. 2.29 ATI Request Manufacturer Specific Information About The TA 21

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CIMI
460001033113523
OK

2.31 2.31 AT+EGMR Read And Write IMEI

Description
This command read IMEI from factory partition,also can write IMEI to factory patition.

Command Possible response

+EGMR=? +EGMR: (0,1),(7)
+EGMR=<mode>,<format>,<data> <IMEI>

Parameter
<mode>: 1 write mode,2 read mode
<format>: 7 only can set this value,to match ap.:
<data>: IMEI number.
Example

AT+EGMR=1,7,”111111111111111”
+EGMR
OK
AT+EGMR=2,7;
+EGMR:11111111111
OK

2.32 2.32 AT+CALA Set An Alarm Time

Description
This command is used to set/list alarms or date/time in the ME.

Command Possible response

AT+CALA=? +CALA: (list of supported <n>s ),(list of supported
<type>s),<tlength>,<rlength>,(list of supported
<silent>s)
AT+CALA? [+CALA: <time>,<n1>,<type>,[<text>],[<recurr>],
<silent><CR><LF>+CALA: <time>,<n2>,<type>,[<text>],
[<recurr>],<silent>[...]]]
AT+CALA=<time>[,<n>[,<type>[,<text>[,<recurr>[,<silent>]]]]]
OK

22 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameter
<time>: string type value, the format is “yy/mm/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz”, where characters indicate year (two last digits),
month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in quarters of an hour,
between the local time and GMT; range -12. . . +13). E.g. 6th of May 2005, 22:10:00 GMT+2 hours equals to
“05/05/06,22:10:00+08” Note: if <time> equals current date and time or is set to an earlier date, returns +CME
ERROR: 21.
<n>, <n1>, <n2>: Integer type value Indicating the index of the alarm. Default is 1, in the range of 1~15.
<type>: Integer type value indicating the type of the alarm (e.g. sound, volume, LED); values and default is 0.
<text>: String type value indicating the text to be displayed when alarm time is reached; maximum length <tlength>
<tlength>: Integer type value indicating the maximum length of <text>
<recurr>: String type value indicating day of week for the alarm in one of the following formats:
“<1..7>[,<1..7>[. . . ]]” - Sets a recurrent alarm for one or more days in the week. The digits 1 to 7 corre-
sponds to the days in the week, Monday (1),Sunday (7). Example: The string “1,2,3,4,5” may be used to set an
alarm for all weekdays. “0” - Sets a recurrent alarm for all days in the week.
<rlength>: Integer type value indicating the maximum length of <recurr>
<silent>: Integer type value indicating if the alarm is silent or not. If set to 1 the alarm will be silent and the only
result from the alarm is the unsolicited result code +CALV. If set to 0 the alarm will not be silent
Remark
• If you want set a recycle alarm,just import the time
• If don’t input recur , it will consider it not a recyclable alarm
• If don’t input index,the alarm index is 1 will be substitute
• String format of alarm: “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss”.
• Maximum number of alarms is 15. Seconds are not taken into account.
Example

AT+CALA=”07/10/26,10:20:34”,1,0,”alarm1”
<Note : Set alarm for Dec 26th, 2007 at 10:20:34 am, the alarm name is alarm1>
OK
<Note : the alarm is stored>
AT+CALA=”18:02:10”,2,0,”alarm2”,”2”
<Note : >
OK
<Note : the alarm is stored>
AT+CALA?
<Note : >
+CALA: “07/10/27,17:35:30”,1,0,”alarm1”,”1,2,3,4,5,6,7” +CALA: “07/10/27,17:40:23”,2,0,”alarm2”,”1,2,3,4,5,6,7”
+CALA: “07/10/27,18:50:30”,3,0,”alarm test”,”2,4,6,”” +CALA: “07/10/27,17:35:30”,4,0,”alarm5”,”1,3,5,6,””
+CALA: “07/10/29,18:45:30”,5,0,”222”,”1,3,5,”“
OK

2.32. 2.32 AT+CALA Set An Alarm Time 23

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<Note : >
AT+CALA=?
<Note : >
+CALA: (1-15),(0),(32),(15)
OK
<Note : >

2.33 2.33 AT+VGR Receive Gain Selection

Description
This refers to the amplification by the TA of audio samples sent from the TA to the computer.

Command Possible response

AT+VGR=? + VGR: (list of supported <n>s)
AT+VGR? + VGR:<n>
AT+VGR= <n> OK

Parameter
<n>: range 5. . . 8. if value equal to 8, then receiver is mute..
Remark
Values larger than 128 indicate a larger gain than nominal. Values less than 128 indicate a smaller gain
than nominal. The entire range of 0. . . 255 does not have to be provided. A value of zero implies the use
of automatic gain control by the TA
Example

AT+ VGR =8
OK
AT+VGR?
+VGR: 7
OK
AT+VGR=?
+VGR: (5-8)
OK

24 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2.34 2.34 AT+CLVL Loudspeaker Volume Level

Description
This command is used to select the volume of the internal loudspeaker of the MT.

Command Possible response

AT+CLVL=? +CLVL: (list of supported <level>s)
AT+ CLVL? +CLVL: <level>
AT+CLVL= <level> OK

Parameter
<level>:
integer type value with manufacturer specific range (smallest value represents the lowest sound level)
Example

AT+CLVL=5
OK
AT+CLVL?
+CLVL:5
OK
AT+CLVL=?
+CLVL: (5-8)
OK

2.35 2.35 AT+CMUT Mute Control

Description
This command is used to enable and disable the uplink voice muting during a voice call.

Command Possible response

AT+CMUT=? +CMUT: (list of supported <n>s)
AT+CMUT? +CMUT: <n>
AT+CMUT= <n> OK

Parameter
<n>:
0 mute off 1 mute on.

2.34. 2.34 AT+CLVL Loudspeaker Volume Level 25

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example

AT+CMUT=1
OK
AT+CMUT?
+CMUT: 1
OK

2.36 2.36 AT+CCLK Real Time Clock

Description
This command stores the currently set parameters to a user defined profile in the non-volatile memory.

Command Possible response

AT+CCLK? +CCLK: <time>
AT+CCLK= <time> OK

Parameter
<time>:
string type value, the format is “yy/mm/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz”, where characters indicate year (two last digits),
month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in quarters of an
hour, between the local time and GMT; range -12. . . +13). E.g. 6th of May 2005, 22:10:00 GMT+2 hours
equals to “05/05/06,22:10:00+08” Note: if <time> equals current date and time or is set to an earlier date,
returns +CME ERROR: 21.
Remark
If MT does not support time zone information then the three last characters of <time> are not returned by
+CCLK? The format of <time> is specified by use of the +CSDF command The range of the year is from
2000 to 2070
Example

AT+CCLK=”07/10/25,11:33:40+8”
OK
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: “07/10/25,11:33:44+8”
OK
AT+CCLK=?
OK

26 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2.37 2.37 AT+CALD Delete One Alarm

Description
Action command deletes an alarm in the MT

Command Possible response

AT+CALD=? +CALD: (list of supported <n>s)
AT+CALD= <n> OK

Parameter
<n>:
Integer type value Indicating the index of the alarm. default is manufacturer specific
Example

AT+CALD=1
OK
AT+CALD=?
+CALD: 2 OK

2.38 2.38 AT+CBC Battery Charging / Discharging And Charge Con-

trol

Description
This command is used to set/list alarms or date/time in the ME.

Command Possible response

AT+CBC=? +CBC: (list of supported <bcs>s),(list of supported <bcl>s)
AT+CBC? +CBC: <bcs>,<bcl><bcs>
AT+CBC OK

Parameter
<bcl>: Defined values
<bcs>: 0 No charging adapter is connected 1 Charging adapter is connected 2 Charging adapter is connected, charg-
ing in progress 3 Charging adapter is connected, charging has finished 4 Charging error, charging is interrupted
5 False charging temperature, charging is interrupted while temperature is beyond allowed range
<bcl>: Battery capacity 0, 10,20, 30,40, 50,60, 70,80, 90,100 percent of remaining capacity (11 steps) 0 indicates
that either the battery is exhausted or the capacity value is not available.
Example

2.37. 2.37 AT+CALD Delete One Alarm 27

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CBC?
+CBC: 0,100
OK
AT+CBC=?
+CBC: (0-5), (0,10,20,30,40,50,60,70,80,90,100)
OK

2.39 2.39 AT+CBCM Supply Information When Battery Capacity

Changed

Description
This command control information display when battery capacity changed. But this command not support now

Command Possible response

AT+CBCM=? +CBCM: list of supported <bNumber>s
AT+CBCM +CBCM: <bNumber>
AT+CBCM=<bNumber> OK

Parameter
<bNumber>:
0 means the battery status event will not be reported initiatively 1 means the battery status event will be
reported initiatively
Example

AT+CBC=1
OK
AT+CBC?
+CBC:0
OK
AT+CBC=?
+CBC: (0-1)
OK

28 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2.40 2.40 AT+CMER Mobile Termination Event Reporting

Description
This command set or query the sending mode of unsolicited result codes from TA to TE.

Command Possible response

AT+CMER=? +CMER: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported
<keyp>s),(list of supported <disp>s),(list of supported
<ind>s),(list of supported <bfr>s)
AT+CMER? +CMER: <mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr>
AT+CMER=[<mode>[,<keyp>[,<disp>[,<ind>[,<bfr>]]]]]
OK

Parameter
<mode>: 0 buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA; if TA result code buffer is full, codes can be buffered in some
other place or the oldest ones can be discarded 1 discard unsolicited result codes when TA TE link is reserved
(e.g. in on line data mode); otherwise forward them directly to the TE 2 buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA
when TA TE link is reserved (e.g. in on line data mode) and flush them to the TE after reservation; otherwise
forward them directly to the TE 3 forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE; TA TE link specific inband
technique used to embed result codes and data when TA is in on line data mode
<keyp>: 0 no keypad event reporting 1 keypad event reporting using result code +CKEV: <key>,<press>. <key>
indicates the key (refer IRA values defined in table in subclause “Keypad control +CKPD”) and <press> if the
key is pressed or released (1 for pressing and 0 for releasing). Only those key pressings, which are not caused
by +CKPD shall be indicated by the TA to the TE. NOTE 1: When this mode is enabled, corresponding result
codes of all keys currently pressed should be flushed to the TA regardless of <bfr> setting. 2 keypad event
reporting using result code +CKEV: <key>,<press>. All key pressings shall be directed from TA to TE. NOTE
2: When this mode is enabled, corresponding result codes of all keys currently pressed should be flushed to the
TA regardless of <bfr> setting.
<disp>: 0 no display event reporting 1 display event reporting using result code +CDEV: <elem>,<text>. <elem>
indicates the element order number (as specified for +CDIS) and <text> is the new value of text element. Only
those display events, which are not caused by +CDIS shall be indicated by the TA to the TE. Character set used
in <text> is as specified by command Select TE Character Set +CSCS 2 display event reporting using result
code +CDEV: <elem>,<text>. All display events shall be directed from TA to TE. Character set used in <text>
is as specified by command Select TE Character Set +CSCS
<ind>: 0 no indicator event reporting 1 indicator event reporting using result code +CIEV: <ind>,<value>. <ind>
indicates the indicator order number (as specified for +CIND) and <value> is the new value of indicator. Only
those indicator events, which are not caused by +CIND shall be indicated by the TA to the TE 2 indicator event
reporting using result code +CIEV: <ind>,<value>. All indicator events shall be directed from TA to TE
<bfr>: 0 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when <mode> 1. . . 3 is entered
1 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when <mode> 1. . . 3 is
entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the codes)
Example

AT+CMER=3,0,0,2
OK
+CIEV:battchg,5
+CIEV:signal,99

2.40. 2.40 AT+CMER Mobile Termination Event Reporting 29

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CMER =?
+CMER:(3),(0),(0),(0,2)
OK
AT+CMER?
+CMER:3,0,0,2
OK

2.41 2.41 AT+CEER Extended Error Report

Description
This command causes the TA to return one or more lines of information text <report>, determined by the MT manu-
facturer, which should offer the user of the TA an extended report of the reason for - the failure in the last unsuccessful
call setup (originating or answering) or in call modification; - the last call release; - the last unsuccessful GPRS attach
or unsuccessful PDP context activation; - the last GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation. Typically, the text will
consist of a single line containing the cause information given by GSM/UMTS network in textual format.

Command Possible response

AT+CEER=? OK
AT+CEER +CEER: <report>

Parameter
<report>: the total number of characters, including line terminators, in the information text shall not exceed 2041
characters. Text shall not contain the sequence 0<CR> or OK<CR>
Example

AT+CEER = ?
OK
ATD13501275915;
OK
BUSY
AT+CEER
+CEER: CALL RELEASED, NETWORK SENT UDUB TO ME
OK

30 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2.42 2.42 AT+CPAS Phone Activity Status

Description
This command returns the activity status <pas> of the MT. It can be used to interrogate the MT before
requesting action from the phone. Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.

Command Possible response

AT+CPAS=? +CPAS: (list of supported <pas>s)
AT+CPAS +CPAS: <pas>

Parameter
<pas>: 0 ready (MT allows commands from TA/TE) 1 unavailable (MT does not allow commands from TA/TE) 2
unknown (MT is not guaranteed to respond to instructions) 3 ringing (MT is ready for commands from TA/TE,
but the ringer is active) 4 call in progress (MT is ready for commands from TA/TE, but a call is in progress) 5
asleep (MT is unable to process commands from TA/TE because it is in a low functionality state) also all other
values below 128 are reserved by the present document.
Example

at+cpas=?
+cpas:0,1,3,4
Ok
At+cpas
+cpas:0
ok

2.43 2.43 AT+CTTS TTS Command

Description
This command is used to play audio stream.

Command Possible response

AT+CTTS=? +CTTS: (list of supported <pas>s)
AT+ CTTS=<mode>,”text” + CTTS: < CTTS >

Parameter
<pas>: 0 stop play 1 start play
Example

At+ctts=?
• ctts(0-2)

2.42. 2.42 AT+CPAS Phone Activity Status 31

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Ok
At+ ctts=2,”abcd”
ok

2.44 2.44 AT+CSCLK Set Low Clock Mode

Description
This command is used to set low clock mode.

Command Possible response

AT+CSCLK=? + CSCLK: (list of supported <pas>s)
AT+ CSCLK =<n> + CSCLK: < CSCLK >

Parameter
<pas>: 0 Disable slow clock 1 Enable slow clock mode,use DTR to control slow clock , when DTR is set high,
enable slow clock, otherwise disable slow clock. 2 Set slow clock mode automaticlly , disable slow clock when
uart recieve or send data,otherwise enable slow clock.
Example

At+CSCLK=?
• CSCLK:(0,1,2)
OK
At+ CSCLK=1
OK

2.45 2.45 AT+CAM camera command

Description
This command is used to use camera capture image

Command Possible response

AT+CAM=? +CAM: (list of supported <pas>s)
AT+ SRD=<mode> +CAM: < mode>

Parameter
<pas>: 0 open camera 1 capture image 2 send back image date 3 close camera
Example

32 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

at+cam=?
• cam(0-3)
Ok
At+ cam=0
Ok
At+ cam=1
Ok
At+ cam=2
Ok
At+ cam=3
Ok

2.46 2.46 AT+SRD Mic Record Command

Description
This command is used to record MIC sound

Command Possible response

AT+SRD=? +SRD: (list of supported <pas>s)
AT+ SRD=<mode> +SRD: < mode>

Parameter
2 start record 3 stop record 8 play record file 9 buffer play 10 stop buffer play
Example

At+srd=?
• srd(2-3-8)
Ok
At+ srd=2
Ok
At+ srd=3
Ok
At+ srd=8
Ok

2.46. 2.46 AT+SRD Mic Record Command 33

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2.47 2.47 AT+IFC DTE-DCE local flow control

Description
This comomand is used to control DTE_DCE local flow

Command Possible response

AT+IFC=?
+IFC: <rxfc>,<txfc>
OK

AT+IFC=<rxfc>,<txfc> OK
AT+IFC?
+IFC: (0,2),(0,2)
OK

Parameter
<rxfc>:
0:disable rx flow control
2:enable rx flow control
<txfc>:
0:disable tx flow control
2:enable tx flow control
Example

AT+IFC=?
+IFC: 2,2
Ok
AT+IFC=0,0
Ok
AT+IFC?
+IFC: (0,2),(0,2)
Ok

2.48 2.48 AT+OTP do OTP

Description
This comomand is used to do OTP

34 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+OTP=<n> OK
AT+OTP=<n>,1 OK

Parameter
<n>: otp type
Example

AT+OTP=2
OK
AT+OTP=3,1
OK

2.49 2.49 AT+SFUN Set Phone Functionality

Description
Set command currently can only be used to switch off and on the CSW platform.

Command Possible response

AT+SFUN=? +SFUN : (list of supported <fun>s),(list of supported
<rst>s)
AT+SFUN? +SFUN:<fun>
AT+SFUN=<fun>[,<rst>] OK

Parameter
<value>:
<fun>:
• 0 Minimum functionality
• 1 Full functionality
• 4 Disable phone both transmit and receive RF circuits
<rst>
• 0 Do not reset the MT before setting it to <fun> power level.
• 1 Reset the MT before setting it to <fun> power level.
NOTE: this shall be always default when <rst> is not given.
Remark
Current, only Parameter 0 and 1 is support. When <fun> equals to 0 and 1, the second parameter <rst> is
ignored. For CSW only do the de-registering when switch off, when parameter is set by 0 or 1, CSW will
operate the network job independent. If AT modem can’t register the network when parameter is set to 5,
please check pin1 status.

2.49. 2.49 AT+SFUN Set Phone Functionality 35

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example

AT+SFUN=0
OK
AT+SFUN?
+SFUN:0
OK

2.50 2.50 AT+CIND Set if the indication event send to ate

Description
Set if the indication event send to ate

Command Possible response

AT+CIND=? +CIND: (\"battchg\",(0-5)),
(\"signal\",(0-5)),(\"service\",
(0-1)),(\"sounder\",\",(0-1)),
(\"message\",(0-1)),(\"call\",(0-1)),
(\"roam\",(0-1)),(\"smsfull\",(0-1))
AT+CIND? +CIND:BatteryCharge, Signal, Service,
Sounder, Message,Call, Roam,Smsfull
AT+CIND=[<ind>[,<ind>[,. . . ]]]
OK
ERROR

Parameter
<value>:
<ind>:if the indication event send to ate 0 value 0 means that the indicator is off 1 value 1 means that indicator is
on
Remark
Example

AT+CIND=1,1,1,0,1,1,1,1
OK
AT+CIND?
+CIND:5,0,0,0,1,0,0,0
OK

36 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2.51 2.51 AT+NVSETRSRPOFFSET Set rsrpoffset

Description

Command Possible response

AT+NVSETRSRPOFFSET=<x> OK

Parameter
<x>:
• x value range 0~100, the true value is x-50
Remark
AT+NVSETRSRPOFFSET=0 sets rsrpoffset to -50 AT+NVSETRSRPOFFSET=50 set rsrpoffset to 0
AT+NVSETRSRPOFFSET=100 set rsrpoffset to 50
Example

2.51. 2.51 AT+NVSETRSRPOFFSET Set rsrpoffset 37

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

38 Chapter 2. 2 General Commands

 CHAPTER

THREE

3 SIM/PBK COMMANDS

Contents

• 3.1 AT+SIM SIM status checking

• 3.2 AT+SIMIF Request SIM type
• 3.3 AT+CCID Request ICC Identification
• 3.4 AT+CPIN Pin Authentication
• 3.5 AT^CPINC Total Times Of Access The Sim Card
• 3.6 AT+CPIN2 Pin2 Authentication(for Sim)
• 3.7 AT+CLCK Facility Lock
• 3.8 AT+CPWD Change Password
• 3.9 AT+QSPN Request Service Provider Name
• 3.10 AT+QGID Request SIM GID
• 3.11 AT+CCHO not supported on this module
• 3.12 AT+CCHC not supported on this module
• 3.13 AT+CGLA not supported on this module
• 3.14 AT+CRSM Restricted Sim Access
• 3.15 AT+CRSML Read records of EF files on (U)SIM
• 3.16 AT+CNUM Subscriber Number
• 3.17 AT+CPBR Read Current Phonebook
• 3.18 AT+CPBS Select Phonebook Memory Storage
• 3.19 AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries
• 3.20 AT+CPBW Write Phonebook Entries

3.1 3.1 AT+SIM SIM status checking

Description
Set command to check and return the type and status of SIM specify by user.

39
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+SIM=? +SIM:(0-n)
AT+SIM? ERROR

AT+SIM=<slot id> +<type>:<status>

OK

Parameter
<n>:
integer type, maximum slot identification.
<slot id>:
integer type, slot identification.
<type>:
string type, it should be “SIM” or “USIM” according to the SIM type.
<status>:
ABSENT there is no SIM card in the slot.
NORMAL the SIM in the slot is normal SIM card.
TEST the SIM in the slot is test SIM card.
ABNORMAL the SIM in the slot is abnormal SIM card.
Example

AT+SIM=?
+SIM = (0 - 1)
OK

AT+SIM=0
+USIM: NORMAL
OK

AT+SIM=1
+SIM: ABSENT
OK

AT+SIM?
+CME ERROR: 53

40 Chapter 3. 3 SIM/PBK Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

3.2 3.2 AT+SIMIF Request SIM type

Description
Execution command return the type of SIM.

Command Possible response

AT^SIMIF=? ^SIMIF:<1>,<0,1>
AT^SIMIF? ^SIMIF:1,<value>

AT^SIMIF=1,<mode> ^SIMIF: <type>

OK

Parameter
<value>:
0: SIM.
1: UICC.
<mode>:
0 value mod.
1 text mode.
<type>:
if mode == 0, SIM card return 0, USIM card return 1.
if mode == 1, SIM card return “SIM”, USIM card return “UICC”.
Example

AT^SIMIF=?
^SIMIF: (1), (0,1)
OK

AT^SIMIF?
^SIMIF: 1,0
OK

AT^SIMIF=1,0
^SIMIF: SIM
OK

3.2. 3.2 AT+SIMIF Request SIM type 41

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

3.3 3.3 AT+CCID Request ICC Identification

Description
Execution command causes the TA to return <ICCID> in the SIM card.

Command Possible response

AT+CCID=? ERROR
AT+CCID? ERROR

AT+CCID +CCID:<ccid>
OK

Parameter
<ccid>:
string type, the ccid read from SIM card.
Example

AT+CCID
+CCID: 898601061401xxxxxxxx
OK

AT+CCID=?
+CME ERROR: 53

AT+CCID?
+CME ERROR: 53

3.4 3.4 AT+CPIN Pin Authentication

Description
Set command sends to the MT a password which is necessary before it can be operated (SIM PIN, SIM PUK, PH SIM
PIN, etc.).

Command Possible response

AT+CPIN =? OK
AT+CPIN? +CPIN: <code>
AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>] OK

Parameter
<pin>, <newpin>:

42 Chapter 3. 3 SIM/PBK Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

string type values

<code>:
values reserved by the present document:
• READY MT is not pending for any password
• SIM PIN MT is waiting UICC/SIM PIN to be given
• SIM PUK MT is waiting UICC/SIM PUK to be given
• SIM PIN2 MT is waiting active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM)or SIM card PIN2 to be
given (this <code> is recommended to be returnedonly when the last executed command resulted in
PIN2 authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 17); if PIN2 is not entered right after the failure, it
is recommended that MT does not block its operation)
• SIM PUK2 MT is waiting active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM)or SIM card PUK2 to be
given (this <code> is recommended to be returned only when the last executed command resulted in
PUK2 authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 18); if PUK2 and new PIN2 are not entered right
after the failure, it is recommended that MT does not block its operation)
Remark
Commands which interact with MT that are accepted when MT is pending SIM PIN, SIM PUK, or PH
SIM are: +CGMI, +CGMM, +CGMR, D112; (emergency call), +CPAS, +CFUN, +CPIN, +CDIS (read
and test command only), and +CIND (read and test command only). Notes: After input three times wrong
PIN, SIM card will be locked!
Example

AT+CPIN=”1234”
Ok

AT+CPIN=”5678”
+CME ERROR: 3

AT+CPIN=”00000000”,”2134”
+CME ERROR: 16

AT+CPIN=”123456578”,”1234”
OK

AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY

3.4. 3.4 AT+CPIN Pin Authentication 43

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

3.5 3.5 AT^CPINC Total Times Of Access The Sim Card

Description
Remaining times of access the sim card

Command Possible response

AT^CPINC=? ^CPINC: PIN1&PIN2: (1-3), PUK1&PUK2: (1-10)
AT^CPINC ^CPINC: <rest time>

Example

AT^CPINC
^CPINC:3,10,3,10
OK

3.6 3.6 AT+CPIN2 Pin2 Authentication(for Sim)

Description
+CPIN2 controls network authentication of the MT.

Command Possible response

AT+CPIN2=? OK
AT+CPIN2? +CPIN2: <code>
AT+CPIN2=<pin>[,<newpin>] OK

Parameter
<pin>:
Password (string type), usually SIM PIN2 or, if requested, SIM PUK2
<new pin>:
If the requested code was SIM PUK2: new password (PIN2).
Example

AT+CPIN2=?
OK

AT+CPIN2?
+CPIN2: READY
OK

44 Chapter 3. 3 SIM/PBK Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CPIN2=”2345”
OK

3.7 3.7 AT+CLCK Facility Lock

Description
This command be used to lock or unlock some functions of the list that be supported by this ME.

Command Possible response

AT+CLCK=? +CLCK: (list of supported <fac>s)
AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>[,<passwd>[,<class>]]
+CLCK:<status>[,<class1>[<CR><LF>+CLCK:<status>,
<class2>[...]]

Parameter
<fac>:
Type: string type Meaning: values reserved by the present document: * “CS” CNTRL (lock Control
surface (e.g. phone keyboard)) * “AO” BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls) (refer 3GPP TS 22.088 [6]
clause 1) * “OI” BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls) (refer 3GPP TS 22.088 [6] clause 1) * “OX”
BOIC exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country) (refer 3GPP TS 22.088 [6]
clause 1) * “FD” SIM card or active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM) fixed dialling memory
feature (if PIN2
<status>:
Type: integer type Meaning: 0 not active 1 active
<passwd>:
Type: string type; Meaning: shall be the same as password specified for the facility from the MT user
interface or with command Change Password +CPWD
<classx>:
Type: integer type Meaning: is a sum of integers each representing a class of information (default 7): 1
voice (telephony) 2 data (refers to all bearer services; with <mode>=2 this may refer only to some bearer
service if TA does not support values 16, 32, 64 and 128) 4 fax (facsimile services) 8 short message
service 16 data circuit sync 32 data circuit async 64 dedicated packet access 128 dedicated PAD access
Example

AT+CLCK=”SC”,1,”1234”
OK

Require lock status

AT+CLCK=”SC”,2
+CLCK: 1
OK

3.7. 3.7 AT+CLCK Facility Lock 45

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<Restart system>
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK

AT+CPIN=”1234”
OK

AT+CLCK=”SC”,0,”1234”
OK

< Restart system >

AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY
OK

<.FD: SIM fixed dialing memory, NO support for the moment > <Call barring>
AT+CLCK=”OI”,1,”0000”, 255
OK
ATD13560243602;
NO CARRIER
AT+CLCK=”OI”,2,”0000”
+CLCK: 1,1
+CLCK: 1,2
+CLCK: 1,4
OK
AT+CLCK=”AC”,0,”0000”,3
OK

46 Chapter 3. 3 SIM/PBK Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

3.8 3.8 AT+CPWD Change Password

Description
This command is used to change password [pin/pin2]

Command Possible response

AT+CPWD=? +CPWD: list of supported (<fac>,<pwdlength>)
AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>,<newpwd> +CPIN: <code>
AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>] OK

Parameter
<fac>:
Type: string type Meaning: “P2” SIM PIN2 refer Facility Lock +CLCK for other values
<oldpwd>, <newpwd>:
Type: string type; Meaning: <oldpwd> shall be the same as password specified for the facility from the
MT user interface or with command Change Password +CPWD and <newpwd> is the new password;
maximum length of password can be determined with <pwdlength>
<pwdlength>:
Type: integer type Meaning: maximum length of the password for the facility
Example

AT+CPWD=”SC”,”3333”,”1234”
Ok

AT+CPIN=”5678”
+CME ERROR: 3

AT+CPINC
+CPINC: 2
OK

AT+CPWD=”SC”,”1234”,”0000”
OK

AT+CPWD=”P2”,”1111”,”1234”
+CME ERROR: 16
AT+CPINC
+CPINC: 2
OK

3.8. 3.8 AT+CPWD Change Password 47

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CPWD=”P2”,”0000”,”1234”
OK

3.9 3.9 AT+QSPN Request Service Provider Name

Description
Execution command return Service Provider Name.

Command Possible response

AT+QSPN=? OK
AT+QSPN? OK

AT+QSPN +QSPN:<display mode> ,<spn>

OK

Parameter
<display mode>:
0 doesn’t display PLMN
1 display PLMN
<spn>:
string type, Service Provider Name.
Example

AT+QSPN
+QSPN: 0, Banglalink
OK

AT+QSPN?
OK

3.10 3.10 AT+QGID Request SIM GID

Description
Execution command return SIM GID.

48 Chapter 3. 3 SIM/PBK Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+QGID=? OK
AT+QGID? OK

AT+QGID +QGID: <gid1>,<gid2>

OK

Parameter
<gid1>,<gid2>: Group Identifier
Example

AT+QGID
+QGID: FFFFFFFF,FFFFFFFF
OK

AT+QGID?
OK

3.11 3.11 AT+CCHO not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

3.12 3.12 AT+CCHC not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

3.13 3.13 AT+CGLA not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

3.11. 3.11 AT+CCHO not supported on this module 49

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

3.14 3.14 AT+CRSM Restricted Sim Access

Description
This command support limited access to SIM database.

Command Possible response

AT+CRSM=? OK
AT++CRSM=<command>[,<fileid>[,<P1>,<P2>,<P3>[,<data>]]] +CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,
<response>]

Parameter
<command>:
following commands are used for SIM card.
176 READ BINARY
178 READ RECORD
192 GET RESPONSE
214 UPDATE BINARY
220 UPDATE RECORD
242 STATUS

commands above plus one are used for USIM card,e.g. read an record of USIM, the command is 179.
All other values are reserved

<fileid>:
for SIM card, it is integer type, e.g. read ADN fileid is 28474(6F3A in hex).
for USIM card, it is string type, e.g. read ADN fileid is 5F3A4F3A(5F3A is the path, 4F3A is the file id).
this is the identifier of a elementary datafile on SIM. Mandatory for every command except STATUS
<P1>, <P2>, <P3>:
integer type; parameters passed on by the MT to the SIM. These parameters are mandatory for every
command, except GET RESPONSE and STATUS. The values are described in GSM 11.11 [28]
<data>:
information which shall be written to the SIM (hexadecimal character format; refer +CSCS)
<SW1>, <SW2>:
integer type; information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command. These parameters are
delivered to the TE in both cases, on successful or failed execution of the command
<response>:
response of a successful completion of the command previously issued (hexadecimal character format;
refer +CSCS). STATUS and GET RESPONSE return data, which gives information about the current
elementary datafield. This information includes the type of file and its size (refer GSM 11.11 [28]). After
READ BINARY or READ RECORD command the requested data will be returned. <response> is not
returned after a successful UPDATE BINARY or UPDATE RECORD command
Example

50 Chapter 3. 3 SIM/PBK Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CRSM=192,28433,0,0,15
+CRSM:144,0,621E82054221001C0283026F40A503
OK

AT+CRSM=179,”5F3A4F3A”,1,4,28 //read ADN of USIM

+CRSM:144,0,616263FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF038121F3FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
OK

3.15 3.15 AT+CRSML Read records of EF files on (U)SIM

Description
This command read some records of certain files on (U)SIM.

Command Possible response

AT+CRSML=? OK
AT++CRSML=<fileid>, <start record>, +CRSML: <record1\n> <record2\n> ...
<count> <recordn\n>

Parameter <fileid>:
integer type; This is the identifier of a elementary datafile on SIM.
<start record>:
integer type; First record read from.
<count>:
integer type; The number of records read from (U)SIM.
<record1\n>, <record2\n> ... <recordn\n>:
string type; record data from (U)SIM.
Example

AT+CRSML=28474, 1, 2 //read SIM ADN, 28474 is 6F3A(ADN EF ID) in decimal base

+CRSML:144,1,616263FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF038121F3FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
+CRSML:144,2,FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
OK AT+CRSML=1597656890, 1, 2 //read USIM ADN, 1597656890 is 5F3A4F3A(ADN and PATH
ID) in decimal base +CRSML:144,1,616263FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF038121F3FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
+CRSML:144,2,FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
OK

3.15. 3.15 AT+CRSML Read records of EF files on (U)SIM 51

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

3.16 3.16 AT+CNUM Subscriber Number

Description
The MS ISDN related to the subscriber.

Command Possible response

AT+CNUM=? OK
AT+CNUM +CNUM: [<alpha1>],<number1>,<type1>[<CR><LF>]

Parameter
<alphax>: optional alphanumeric string associated with numberx used character set should be the one selected with
command Select TE Character Set +CSCS
<numberx>: string type phone number of format specified by <typex>
<typex>: type of address octet in integer format
<text>: field of maximum length <tlength>; character set as specified by command +CSCS. The display of text
depending to the storage format in the sim card. If we store the pbk entry with ucs2 format, we show Chinese
string here, otherwise, we show NON-Chinese string. We do not care about charsets, it is decided by command
+CSCS setting when we store them.
Example

AT+CNUM
+CNUM: “john”,”111”,129 (non-Chinese string) (with non-ucs2 of AT+CSCS setting as pbk storing)
+CNUM: “XXXXX”,”34”,129 (Chinese string) (with ucs2 of AT+CSCS setting as pbk storing)
Ok

3.17 3.17 AT+CPBR Read Current Phonebook

Description
Read phonebook entries in location number range <index1> <index2> form the current phonebook memory storage
selected. If the <index2> is omitted, only the entry with index of <index1> is returned if exists.

Command Possible response

AT+CPBR=? +CPBR: (support<index>s),[<nlength>],[<tlength>]
+CPBR=<index1>[,<index2>]
[+CPBR: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[[...]<CR><LF>+CPBR:
<index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>]]

Parameter
<index1>, <index2>:
Integer type values in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory
<number>:
Type: string type Meaning: phone number of format <type>

52 Chapter 3. 3 SIM/PBK Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<type >:
Type: integer type Meaning: type of address octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] sub clause
10.5.4.7) ; default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character “+”, otherwise
129
<text >: Type: string type Meaning: character set as specified by command +CSCS. The display of text depending
to the storage format in the sim card. If we store the pbk entry with ucs2 format, we show Chinese string here,
otherwise, we show NON-Chinese string. We do not care about charsets, it is decided by command +CSCS
setting when we store them.
<nlength>: Type: integer type Meaning: value indicating the maximum length of field <number>
<tlength>: Meaning: field of maximum length <tlength>
Remark
• If <index2> is smaller than <index1>, error should be returned.
• When DTE character set is “GSM” (set by +CSCS command), the target phonebook entry will be output in an
(big-endian) UCS2 hex string form if it is not a pure ASCII (single byte encoding) string. If the DTE character
set is “UCS2” it will always be output in UCS2 hex string form.
Example

AT+CPBR=1
+CPBR: 1,”111”,129,”linda”
OK

AT+CPBR=2
+CPBR: 2,”+ 999999”,145,”XXXXX” (Chinese string)
OK

3.18 3.18 AT+CPBS Select Phonebook Memory Storage

Description
Select a certain memory storage.

Command Possible response

AT+CPBS=? +CPBS: (list of supported <storage>s)
AT+CPBS? +CPBS: <storage>[,<used>,<total>]
AT+CPBS=<storage> OK

Parameter
<storage>: “SM” SIM/UICC phonebook “ON” active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM) or SIM card (or
MT) own numbers (MSISDNs) list (reading of this storage may be available through +CNUM also) “DC” MT dialled
calls list (+CPBW may not be applicable for this storage) “EN” active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM) or
SIM card (or MT) emergency number (+CPBW is not be applicable for this storage) “FD” active application in the
UICC (GSM or USIM) or SIM card fixdialling phonebook “LD” active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM) or

3.18. 3.18 AT+CPBS Select Phonebook Memory Storage 53

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

SIM card last dialling phonebook “MC” MT missed (unanswered received) calls list (+CPBW may not be applicable
for this storage) “ME” MT phonebook “MT” combined MT and SIM/UICC phonebook “RC” MT received calls list
(+CPBW may not be applicable for this storage) “TA” TA phonebook
<password>: string type value representing the PIN2-code required when selecting PIN2-code locked <storage>s
above, e.g. “FD”.
<used>: integer type value indicating the number of used locations in selected memory
<total>: integer type value indicating the total number of locations in selected memory
Remark
• If we want to write to “FD” pbk, the pin2-code are required, otherwise operation is forbidden.
• Once we input pin2-code with “AT+CPIN2” or “AT+CLCK” or others operation related with inputing pin2-code,
the pin2-code will keep active and will be lost when system restart.
Example

AT+CPBS=?
+CPBS: (“SM”,”ON”,”FD”,”LD”,”ME”)
OK

AT+CPBS?
+CPBS: “ON”,2,2
OK

AT+CPBS=”SM”
OK
AT+CPBS?
+CPBS: “SM”,1,250
OK

3.19 3.19 AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries

Description
The command returns phonebook entries with alphanumeric fielda starting with a given string. The
AT+CPBF=”” command can be used to display all phonebook entries sorted in alphabetical order. This
command is not allowed for “LD”,”RC”,”MC”,”SN” phonebooks and for the “EN” phonebook, which
does not contain alphanumeric fields. It is possible to use this command with UCS2 strings. If a wrong
UCS2 format is entered, the string is considered as an ASCII string..

54 Chapter 3. 3 SIM/PBK Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CPBF=? +CPBF: [<nlength>],[<tlength>]
AT+CPBF=<findtext>
[+CPBF: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[[...]<CR><LF>+CBPF:
<index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>]]

Parameter
<index1>, <index2>: Integer type values in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory
<number>: Type: string type Meaning: phone number of format <type>
<type>: Type: integer type Meaning: type of address octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] sub clause
10.5.4.7) ; default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character “+”, otherwise 129
<findtext>, <text>: Type: string type Meaning: character set as specified by command +CSCS. If we want to
find Chinese string in the all pbk entry, we must set charset value with command +CSCS of “ucs2”, otherwise we
find non-Chinese string with command +CSCS of “non-ucs2”. And now the ucs2 supported in our environment
is big-ending Unicode, we must input big-ending Unicode string in the field if setting value of cscs is equal to
“ucs2”.
< nlength >: Type: integer type Meaning: value indicating the maximum length of field <number>
<tlength>: Type: integer type Meaning: value indicating the maximum length of field <text>
Remark
• If we want to write to “FD” pbk, the pin2-code are required, otherwise operation is forbidden.
• Once we input pin2-code with “AT+CPIN2” or “AT+CLCK” or others operation related with inputing pin2-code,
the pin2-code will keep active and will be lost when system restart.
Example

AT+CPBF=?
+CPBF: 20,14
OK

AT+CSCS=”non-ucs2 value”
OK
AT+CPBF=”John”
+CPBF:3,”123434543”,129,” John”
OK

AT+CSCS=”UCS2”
OK
AT+CPBF=”XXXXX”
+CPBF:5,”+861382253”,145,”XXXXX”(Chinese string)
OK

3.19. 3.19 AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries 55

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

(note1: with ucs2 of AT+CSCS setting when we find Chinese storing) (note2: “XXXXX” = uncode
big-ending string to input)
(if we found, “XXXXX” = local language, here is Chinese string)

3.20 3.20 AT+CPBW Write Phonebook Entries

Description
Writes phonebook entry in location number <index> in the current phonebook memory storage selected.
if there is no index parameter in the command line, the record will be written to the free location.
If the current phonebook storage is “ON”, modification is allowed, but deleting entry is forbidden.We can
add entries to the “ON” phonebook when it have free location, otherwise add entry to “ON” is forbidden.
If the current phonebook storage is “LD”, deleting is allowed, but adding or modification entry is forbid-
den. If the current phonebook storage is “FD”, which is locked by pin2, executing the command may be
returned ERROR or relevant CME error. To continue the operation, please enter the relevant pin specified
by “+cpin?”. Input pin2, deleting or adding or modification entry is allowed. If the current phonebook
storage is “SM”, deleting or adding or modification entry is allowed.

Command Possible response

AT+CPBW=? +CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),[<nlength>],
(list of supported <type>s),[<tlength>]
AT+CPBW=[<index>],<number> OK
[,<type> [,<text>]]

Parameter
<pin>, <newpin>:
<index>: Type: integer type Meaning: values in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory
<number>: Type: string type Meaning: phone number of format <type> Note: valid phone numbe chars are as
follows: 0-9,*,#,+(+only can be the first position)
<type>: Type: integer type Meaning: type of address octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause
10.5.4.7) ; default 145 when dialling string includes international access code character “+”, otherwise 129
<text>: Type: string type Meaning: character set as specified by command +CSCS. If we want to find Chinese string
in the all pbk entry, we must set charset value with command +CSCS of “ucs2”, otherwise we find non-Chinese
string with command +CSCS of “non-ucs2”. And now the ucs2 supported in our environment is big-ending
Unicode, we must input big-ending Unicode string in the field if setting value of cscs is equal to “ucs2”.
<nlength>: Type: integer type Meaning: value indicating the maximum length of field <number>
<tlength>: Type: integer type Meaning: value indicating the maximum length of field <text>,counting in single
byte char. Note: if phonebook characterset is “HEX”, the supported UCS2 char count is smaller than that
specified by <tlength> by 1.This is because UCS2 char storing flag occupies 1 byte.
Remark
• AT+CPBW=[<index>],<number>[,<type>[,<text>]],the number setting NULL is forbidden.
• Executed AT+CLCK and “FD” is locked, then operation of “SM” phonebooks are forbidden, but operation of
other phonebooks is allowed.

56 Chapter 3. 3 SIM/PBK Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example

AT+CPBW=?
(query storage information of cpbw)
+CPBW: (1-250),20,( 129,145,161),14
OK

AT+CSCS=”non-ucs2 value”
OK
AT+CPBW=1, “123”,129, “Linda”
OK
(note1:with non-ucs2 of AT+CSCS setting when we write non-Chinese storing) (note2: “non-ucs2 value”
= “GSM”,or “HEX”,or “PCCP936”)

AT+CSCS=” UCS2”
OK
AT+CPBW=1,”+123”,145, “XXXXX”
OK
(note1: with ucs2 of AT+CSCS setting when we write Chinese storing) (note2: “XXXXX” = uncode
big-ending string to input)

AT+CPBW=1
(not care about AT+CSCS setting when delete some one pbk entry whether it is Chinese string or not)
OK

3.20. 3.20 AT+CPBW Write Phonebook Entries 57

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

58 Chapter 3. 3 SIM/PBK Commands

 CHAPTER

FOUR

4 CALL CONTROL COMMANDS

Contents

• 4.1 ATA Answer A Call

• 4.2 ATD Make A Call
• 4.3 AT+DLST Redial Last Mo Call
• 4.4 ATH Disconnect Existing Call
• 4.5 AT+CHUP Hang Up All Existing Connected Calls
• 4.6 AT+CHLD Call Hold And Multiparty
• 4.7 AT+CLCC List Current Calls Of ME
• 4.8 AT+VTD Tone Duration
• 4.9 AT+VTS DTMF And Tone Generation
• 4.10 AT+CALLREC Call record control command

4.1 4.1 ATA Answer A Call

Description
This command is used to answer an incoming call.
Syntax

59
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

ATA
Success:
OK
Fail:
ERROR
NO CARRIER

Reference:ITU-T Recommandation V.25 ter

Unsolicited Result Codes

URC1
RING:
URC2
CIEV: SOUNDER 1
CIEV: CALL 1

Parameter
NONE:
Remark
This command should be used only when there is one call. When there are several calls, please use the
AT+CHLD to answer a new call.
Example
The following examples show the typical application for this command

Command Possible response

RING<incoming call> CONNECT

ATA

4.2 4.2 ATD Make A Call

Description
This command is used to make an outgoing call. The length of dial number is less than 20.

60 Chapter 4. 4 Call Control Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Syntax

Command Possible response

ATD<number>; Success:
When the call is in progress:
OK and
NO ANSWER or
NO CARRIER or //connection be
released
NO DAILTONE or
BUSY

Fail:
ERROR

Reference:ITU-T Recommandation V.25 ter

Unsolicited Result Codes

URC1
CONNECT:
URC2
CIEV: SOUNDER 1
CIEV: CALL 1

Parameter

<Number>:
Dialing digits, include 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,0,*,#,+,A,B,C,. . . .

Remark
Example
The following examples show the typical application for this command.

4.2. 4.2 ATD Make A Call 61

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

ATD10086;
OK
CONNECT

AT+CLCC;
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,”10086”,129
OK
OK
NO CARRIER

ATD112;
<Only an emergency call can be made when we
do the test without SIM card.
“NO CARRIER” will be returned when you
press the “CANCEL”

4.3 4.3 AT+DLST Redial Last Mo Call

Description
Redial last outgoing call.
Syntax

Command Possible response

AT+DLST Success:
When the call is in progress:
OK and
NO ANSWER or
NO CARRIER or //connection be
released
NO DAILTONE or
BUSY

Fail:
ERROR

Reference
MRD document

62 Chapter 4. 4 Call Control Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

URC1
CONNECT:

Parameter
NONE:
Remark
The usage of the command is the same as the ATD. The other command following this command in the
same line is omitted.
Example
The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

ATD10086;
OK
CONNECT

ATH
OK

AT+DLS
OK
CONNECT

4.4 4.4 ATH Disconnect Existing Call

Description
Hang up all existing connected calls, including active, waiting and hold calls.
Syntax

4.4. 4.4 ATH Disconnect Existing Call 63

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

ATH Success:
OK
Fail:
ERROR

Reference
ITU-T V.25 ter(6.2.7): Result code
suppression

Unsolicited Result Codes

URC1
CIEV: SOUNDER 0
CIEV: CALL 0

Parameter
NONE:
Remark
When the link is established or ringing, the command will get OK. But for the establishing, the command
will get error.
Example
The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

ATD10086;
OK
CONNECT

ATH
OK

4.5 4.5 AT+CHUP Hang Up All Existing Connected Calls

Description

64 Chapter 4. 4 Call Control Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Hang up all existing connected calls, including active, waiting and hold calls.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test command OK
AT+CHUP=?

Set command Success:

AT+CHUP OK
Fail:
ERROR

Reference
3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

URC1
CIEV: SOUNDER 0
CIEV: CALL 0

Parameter
NONE:
Remark
This command implements the same behavior as ATH.
Example
The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

<there are two connecting calls, one is active and the

other is held> OK
AT+CHUP
<Both of the call was hang up>

4.5. 4.5 AT+CHUP Hang Up All Existing Connected Calls 65

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

4.6 4.6 AT+CHLD Call Hold And Multiparty

Description
This command deal with call held, retrieve, multiparty and hang up functions and so on.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test command OK
AT+CHLD=?

Set command Success:

AT+CHUP=<n> OK
Fail:
ERROR

Reference
3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

URC1
CSSU: <code2>,

Parameter

66 Chapter 4. 4 Call Control Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<n>:
0: Releases all held calls or sets User Determined User Busy (UDUB) for a waiting call.

1: Releases all active calls (if any exist) and accepts the other (held or waiting) call [waiting
call is the first].

1X: Releases a specific call X it can be in active, hold or waiting state.

2: Places all active calls (if any exist) on hold and accepts the other (held or waiting) call.

2X: Places all active calls on hold except call X with which communication shall be supported.

3: Adds a held call to the conversation.

<code2>:
2: call has been put on hold (during a voice call).

3: call has been retrieved (during a voice call).

4: multiparty call entered (during a voice call).

Remark
The multiparty call has the MAX connection is 5, at the same time, the phone can also has a waiting call.
Example
The following examples show the typical application for this command.

4.6. 4.6 AT+CHLD Call Hold And Multiparty 67

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

ATD10086;
OK

RING

+CCWA: “13501275915”,161,1„255

AT+CHLD=0
OK

AT+CHLD=2
OK

AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,1,0,0,”10086”,129
+CLCC: 2,1,0,0,0,”13501275915”,161
OK

<when there is a hold call and an active call>

AT+CHLD=3
OK

AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,1,”10086”,129
+CLCC: 2,1,0,0,1,”13501275915”,161
OK

AT+CHLD=21
OK

AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,”10086”,129
+CLCC: 2,1,1,0,1,”13501275915”,161
OK

AT+CHLD=1
OK

AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 2,1,0,0,1,”13501275915”,161
OK

AT+CHLD=12<hang up connect 2>

68 Chapter 4. 4 Call Control Commands
OK

AT+CLCC
 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

4.7 4.7 AT+CLCC List Current Calls Of ME

Description
List all calls of ME.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test command OK
AT+CHLD=?

Set command Success:

AT+CLCC [+CLCC: <id1>, <dir>, <stat>, <mode>,
<mpty>[,
<number>,<type>][<CR><LF>+CLCC:
<id2>,
<dir>, <stat>, <mode>, <mpty>[,
<number>,<type>]. . . ]
OK
Fail:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Reference
3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

4.7. 4.7 AT+CLCC List Current Calls Of ME 69

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<idx>:
integer type; call identification number as described in 3GPP TS 22.030 [19] sub clause 4.5.5.1;
this number can be used in +CHLD command operations

<dir>:
0 mobile originated (MO) call

1 mobile terminated (MT) call

<stat>:(state of the call)

0 active

1 held

2 dialing (MO call)

3 alerting (MO call)

4 incoming (MT call)

5 waiting (MT call)

7 release (network release this call)

<mode> (bearer/teleservice)
0 voice

1 data

2 fax

3 voice followed by data, voice mode

4 alternating voice/data, voice mode

5 alternating voice/fax, voice mode

6 voice followed by data, data mode

7 alternating voice/data, data mode

8 alternating voice/fax, fax mode

70 9 unknown Chapter 4. 4 Call Control Commands

<mpty>:
 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Remark
Example
The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

ATD10086;
OK

RING
OK

+CCWA: “13501275915”,161,1„255

AT+CHLD=2
+CLCC: 1,0,1,0,0,”10086”,129
+CLCC: 2,1,0,0,0,”13501275915”,161

AT+CLCC
OK

4.8 4.8 AT+VTD Tone Duration

Description
Set tone duration.
Syntax

4.8. 4.8 AT+VTD Tone Duration 71

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test command Success:

AT+VTD=? +VTD:(1-10)
OK
Fail:
ERROR

Read command Success:

AT+VTD? +VTD:<n>
OK
Fail:
ERROR

Set command Success:

AT+VTD=<n> OK
Fail:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Reference
3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

<n>:
Duration of the tone in 1/10 second

Remark
Example
The following examples show the typical application for this command.

72 Chapter 4. 4 Call Control Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+VTD=10 OK

AT+VTD? +VTD:10
OK

AT+VTD=? +VTD: (1-10)

OK

4.9 4.9 AT+VTS DTMF And Tone Generation

Description
Sent the DTMF and generate the tone.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test command Success:

AT+VTS=? (list of supported <DTMF>s)
OK
Fail:
ERROR

Set command Success:

AT+VTS=< DTMF>,<duration> OK
Fail:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Reference
3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

None

4.9. 4.9 AT+VTS DTMF And Tone Generation 73

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameter

<DTMF>:
A single ASCII character in the set 0 9, #,*,A D.
This is interpreted as a single ACSII character whose duration is set by the +VTD command.

<duration>:
time in 1/10 second

Remark
Example
The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

ATD10086;
OK

AT+VTS=1
CONNECT

AT+VTS=2,10
OK

AT+VTS=?
+VTS: (0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D),(1-10)
OK

4.10 4.10 AT+CALLREC Call record control command

Description
Control the call record function
Syntax

74 Chapter 4. 4 Call Control Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test command Success:

AT+CALLREC=? +CALLREC: file record(1-0-2)
OK
Fail:
ERROR

Set command Success:

AT+CALLREC=<nCallMode> OK
Fail:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Read command Success:

AT+CALLREC=? +CALLREC: <nstate>
Fail:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

<nCallMode>: A single ASCII character in the set 0,1,2

0: stop call record
1: start call record
2: plya call record

Remark
Example
The following examples show the typical application for this command.

4.10. 4.10 AT+CALLREC Call record control command 75

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

ATD10086;
OK

AT+CALLREC=1
+CALLREC :state–1

AT+CALLREC=0
+CALLREC :state–0

AT+CALLREC=?
+CALLREC:0
OK

76 Chapter 4. 4 Call Control Commands

 CHAPTER

FIVE

5 NETWORK SERVICE COMMANDS

Contents

• 5.1 AT+COPN Read Operator Names

• 5.2 AT+COPS Operator Selects
• 5.3 AT+CREG Network Registration
• 5.4 AT+CSQ Signal Quality
• 5.5 AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List
• 5.6 AT+QNITZ Indicate Network Time
• 5.7 AT+QLTS Query Last Time Satus
• 5.8 AT+CTZU Automatic Update System Time Via Nitz
• 5.9 AT+SETBND Set phone frequency band
• 5.10 AT+CTEC Set user prefferd rat
• 5.11 AT+QSCANF Set UE to scan
• 5.12 AT+SDMBS Set Pseudo base station identification
• 5.13 AT+CNETSCAN UE get cell info
• 5.14 AT+SNWR Set UE rat
• 5.15 AT+XCPUTEST not suport
• 5.16 AT+WCPUTEST not suport

5.1 5.1 AT+COPN Read Operator Names

Description
The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to various network services. More commands related
to this area can be found in Chapter 10, Supplementary Service Commands.
Syntax

77
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command OK
AT+COPN=?

Exec Command ‘’+COPN: <numeric1>,<alpha1>” |

AT+COPN ‘’[<CR><LF>+COPN: <numeric2>,<alpha2>” |
‘’[. . . ]]’‘
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

URC1
‘’+CALA: <text>’‘
‘’URC2’‘
‘’+SYSSTART ALARM MODE+CALA: <text>’‘

Parameter

<numeric>string type; operator in numeric format (see +COPS).

<alphan>string type; operator in long alphanumeric format (see
+COPS).

Remark

‘’Execute command returns the list of operator names from the MT. Each operator code <numericn>
that has an alphanumeric equivalent <alphan> in the MT memory shall be returned. ‘’

Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

78 Chapter 5. 5 Network Service Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+COPN
+COPN:+COPN: 46000,"CMCC"
+COPN:+COPN: 46001,"China Unicom"
......

<Note:..>
OK
<Note:..>

5.2 5.2 AT+COPS Operator Selects

Description
This command be used to select the vender.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +COPS: [list of supported (<stat>,long

AT+COPS=? alphanumeric <oper> ,short alphanumeric
<oper>,numeric <oper>)s] [„(list of supported
<mode>s),(list of supported <format>s)] +CME
ERROR: <err>

Read Command +COPS: <mode>[,<format>,<oper>]

AT+COPS? +CME ERROR: <err>

Set Command +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+COPS=mode[,<format>[,<oper>]]

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

5.2. 5.2 AT+COPS Operator Selects 79

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

URC1
+CALA: <text>
URC2
+SYSSTART ALARM MODE+CALA: <text>

Parameter

<mode>:
0 automatic (<oper> field is ignored)
1 manual (<oper> field shall be present)
2 deregister from network
3 set only <format> (for read command +COPS?), do not attempt registration/deregistration (<oper>
field is ignored); this value is not applicable in read command response
4 manual/automatic (<oper> field shall be present); if manual selection fails, automatic mode
(<mode>=0) is entered

<format>:
0 long format alphanumeric <oper>
2 numeric <oper>
<oper>: string type; <format> indicates if the format is alphanumeric or numeric; long alphanumeric
format can be upto 16 characters long and short format up to 8 characters (refer GSM MoU SE.13
[9]); numeric format is the GSM Location Area Identification number (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause
10.5.1.3) which consists of a three BCD digit country code coded as in ITU T E.212 Annex A [10],
plus a two BCD digit network code, which is administration specific; returned <oper> shall not be in
BCD format, but in IRA characters converted from BCD; hence the number has structure: (country
code digit 3)(country code digit 2)(country code digit 1)(network code digit 2)(network code digit 1)

<stat>:
0 unknown
1 available
2 current
3 forbidden

Remark

80 Chapter 5. 5 Network Service Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Set command forces an attempt to select and register the GSM/UMTS network <oper>. Mode is used
to decide the register should be automatic or manual. If the selected mode is manual or manual first,
the network should return with a list from which user can select one to register on.
Read command returns the current mode and the currently selected operator. If no operator is
selected, <format> and <oper> are omitted.
Test command returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an operator present in the network.
Quadruplet consists of an integer indicating the availability of the operator <stat>, long and short
alphanumeric format of the name of the operator, and numeric format representation of the operator.
Any of the formats may be unavailable and should then be an empty field. The list of operators shall
be in order: home network, networks referenced in SIM/UICC, and other networks.

Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+COPS=? +COPS:
<Note : ..> (1,”D2”„”26202”),(2,”E-Plus”„”26203”)„(0-4),(0,2)
OK
<Note :..>

AT+COPS? +COPS:0
OK
<Note :..>
Register network failed

AT+COPS=3,0 <Set oper format> OK

AT+COPS? +COPS: 0,0,” CMCC “

OK

AT+COPS=3,2 OK

AT+COPS? +COPS: 0,0,46000

OK

5.3 5.3 AT+CREG Network Registration

Description

5.3. 5.3 AT+CREG Network Registration 81

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

This command be used to query the register status.

Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +CREG: (list of supported <n>s)

AT+CREG=?

Read Command +CREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]

AT+CREG? +CME ERROR: <err>

Set Command OK
AT+CREG=<n>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

URC1
+CALA: <text>
URC2
+SYSSTART ALARM MODE+CALA: <text>

Parameter

82 Chapter 5. 5 Network Service Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<n>:
0 disable network registration unsolicited result code
1 enable network registration unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>
2 enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code +CREG:
<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]

<stat>:
0 not registered, MT is not currently searching a new operator to register to
1 registered, home network
2 not registered, but MT is currently searching a new operator to register to
3 registration denied
4 unknown
5 registered, roaming

<ci>:
string type; two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CREG=1 OK
<Note : ..> <reference URC: +CREG>
<Note :..>
1: Enable URC +CREG:<stat> to report status
change of network registration

AT+CREG? +CREG:0,1
OK
<reference URC: +CREG>
<Note :..>
Query the register status of the local and network

5.4 5.4 AT+CSQ Signal Quality

Description

5.4. 5.4 AT+CSQ Signal Quality 83

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

This command be used to query the quality of the signal.s

Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +CSQ: (list of supported <rssi>s),(list of

AT+CSQ=? supported <ber>s)

Read Command +CREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]

AT+CREG? +CME ERROR: <err>

Exec Command +CSQ: <rssi>,<ber>

AT+CSQ +CME ERROR: <err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

URC1
+CALA: <text>
URC2
+SYSSTART ALARM MODE+CALA: <text>

Parameter

<rssi>:
0 113 dBm or less
1 111 dBm
2. . . 30 109. . . 53 dBm
31 51 dBm or greater
99 not known or not detectable

<ber>(in percent):
0. . . 7 as RXQUAL values in the table in GSM 05.08 [20] sub clause 8.2.4
99 not known or not detectable

84 Chapter 5. 5 Network Service Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CSQ +CSQ: 13, 99

OK
<Note :..>

AT+CSQ=? +CSQ: (0-31,99),(0-7,99)

5.5 5.5 AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List

Description
This command is used to edit the user preferred list of networks in the active application on the UICC (GSM or
USIM) or preferred list of networks in the SIM card. Execute command writes an entry in the SIM list of
preferred operators (EFPLMNsel), when the SIM card is present or when the UICC is present with an active
GSM application. When UICC is present with an active USIM application, execute commands writes an entry
in the User controlled PLMN selector with Access Technology list (EFPLMNwAcT), only the PLMN field
could be entered, the Access Technologies for each PLMN in this list is not accesible with this command
(Note: new command for accessing the Access Technologies for each PLMN in this list is FFS). If <index> is
given but <oper> is left out, entry is deleted. If <oper> is given but <index> is left out, <oper> is put in the next
free location. If only <format> is given, the format of the <oper> in the read command is changed. Refer
subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.

Note: when adding preferred operater, <format> can only be 2.

Read command returns all used entries from the active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM) user preferred
list of networks or SIM card list of preferred operators.

Note: if <format> is 0, but there is no relevant long format alphanumeric <oper>, the numeric <oper> will be
returned.

Test command returns the whole index range supported by the active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM)
user preferred list of networks or SIM card.

Syntax

5.5. 5.5 AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List 85

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +CPOL: (list of supported <index>s),(list of

AT+CPOL=? supported
<format>s)+CME ERROR: <err>

Read Command +CPOL: <index1>,<format>,<oper1>

AT+CPOL? [<CR><LF>+CPOL:
<index2>,<format>,<oper2>[. . . ]]
+CME ERROR: <err>

Set Command OK
AT+CPOL=[<index>][, <format>[,<oper>]] ERROR

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

URC1
+CALA: <text>
URC2
+SYSSTART ALARM MODE+CALA: <text>

Parameter

<indexn>:
integer type; the order number of operator in the active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM) user
preferred list of networks or SIM card preferred operator list

<format>:
0 long format alphanumeric <oper>
1 short format alphanumeric <oper>
2 numeric <oper>

<opern>:
string type; <format> indicates if the format is alphanumeric or numeric (see +COPS)

86 Chapter 5. 5 Network Service Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CPOL=? +CPOL: (1-8),(0,2)

OK

AT+CPOL? +CPOL: 1,2,”46000”

OK

AT+CPOL=2,2,”46001” OK
<Note : ..>Add a preferred operator

AT+CPOL? +CPOL: 1,2,”46000”

+CPOL: 2,2,”46001”
OK

AT+CPOL=,0 OK
<Note : ..>Set the display format as long format
alphanumeric <oper>

AT+CPOL? +CPOL: 1,0,”China Mobile”

+CPOL: 2,0,”China Unicom”
OK

AT+CPOL=1 OK
AT+CPOL? <Note : ..>Delete the preferred operator with index
of 1
+CPOL: 2,0,”China Unicom”

<Note : ..> OK

5.6 5.6 AT+QNITZ Indicate Network Time

Description

5.6. 5.6 AT+QNITZ Indicate Network Time 87

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Enable or disable indicate network time.

Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +QNITZ(0,1)

AT+QNITZ=? OK

Read Command +QNITZ<enable>

AT+QNITZ? OK

Set Command OK
AT+QNITZ=<enable>Description ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

<enable>:
0 disable sync network time
1 enable sync network time

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+QNITZ=0 OK

AT+ QNITZ=1 OK

AT+ QNITZ=? +QNITZ:(0, 1)

88 Chapter 5. 5 Network Service Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

5.7 5.7 AT+QLTS Query Last Time Satus

Description
Get the last time from network.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command OK
AT+ QLTS =?

Read Command +QLTS:<time>,<ds>

AT+QLTS? OK
+CME ERROR:<err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

<time>:
string format, yy/MM//dd,hh:mm:ss+zz, means year, month, day, hour, minute, second and time
zone(local time and GMT time difference)

<ds>:
daylight saving time

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+QLTS=? OK

AT+ QLTS +QLTS:17/5/27,8:37:52+32,0

5.7. 5.7 AT+QLTS Query Last Time Satus 89

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

5.8 5.8 AT+CTZU Automatic Update System Time Via Nitz

Description
Set command enables and disables automatic time zone update via NITZ. If setting fails in an MT error,
+CME ERROR: <err> is returned. Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.
Read command returns the current settings in the MT.
Test command returns supported on- and off-values as a compound value.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +CTZU(<mode>)

AT+ CTZU =? OK

Read Command +CTZU<mode>

AT+CTZU? OK

Set Command OK
AT+ CTZU =<enable>Description ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

<mode>:
0: NITZ not update system time
1: NITZ update local time to system
2: NITZ update GMT time to system
3: same as 1
4: same as 2

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

90 Chapter 5. 5 Network Service Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CTZU=? +CTZU:0
OK

AT+CTZU? +CTZU:0
OK

AT+ CTZU=0 AT+ CTZU=0 OK

5.9 5.9 AT+SETBND Set phone frequency band

Description
Set phone frequency band
Syntax

Command Possible response

Set Command OK
AT+SETBND=<get_set>[,band] ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

<get_set>:
1: get current frequency band set
2: set current frequency band

<band>: can only used when get_set is 1, the frequency band value to set

Remark None

5.9. 5.9 AT+SETBND Set phone frequency band 91

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+SETBND=1 +SETBND:<value>
OK

AT+SETBND=2,<value> +SETBND:2
OK

5.10 5.10 AT+CTEC Set user prefferd rat

Description
Set user preffered rat(don’t support in NBIOT project)
Syntax

Command Possible response

Set Command OK
AT+CTEC=<nCurrentRat>,<nPreferRat> ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Read Command OK
AT+CTEC? ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

<nCurrentRat>: the current rat value

<nPreferRat>: the preffered rat value

Remark None

92 Chapter 5. 5 Network Service Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CTEC=1,2 OK

AT+CTEC=? +CTEC: 1,1

OK

5.11 5.11 AT+QSCANF Set UE to scan

*Description
Set UE to scan
Command to set to air plane mode before doing this
In NBIOT mode does not support this function
Syntax

Command Possible response

Set Command OK
AT+QSCANF=<band>,<freqs> ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Test Command +QSCANF:(0-3),(0-1023,9999)

AT+QSCANF=?

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

<band>: the band value to scan

<freqs>: the freqs value to scan

Remark None

5.11. 5.11 AT+QSCANF Set UE to scan 93

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+QSCANF=3,9999 OK

AT+QSCANF=? +QSCANF:(0-3),(0-1023,9999)
OK

5.12 5.12 AT+SDMBS Set Pseudo base station identification

*Description
Set Pseudo base station identification
Syntax

Command Possible response

Set Command OK
AT+SDMBS=<n> ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Test Command +SDMBS:(0,1)

AT+SDMBS=?

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

<n>: if enable detect mbs

0: diable detect mbs
1: enable detect mbs

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

94 Chapter 5. 5 Network Service Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+SDMBS=1 OK

AT+SDMBS=? +SDMBS:(0,1)
OK

5.13 5.13 AT+CNETSCAN UE get cell info

*Description
UE get cell info
Syntax

Command Possible response

Set Command OK
AT+CNETSCAN=<n> ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Test Command +CNETSCAN:(0,1)

AT+CNETSCAN=? OK

Read Command +CNETSCAN:<n>

AT+CNETSCAN? OK

OK
Exe Command
AT+CNETSCAN

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

5.13. 5.13 AT+CNETSCAN UE get cell info 95

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<n>: if enable get cell info

0: diable get cell info
1: enable get cell info

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CNETSCAN=1 OK

AT+CNETSCAN=? +CNETSCAN:(0,1)
OK

AT+CNETSCAN? +CNETSCAN:1
OK

AT+CNETSCAN OK

5.14 5.14 AT+SNWR Set UE rat

*Description
Set UE rat
Syntax

Command Possible response

Set Command OK
AT+SNWR=<mode>,<simid>[,<rat>] ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

96 Chapter 5. 5 Network Service Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<mode>: get or set rat

0: get rat
1: set rat

<simid>: sim index

<rat>: only can set when mode is 1, rat what to set

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+SNWR=0,0
+SNWR:1
OK

AT+SNWR=1,0,1 OK

5.15 5.15 AT+XCPUTEST not suport

Description
Parameter
Example

5.16 5.16 AT+WCPUTEST not suport

Description
Parameter
Example

5.15. 5.15 AT+XCPUTEST not suport 97

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

98 Chapter 5. 5 Network Service Commands

 CHAPTER

SIX

6 STK/SS COMMANDS

Contents

• 6.1 AT+CACM Accumulated Call Meter (acm) Reset Or Query

• 6.2 AT+CAMM Accumulated Call Meter Maximum (acmmax) Set Or Query
• 6.3 AT+CAOC Advice Of Charge Information
• 6.4 AT+CPUC Price Per Unit And Currency Table
• 6.5 AT+CCFC Call Forwarding Number And Condition
• 6.6 AT+CCWA Set Call Waiting Control
• 6.7 AT+ CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation
• 6.8 AT+ CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction
• 6.9 AT+ COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation
• 6.10 AT+ CSSN Supplementary Service Notifications
• 6.11 AT+ CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
• 6.12 AT^STA SAT Interface Activation
• 6.13 AT^STN STK Notification
• 6.14 AT^STGI Remote-SAT Get Information
• 6.15 AT^STR Remote-SAT Response
• 6.16 AT^STNR not supported on this module
• 6.17 AT^STRC Remote-SAT Command process
• 6.18 AT^STF Set Format Of Responses
• 6.19 AT^STSF SIM ToolKit Set Facilities

6.1 6.1 AT+CACM Accumulated Call Meter (acm) Reset Or Query

Description
The read command returns the current ACM value. The write command resets the Advice of Charge
related to the accumulated call meter (ACM) value in SIM file EF(ACM). ACM contains the total number
of home units for both the current and preceding calls

99
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CACM = ? OK
AT+CACM? +CACM: <acm>
AT+CACM = < password > OK

Parameter
<passwd>: SIM PIN2 Note: the string length supported in our environment is no more than 4.
<acm>: string type; accumulated call meter value similarly coded as <ccm> under +CAOC
Remark
Set CMD reset ACM with parameter SIM PIN2, read CMD get current ACM, Test CMD not defined yet.
Three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal format (e.g. “00001E” indicates decimal value
30); value is in home units Command AT+CCWE control the unsolicited result code: +CCWV to be sent
shortly before the ACM maximum value reached.
Example

AT+CACM?
+CACM: “000000”
OK
< TA returns the current ACM value: 000000-FFFFFF (Total call fare)>

AT+CACM=”1234”
OK
< TA resets the Advice of Charge related to the ACM value in SIM file EF(ACM). 1234 is SIM PIN2>

6.2 6.2 AT+CAMM Accumulated Call Meter Maximum (acmmax) Set

Or Query

Description
The write command sets the Advice of Charge related to the accumulated call meter maximum value in
SIM file EF (ACMmax). ACMmax contains the maximum number of home units allowed to be consumed
by the subscriber.

Command Possible response

AT+CAMM=? OK
AT+CAMM? +CAMM:<acmmax>
AT+CAMM =<acmmax>[,<passwd>] OK

Parameter
<passwd>: SIM PIN2

100 Chapter 6. 6 STK/SS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<acmmax>: string type; accumulated call meter maximum value similarly coded as <ccm> under +CAOC; value
zero disables ACMmax feature
Remark
Set CMD set the maximum of ACM with SIM PIN2, read command get the AMM, test CMD not defined
yet. Three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal format (e.g. “00001E” indicates decimal
value 30); value is in home units Shortly before ACM reaches AMM, the unsolicited result code +CCWV
will be sent if AT+CCWE enables this operation. For some SIM card, if the PIN1 is verified, the SIM
PIN2 is not used as password and ignored.
Example

AT+CAMM?
+CAMM: 1e
OK
AT+CAMM= “00001E”, “2345”
< TA returns the current ACMmax value: 0-ffffff)>
OK
< TA sets the Advice of Charge related to the ACM maximum value in SIM file EF (ACMmax). 2345 is
SIM PIN2>

6.3 6.3 AT+CAOC Advice Of Charge Information

Description
Execute command returns the current call meter value. (Currently not support) The write command sets
the Advice of Charge supplementary service function mode.

Command Possible response

AT+CAOC=? [+CAOC: (list of supported <mode>s]
AT+CAOC? +CAOC: <mode>
AT+CAOC[=<mode>] +CAOC: <ccm>]

Parameter
<mode>: # query CCM value # deactivate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value # activate the unsolicited reporting
of CCM value
<ccm>: string type; three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal format (e.g. “00001E” indicates
decimal value 30); value is in home units and bytes are similarly coded as ACMmax value in the SIM card or in
the active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM)
Remark
Set CMD set the maximum of ACM with SIM PIN2, read command get the AMM, test CMD not defined
yet. Three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal format (e.g. “00001E” indicates decimal
value 30); value is in home units Shortly before ACM reaches AMM, the unsolicited result code +CCWV
will be sent if AT+CCWE enables this operation.

6.3. 6.3 AT+CAOC Advice Of Charge Information 101

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example

AT+CAOC?
+CAOC: 0
OK
< TA returns the current call meter value: 000000-FFFFFF (Last call fare) >

6.4 6.4 AT+CPUC Price Per Unit And Currency Table

Description
Read command returns the current parameters of PUC. Write command sets the parameters of Advice
of Charge related price per unit and currency table. SIM PIN2 is usually required to set the parameters.
PUCT information can be used to convert the home units (as used in +CAOC, +CACM and +CAMM)
into currency units

Command Possible response

AT+CPUC=? OK
AT+CPUC? +CPUC:<currency>,<ppu>
AT+CPUC=<currency>,<ppu>,<password> OK

Parameter
<currency>: string type; three-character currency code (e.g. “GBP”, “DEM”) Note: if the string length of <cur-
rency> is less than 3, null character(0x20) will be a complement defaultly. Null string is also be allowed.
<ppu>: string type; price per unit; dot is used as a decimal separator (e.g. “2.66”). Note: the supported string length
is no more than 5, and the valid number is less than 4096
<passwd>: string type; SIM PIN2 Note: the string length supported in our environment is no more than 4.
Remark
For some SIM card, if the PIN1 is verified, the SIM PIN2 is not used as password and ignored.
Example

AT+CPUC=”EUR”,”0.10”,”8888”
OK
AT+CPUC?
+CPUC: “EUR”,”0.10”
OK

102 Chapter 6. 6 STK/SS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

6.5 6.5 AT+CCFC Call Forwarding Number And Condition

Description
This command Controls the call forwarding supplementary services. Registration, erasure, activation,
deactivation and status query are supported.

Command Possible response

AT+CCFC=? +CCFC (list of
supported<reason>s)
AT+CCFC=<reason>,<mode>,[<number>,[<type>,[<class>,[<subaddr> OK
, [<satype>,[<time>]]]]]]

Parameter
<reason>: 0 unconditional 1 mobile busy 2 no reply 3 not reachable 4 all call forwarding. Note: After setting,
if quering the result, need set “reason” to 0. 5 all conditional call forwarding. This operation can finish the
call forwarding for the reason that from 1 to 3 by one time, not need by three times. That means all the call
forwarding can be done by one time except unconditional.
<mode>: When set mode=2, the range of “reason” is 0~3. For mode=2,reason 0, only the query of class =1 is support.
The other will get error due to not support of the network. 0 disable 1 enable 2 query status 3 registration 4
erasure
<number>: string type phone number of forwarding address in format specified by <type>. The string length of
<number> is 0-20.
<type>: type of address octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7); default 145 when dialling
string includes international access code character “+”, otherwise 129
<satype>: type of subaddress octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause 10.5.4.8); default 128, others
should be defined by factory
<classx>: is a sum of integers each representing a class of information (default 1): 1 voice (telephony) 2 data
(refers to all bearer services; with <mode>=2 this may refer only to some bearer service if TA does not support
values 16, 32, 64 and 128) 4 fax (facsimile services) 8 short message service 16 data circuit sync 32 data circuit
async 64 dedicated packet access 128 dedicated PAD access
<time>: 5. . . 30 when “no reply” is enabled or queried, this gives the time in seconds to wait before call is forwarded,
default value 20
<status>: 0 not active 1 active
<subaddr>: string type subaddress of format specified by <satype>
<satype>: type of subaddress octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause 10.5.4.8); default 128
Remark
When setting the international call, the fourth parameter “type” must be filled. The “type” will be checked
if presented. When the “mode” is set to “1”, the third parameter “number” will be omitted and don’t be
checked. Except that non-number is input as “number”. When the parameters are NULL, some will use
the default parameters, some is omitted. The parameter “classx” is 1. the “subaddr” and “satype” is not
used in current version. The “type” is determined by the “number”.
Example

6.5. 6.5 AT+CCFC Call Forwarding Number And Condition 103

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CCFC=0,3,”13698754858”,145
OK
AT+CCFC=0,2
+CCFC:1,1,”+13698754858”,145
OK

6.6 6.6 AT+CCWA Set Call Waiting Control

Description
This command allows control of the Call Waiting supplementary service according to 3GPP TS 22.083
[5]. Activation, deactivation and status query are supported. The interaction of this command with other
commands based on other GSM/UMTS supplementary services is described in the GSM/UMTS stan-
dards..

Command Possible response

AT+CCWA=? +CCWA: (list of supported<n>s)
AT+CCWA? +CCWA: <n>
AT+CCWA=<n>[,<mode>[,<class>]] OK

Unsolicited Result Codes

URC 1 CCWA; < number >,<type>,<class>,[<alpha>][,<CLI validity>]
Parameter
<n>: (sets/shows the result code presentation status in the MT/TA) 0 disable 1 enable
<mode>: (when <mode> parameter is not given, network is not interrogated) 0 disable 1 enable 2 query status
<classx>: is a sum of integers each representing a class of information (default 1) 1 voice (telephony)
<status>: 0 not active 1 active
<number>: string type phone number of calling address in format specified by <type>
<type>: type of address octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7)
<alpha>: optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phone-
book; used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set +CSCS
<CLI validity>: 0 CLI valid 1 CLI has been withheld by the originator. 2 CLI is not available due to interwork-
ing problems or limitations of originating network.
Remark
• AT+CPBW=[<index>],<number>[,<type>[,<text>]],the number setting NULL is forbidden.
• Executed AT+CLCK and “FD” is locked, then operation of “SM” phonebooks are forbidden, but operation of
other phonebooks is allowed.
Example

104 Chapter 6. 6 STK/SS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CCWA=1,1,1
OK
ATD1861;
OK
+CCWA: “02085563410”, 129, 1, “”, 0

AT+CCWA=0,1 ,1
OK
ATD1861;
OK

AT+CCWA=1,2
+CCWA: 0,1
+CCWA: 0,2
+CCWA: 0,4
OK

AT+CCWA=0,0,1
OK
AT+CCWA=1,1,1
OK

6.7 6.7 AT+ CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation

Description
This command refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIP (Calling Line Identification Presentation)
that enables a called subscriber to get the calling line identity (CLI) of the calling party when receiving a
mobile terminated call

Command Possible response

AT+CLIP=? +CLIP: (list of supported<n>s))
AT+CLIP? +CLIP: <n><m>
AT+CLIP=<n> OK

Parameter
<n>: (sets/shows the result code presentation status in the MT/TA) 0 disable 1 enable
<m>: (parameter shows the subscriber CLIP service status in the network): 0 CLIP not provisioned 1 CLIP provi-
sioned 2 unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)

6.7. 6.7 AT+ CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation 105

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<number>: string type phone number of calling address in format specified by <type>
<type>: type of address octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7)
<alpha>: optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phone-
book; used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set +CSCS
<CLI validity>: 0 CLI valid 1 CLI has been withheld by the originator. 2 CLI is not available due to interwork-
ing problems or limitations of originating network.
<subaddr>: string type subaddress of format specified by <satype>
<satype>:
type of subaddress octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause 10.5.4.8)
Unsolicited Result Codes URC 1 +CLIP: <number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,[<alpha>][,<CLI valid-
ity>]]]
Remark
Parameter n may control the unsolicited result code +CLIP should be presented to TE or not
Example

AT+CLIP=1
OK
RING
+CLIP: “02085563192”,129„„0
<URC presentation>

6.8 6.8 AT+ CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction

Description
The AT+CLIR command refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIR (Calling Line Identification
Restriction).

Command Possible response

AT+CLIR=? +CLIR (list of supported<n>s))
AT+CLIR? +CLIR: <n>,<m>
AT+CLIR=<n> OK

Parameter
<n>: (parameter sets the adjustment for outgoing calls) 0 presentation indicator is used according to the subscription
of the CLIR service 1 CLIR invocation 2 CLIR suppression
<m>: (parameter shows the subscriber CLIR service status in the network) 0 CLIR not provisioned 1 CLIR provisioned
in permanent mode 2 unknown (e.g. no network, etc.) 3 CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted 4 CLIR
temporary mode presentation allowed
Example

106 Chapter 6. 6 STK/SS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CLIR=2
OK
AT+CLIR=?
+CLIR:(0,1,2)
OK
AT+CLIR?
+CLIR:2,0
OK

6.9 6.9 AT+ COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation

Description
This command refers to the GSM/UMTS supplementary service COLP (Connected Line Identification
Presentation) that enables a calling subscriber to get the connected line identity (COL) of the called party
after setting up a mobile originated call. The command enables or disables the presentation of the COL at
the TE. It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service COLR in the network

Command Possible response

AT+COLP=? +COLP: (list of supported<n>s))
AT+COLP? +COLP: <n>,<m>
AT+COLP=<n> OK

Parameter
<n>: (parameter sets/shows the result code presentation status in the MT/TA): 0 presentation indicator is used ac-
cording to the subscription of the CLIR service 1 CLIR invocation
<m>: (parameter shows the subscriber COLP service status in the network): 0 COLP not provisioned 1 COLP provi-
sioned 2 unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)
Example

AT+COLP=1
OK
AT+COLP=?
+COLP:(0,1)
OK

6.9. 6.9 AT+ COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation 107

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

6.10 6.10 AT+ CSSN Supplementary Service Notifications

Description
The write command enables or disables the presentation of URCs for supplementary services.

Command Possible response

AT+CSSN=? +CSSN: (list of supported <n>s),(list of supported<m>s)
AT+CSSN? +CSSN:<n>,<m>‘
AT+CSSN=<n>[,<m>] OK‘

Parameter
<n>: (parameter sets/shows the +CSSI result code presentation status to the TE): 0 disable 1 enable
<m>: (parameter sets/shows the +CSSU result code presentation status to the TE): 0 disable 1 enable
<code1>: (it is manufacturer specific, which of these codes are supported): 0 unconditional call forwarding is active
1 some of the conditional call forwardings are active 2 call has been forwarded 3 call is waiting
<code2>: (it is manufacturer specific, which of these codes are supported): 0 this is a forwarded call (MT call setup)
1 this is a CUG call (also <index> present) (MT call setup) 2 call has been put on hold (during a voice call) 3
call has been retrieved (during a voice call) 4 multiparty call entered (during a voice call) 5 call on hold has been
released (this is not a SS notification) (during a voice call)
Remark
When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup,
intermediate result code +CSSI: <code1>[,<index>] is sent to TE before any other MO call setup re-
sult codes presented in the present document or in V.25ter [14]. When several different <code1>s are
received from the network, each of them shall have its own +CSSI result code. When <m>=1 and a
supplementary service notification is received during a mobile terminated call setup or during a call, or
when a forward check supplementary service notification is received, unsolicited result code +CSSU:
<code2>[,<index>[,<number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>]]] is sent to TE. In case of MT call setup, re-
sult code is sent after every +CLIP result code (refer command “Calling line identification presentation
+CLIP”) and when several different <code2>s are received from the network, each of them shall have its
own +CSSU result code. Refer 27007 release99. The gray item of <code1> doesn’t been supported by
CMCC and UMCC.S
Example

AT+CSSN=1,1
OK

6.11 6.11 AT+ CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data

Description
This command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD) according to
GSM 02.90. Both network and mobile initiated operations are supported.

108 Chapter 6. 6 STK/SS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CUSD=? +CUSD: (list of supported <n>s)
AT+CUSD? + CUSD:<n>
AT+ CUSD=<n>[,<str>[,<dcs>]] OK

Parameter
<n>: 0 disable the result code presentation to the TE 1 enable the result code presentation to the TE 2 cancel session
(not applicable to read command response)
<m>: 0 no further user action required (network initiated USSD Notify, or no further information needed after mobile
initiated operation) 1 further user action required (network initiated USSD Request, or further information
needed after mobile initiated operation) 2 USSD terminated by network 3 other local client has responded 4
operation not supported 5 network time out
<str>: string type USSD string (when <str> parameter is not given, network is not interrogated): if <dcs> indicates
that 3GPP TS 23.038 [25] 7 bit default alphabet is used: if TE character set other than “HEX” (refer command
Select TE Character Set +CSCS): MT/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to
rules of 3GPP TS 27.005 [24] Annex A if TE character set is “HEX”: MT/TA converts each 7 bit character of
GSM alphabet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. character (GSM 23) is presented as 17
(IRA 49 and 55)) if <dcs> indicates that 8 bit data coding scheme is used: MT/TA converts each 8 bit octet
into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two
characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65))
<DCS>: 3GPP TS 23.038 [25] Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format (default 0)
Remark
This command allows control of the Unstuctured Supplementary Service Data (USSD) according to 3GPP
TS 22.090 [23]. Both network and mobile initiated operations are supported. Parameter <n> is used to
disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code (USSD response from the network, or network
initiated operation) +CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>] to the TE. In addition, value <n>=2 is used to cancel an
ongoing USSD session. When <str> is given, a mobile initiated USSD string or a response USSD string
to a network initiated operation is sent to the network. The response USSD string from the network is
returned in a subsequent unsolicited +CUSD result code. If the <dcs> parameter is input, the data will be
transmitted as USSD vertion2, otherwise, it will be transmitted as USSD version 1.
Example

AT+CUSD=1
OK
AT+CUSD?
+CUSD: 1
OK

6.12 6.12 AT^STA SAT Interface Activation

Description
This command is used to ask the current running status of the RSAT and the character set used by the
RSAT, and it can be used to set SAT and the AT interface to activation.

6.12. 6.12 AT^STA SAT Interface Activation 109

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT^STA=? ^STA: (list of supported <Alphabet>s)
AT^STA? ^STA: <Alphabet>, <allowedInstance>, <SatProfile>
AT^STA=<Alphabet> OK

Parameter
<Alphabet>: 0 GSM character set 1 UCS2 character set
<allowedInstance>: 0 SAT This module has been started. 1 SAT This module can be started.
<SatProfile>:<SatProfile> SAT configuration data
Example

AT^STA?
^STA: 1,1,”7FFFFFFF7F0100DF1F”
OK

6.13 6.13 AT^STN STK Notification

Description
Proactive Command notification
Remark
Every time the SIM Application issues a Proactive Command, via the ME, the TA will receive a notifi-
cation. This indicates the type of Proactive Command issued. AT^STGI must then be used by the TA to
request the parameters of the Proactive Command from the ME. Upon receiving the^STGI response from
the ME, the TA must send AT^STR to confirm the execution of the Proactive Command and provide any
required user response, e.g. a selected menu item.
Example

Reference: URC:
^STN

6.14 6.14 AT^STGI Remote-SAT Get Information

Description
AT^STGI: This command is used after receiving URC ^STN notification,That can get the parameters of
the proactive command, current command type or some information of the current proactive command.

110 Chapter 6. 6 STK/SS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT^STGI=? ^STGI: (list of supported <cmdType>s)
AT^STGI? ^STGI: <cmdType>
AT^STGI=<cmdType> OK

Response definition The event format: Command type =37 or 36: The first line: ^STGI: command type, 0, The
number of the item,” Alpha identifier”, “nComQualifier” Other lines:^STGI: command type, Item type,”contents
of menu,”nComQualifier”
Command type=16: ^STGI: command type, “text string”, type of address, address, subadress, text in calling”,
scheme of the text, time unit when autodial, interval of “nComQualifier” Command type=33: ^STGI: command
type, “text”, scheme of text, “nComQualifier” Command type=19: ^STGI: command type, “text for display”
, Type of address, “address of SMS, “contents of SMS” Command type=35: ^STGI: command type, “text”,
“Default text”, scheme of text, max length of text, min length of text, “nComQualifier” Command type=38:
^STGI: command type, “nComQualifier”
Parameter
<pin>, <newpin>:
<Alphabet>: 0 GSM character set 1 UCS2 character set
<allowedInstance>: 0 SAT This module has started up. you can execute the read or test command. 1 SAT This
module can be started.
<SatProfile>: SAT configuration data.
Remark < cmdType >:Proactive command
Example

AT^STGI=37
^STGI: 37,128,5,”51687403901A670D52A1”,0,1,1,0 ^STGI: 37,1,”516C51714FE1606F670D52A1”,0,0
^STGI: 37,2,”8BC15238”,0,0 ^STGI: 37,3,”624B673A94F6884C”,0,0 ^STGI:
37,4,”5BA26237670D52A1”,0,0 ^STGI: 37,5,”82F16C498BCD5178”,0,0 OK
AT^STR=37,0 OK
AT^STR=211,0,1
OK
^STN: 36
AT^STGI=36 ^STGI: 36,0,3,”“,0,0,0,0,0 ^STGI: 36,1,”59296C14988462A5”,0,0 ^STGI:
36,2,”4EA4901A4FE1606F”,0,0 ^STGI: 36,3,”65B095FB”,0,0 OK
AT^STR=36,0,1
^STN: 35
AT^STGI=35
^STGI: 35,0,”957F9014533A53F7FF1F”,3,5,”“,0,0
OK

6.14. 6.14 AT^STGI Remote-SAT Get Information 111

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

6.15 6.15 AT^STR Remote-SAT Response

Description
AT^STR: TA can use this command AT^STR to answer the AT^STGI command to tell the SIM that the
result executed of the proactive command.

Command Possible response

AT^STR=? ^STR: (list of supported
<cmdType>s)
AT^STR? ^STR: <cmdType>
AT^STR=<cmdType>, <status>[, <inputNumber>][, <input- OK
String>]

Parameter
<cmdType>: Proactive command
<status>: The status response to the proactive command. 00 Command performed successfully 16 Proactive SIM
session terminated by user 17 Backward move in the proactive SIM session requested by the user 18 No response
from user 19 Help information required by the user 20 USSD/SS Transact terminated by user 32 ME currently
unable to process command 132 ME currently unable to process command -screen is busy 34 User did not accept
the proactive command 35 User cleared down call before connection or network release
<inputNumber>: Response number.
<inputString>: Response string.
Remark
• AT+CPBW=[<index>],<number>[,<type>[,<text>]],the number setting NULL is forbidden.
• Executed AT+CLCK and “FD” is locked, then operation of “SM” phonebooks are forbidden, but operation of
other phonebooks is allowed.
Example

<Under main menu>

AT^STR=211,0,X
STK select submenu

6.16 6.16 AT^STNR not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

112 Chapter 6. 6 STK/SS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

6.17 6.17 AT^STRC Remote-SAT Command process

Description
Process proactive command SETUP CALL, SEND SMS, SEND USSD.

Command Possible response

AT^STRC=? ^STRC: (list of supported <cmdType>s)
AT^STRC? ^STRC: <cmdType>
AT^STRC=<action>, <cmdType> OK

Parameter
<action>: process the proactive SIM command or terminate it. | 0 Terminate the proactive SIM session. | 1 Process
the proactive SIM command.
<cmdType>: Proactive command id. | 16 SETUP CALL | 18 SEND SMS | 19 SEND USSD
Example

AT^STRC=?
^STRC: (16, 18, 19)
OK

AT^STRC?
^STRC: 37
OK

AT^STRC=1,19
OK

6.18 6.18 AT^STF Set Format Of Responses

Description
This command is used to set format of a response of SAT command.

Command Possible response

AT^STF? ^STF: [Current mode]
AT^STF=<mode> OK
AT^STF=? ^STF: (0,1)

Parameter
<mode>: 0: PDU mode 1: Text mode

6.17. 6.17 AT^STRC Remote-SAT Command process 113

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example

AT^STF?
^STF: PDU Mode
OK
AT^STF=1
Set STF to TEXT Mode
OK

6.19 6.19 AT^STSF SIM ToolKit Set Facilities

Description
This command allows SIM ToolKit facilities to be activated, deactivated or configured.

Command Possible response

AT^STSF? ^STSF:
<mode>,<profile>,<timeout>,<AutoResponse>
OK

OK
AT^STSF=<mode>[,<config>][,<Timeout>][,<AutoResponse>]

AT^STSF=? ^STSF:
(0-2),(160060C01F-5FFFFFFF7F),(1-255),(0-1)
OK

Parameter
<mode>:
0: Deactivates the SIM Toolkit functionalities.
1: Activates the SIM Toolkit functionalities.
2: Configures the SIM Toolkit functionalities.
<Config>:
hex format: (160060C01F - 5FFFFFFF7F)
<Timeout>:
Range 1 to 255: Timeout for user responses (multiple of 10 seconds).
<Autoresponse>:

114 Chapter 6. 6 STK/SS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

0: Automatic response is not activated

1: Automatic response is activated
Example

AT^STSF?
+STSF: 0,FFFFFF7F000000007F0000002309090603000F,1,0
OK

AT^STSF=?
+STSF: (0-2),(160060C01F-5FFFFFFF7F),(1-255),(0-1)
OK

AT^STSF=0,FFFFFF7F000000007F0000002309090603000F,1,0
OK

6.19. 6.19 AT^STSF SIM ToolKit Set Facilities 115

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

116 Chapter 6. 6 STK/SS Commands

 CHAPTER

SEVEN

7 SMS COMMANDS

Contents

• 7.1 AT+CSDH Show Text Mode Parameters (for SMS)

• 7.2 AT+CSMP Set Text Mode Parameters
• 7.3 AT+CMSS Send Message From Storage(for SMS)
• 7.4 +CMTI/+CMT Indication New Short Message [for SMS]
• 7.5 AT+CMGD Delete SMS Message
• 7.6 AT+CMGF Select SMS Message Format
• 7.7 AT+CMGL List SMS Messages From Preferred Store
• 7.8 AT+CMGR Read SMS Message
• 7.9 AT+CMGS Send SMS Message
• 7.10 AT+CMGW Write SMS Message To Memory
• 7.11 AT+CNMI New SMS Message Indications
• 7.12 AT+CPMS Preferred SMS Message Storag
• 7.13 AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address
• 7.14 AT+CDS Indicates SMS Status Report Has Been Received
• 7.15 AT+CMMS Set SMS Concat
• 7.16 AT+CSAS Not Support
• 7.17 AT+CRES Not Support
• 7.18 AT+CSCB Set Cell Broadcast function

7.1 7.1 AT+CSDH Show Text Mode Parameters (for SMS)

Description
Set command controls whether detailed header information is shown in text mode result codes.

117
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CSDH =? list of supported <show>s OK
AT+CSDH? +CSDH: <show>
AT+CSDH=<show> OK

Parameter
<show>: Range: 0-1 0 do not show the values in result codes 1 show the values in result codes
Remark
Example

AT+CSDH=0
<not show the message header when list message at the storage, read message in the storage, or indicate to CMTI that
new message recieved.>
OK

AT+CSDH=1
< show the message header when list message at the storage, read message in the storage, or indicate to CMTI that
new message recieved.>
OK

7.2 7.2 AT+CSMP Set Text Mode Parameters

Description
Set command is used to select values for additional parameters needed when SM is sent to the network or placed in a
storage when text format message mode is selected.

Command Possible response

AT+CSMP =? OK
AT+CSMP? +CSMP:<fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs> OK
AT+CSMP=<fo>[,<vp>[,pid>[,<dcs>]]] OK

Parameter
fo
depending on the command or result code: first octet of 3G TS 23.040 [3] SMS-DELIVER[mt], SMS-SUBMIT[mo]
(default 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format.
vp
depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: 3G TS 23.040 [3] TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167),
in time-string format (refer <dt>), or if EVPF is supported, in enhanced format (hexadecimal coded string with double
quotes)
pid

118 Chapter 7. 7 SMS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

3G TS 23.040 [3] TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default 0)-protocol identity [Different data storage protocol
according to which services protocol used]
dcs
depending on the command or result code: 3G TS 23.038 [2] SMS Data Coding Scheme (default0),or Cell Broadcast
Data Coding Scheme in integer format [supported there types of csw allowed,0,4,8]
Remark
Parameter <fo> <vp> <pid> and <dcs>, we recommend to set default value of them, but can use other values if need
according to spec definite. if setting “fo” value for MO message,we must make sure the “mti” segment of “fo” (as
03.40 description) is “01”, meanings that bit1 is “0” and bit0 is “1”, otherwise exception would happened. 3. if setting
“dcs” value for MO message, we must make sure that the dcs is equal to 0, or 4, or 8, other values is not allowed now.
Example

AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
<in text mode, send message to others or write message to storage with 7bit encode>
OK

AT+CSMP=17,167,0,4
<in text mode, send message to others or write message to storage with 8bit encode>
OK

AT+CSMP=17,167,0,8
<in text mode, send message to others or write message to storage with 16bit encode, sometimes the Chinese string>
OK

7.3 7.3 AT+CMSS Send Message From Storage(for SMS)

Description
Execution command sends message with location value <index> from preferred message storage <mem2> to the
network (SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-COMMAND).

Command Possible response

AT+CMSS =? list of supported <state>s OK
AT+CMSS=<state> OK

Parameter
<index>:
integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
Remark
1. <toda>have there values:161,145,129

7.3. 7.3 AT+CMSS Send Message From Storage(for SMS) 119

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2. At PDU mode , wen can’t send MT message.

Example

AT+CMGF=0
AT+CMGR=1
AT+CMSS=1
OK
+CMGR: 3„21 0891683110102105F031010B813120117013F50000A707F4F29C9E769F0
+CMSS: 3
OK
AT+CMGF=0
AT+CMGR=1
AT+CMSS=1, “13466507607”, 129
OK
+CMGR: 3„21 0891683110102105F031010B813120117013F50000A707F4F29C9E769F0
+CMSS: 6
OK AT+CMGF=1
AT+CSDH=1
AT+CMGR=1
AT+CMSS=1
OK
OK
+CMGR: “STO SENT”,”13021107315”„129,17,0,0,167,”+8613010112500”,145,7 testing
+CMSS: 7
OK
AT+CMGF=1
AT+CSDH=1
AT+CMGR=1
AT+CMSS=1, “13466507607”, 129
OK
OK
+CMGR: “STO SENT”,”13021107315”„129,17,0,0,167,”+8613010112500”,145,7 testing
+CMSS: 10
OK

120 Chapter 7. 7 SMS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

7.4 7.4 +CMTI/+CMT Indication New Short Message [for SMS]

Description
When receive new short message ,send +CMTI or +CMT[+CDS are message report]

Possible response
+CMTI: <mem>,<index> or +CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled) +CMT: <oa>,
[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>, <length>]<CR><LF><data> (Text mode en-
baled)

Parameter
<mem> string type; memory for storage new messages
<index>
integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
<length>
integer type value indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> (or
<cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e.
the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)
<fo>
depending on the command or result code: first octet of 3G TS 23.040 [3] SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default
17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format
<vp>
depending on SMS-SUBMIT is supported, in enhanced format (hexadecimal coded string with double
quotes)
<pid>
3G TS 23.040 [3] TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default 0)
<dcs>
depending on the command or result code: 3G TS 23.038 [2] SMS Data Coding Scheme (default0), or Cell Broadcast
Data Coding Scheme in integer format
<sca>
3G TS 24.011 [6] RP SC address Address-Value field in string format;
<tosca>
3G TS 24.011 [6] RP SC address Type-of-Address octet in integer format
<scts>
3G TS 23.040 [3] TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer <dt>)
<alpha>
string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook; imple-
mentation of this feature is manufacturer specific; used character set should be the one selected with command Select
TE Characte
Remark

7.4. 7.4 +CMTI/+CMT Indication New Short Message [for SMS] 121
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

If the initial PDP context is supported, the context with <cid>=0 is automatically defined at startup,
see subclause 10.1.0. Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated when the attachment
state changes to detached. The read command returns the current Packet Domain service state. The test
command is used for requesting information on the supported Packet Domain service states.
Example

AT+CNMI=0,1,0,0,0
+CMTI: “SM”,7 OK
AT+CMGF=0
AT+CNMI=0,2,0,0,0
+CMT: ,27
0891683110102105F0240D91683120117013F500008070206193930007F4F29C9E769F01
OK
OK
AT+CMGF=1
AT+CSDH=1
AT+CNMI=0,2,0,0,0
+CMT: “+8613021107315”„”2008/07/02,16:40:24+00”,145,17,0,0,”+8613010112500”,145,8 Testing OK
OK
OK
AT+CMGF =1
AT+CNMI=0,0,0,1,0 (need status report)
AT+CMGS=”13445555991”
+CDS: 2,12,”+8613021107315”,145,”2008/07/02,16:42:22+00”,”2008/07/02,16:42:34+00”,0 OK
OK
+CMGS: 12
OK

7.5 7.5 AT+CMGD Delete SMS Message

Description
Execution command deletes message from preferred message storage <mem1> location <index>. If <delflag> is
present and not set to 0 then the ME shall ignore <index> and follow the rules for <delflag> shown below. If deleting
fails, final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned. See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for <err>
values.

122 Chapter 7. 7 SMS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CMGD =? +CMGD: (list of supported <index>s),(list of supported
<delflag>s) OK
AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>]
OK

Parameter
<Index>:
Index : indicate which message will be deleted
<delflag>: an integer indicating multiple message deletion request as follows:
0 (or omitted) Delete the message specified in <index> 1 Delete all read messages from preferred message storage,
leaving unread messages and stored mobile originated messages (whether sent or not) untouched 2 Delete all read
messages from preferred message storage and sent mobile originated messages, leaving unread messages and unsent
mobile originated messages untouched 3 Delete all read messages from preferred message storage, sent and unsent
mobile originated messages leaving unread messages untouched. 4 Delete all messages from preferred message stor-
age including unread messages.
Remark
Test command .list of supported <index>s
Example

AT+CMGD=1
<note1:delete the specific index message in the storage> <note2: if have no message we specific to delete, just return
“OK” only>
OK

7.6 7.6 AT+CMGF Select SMS Message Format

Description
Set command specifies the input and output format of the short messages. The input and output format of the short
messages can be either PDU mode or Text mode.

Command Possible response

AT+CMGF =? list of supported <mode>s OK
AT+CMGF? +CMGF:<mode>
AT+CMGF=<mode> OK

Parameter
<mode>:
0 PDU mode (default when implemented) 1 text mode
Example

7.6. 7.6 AT+CMGF Select SMS Message Format 123

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CMGF=0
< PDU mode>
OK

7.7 7.7 AT+CMGL List SMS Messages From Preferred Store

Description
Execution command returns messages with status value <stat> from message storage <mem1> to the TE.

Command Possible response

AT+CMGL =? list of supported <stat>s OK
AT+CMGL=<state> OK

Parameter
<stat>:
integer type in PDU mode (default 0), or string type in text mode (default “REC UNREAD”); indicates the status of
message in memory; defined values: 0 “REC UNREAD” received unread message (i.e. new message) 1 “REC READ”
received read message 2 “STO UNSENT” stored unsent message (only applicable to SMs) 3 “STO SENT” stored sent
message (only applicable to SMs) 4 “ALL” all messages (only applicable to +CMGL command)
Remark
1. <alpha> is not supported now.
2. if PDU mode, each bit meaning of DCS byte are reference in chapter 11.10,5, CMGW remark.
Example

AT+CMGL=n
<note1: n=0,1,2,3,4, meaning as description of 11.7.4 parameters definition> <note2: if have no message we specific
to list, just return “OK” only> <note3: don’t care about the dcs value with at+csmp setting or charset value with
at+cscs setting here, the display is only depending to formats when the message store.>
OK

7.8 7.8 AT+CMGR Read SMS Message

Description
Execution command returns message with location value <index> from preferred message storage <mem1> to the TE.

Command Possible response

AT+CMGR OK
=?
AT+CMGR=<index>
+CMGR:<stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,
<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> OK

124 Chapter 7. 7 SMS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameter
<index>:
Indicate which message will be read.
Remark
1. <alpha> and <scts> is not supported now.
2. Can’t read short message report now.
3. When DTE character set is “GSM” (set by +CSCS command),the SMS content will be output by an ASCII
string form if it is an pure ASCII SMS,otherwize it will be output in an UCS2 hex string form. If the DET
character set is “UCS2” it will always be output in UCS2 hex string form.
4. if PDU mode, each bit meaning of DCS byte are reference in chapter 11.10,5, CMGW remark.
Example

AT+CMGR=2
(the message store in the mem with 8bit encode of dcs) +CMGR: “STO UNSENT”,”456” testing
OK

7.9 7.9 AT+CMGS Send SMS Message

Description
The write command transmits a short message from TE to network (SMS-SUBMIT).After invoking the write command
wait for the prompt “>” and then start to write the message. To send the message simply enter <CTRL-Z>

Command Possible response

AT+CMGS =? OK
+CMGS:<mr> OK
AT+CMGS=<da>[,<toda>]<CR> text is entered
<ctrl-Z/ESC>

Parameter
<da>
3G TS 23.040 [3] TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default
alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer command +CSCS
in3G TS 27.007 [9]); type of address given by <toda>tring type; memory to which writing and sending operations are
made
<toda>
3G TS 24.011 [6] TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first character of <da> is +
(IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129)
<length>

7.9. 7.9 AT+CMGS Send SMS Message 125

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

integer type value indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> > (or
<cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e.
the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length) PDU is given: we can send pdu message
depending to the dcs value of oct in the pdu header. the PDU shall be hexadecimal format (similarly as
specified for <pdu>) and given in one line; ME/TA converts this coding into the actual octets of PDU.text
is entered
• we should care about the dcs of at+csmp setting, if we set 7bit encode of dcs, we can send 7bit encode message
with text mode.
If we set 8bit or 16bit encode of dcs, we can send 8bit or 16bit message with text mode.the entered text should be
formatted as follows: - if <dcs> (set with +CSMP) indicates that 3GPP TS 23.038 [2] GSM 7 bit default alphabet
is used and <fo> indicates that 3GPP TS 23.040 [3] TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set: - if TE character set
other than “HEX” (refer command Select TE Character Set +CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007 [9]): ME/TA converts the
entered text into the GSM 7 bit default alphabet according to rules of Annex A; backspace can be used to delete last
character and carriage returns can be used (previously mentioned four character sequence shall be sent to the TE after
every carriage return entered by the user); - if TE character set is “HEX”: the entered text should consist of two IRA
character long hexadecimal numbers which ME/TA converts into the GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters. (e.g. 17
(IRA 49 and 55) will be converted to character ? (GSM 7 bit default alphabet 23)).
<mr>
Type: integer type Meaning: 3GPP TS 23.040 [3] TP-Message-Reference in integer format
Remark
1. Not support long short message.
2. <toda>have there values: 161,145,129
3. At PDU mode,wen can’t send MT message.
Example

AT+CMGF=0
OK
AT+CMGS=17
(value of “dcs” is getting from dcs oct in the pdu header)
>0011000B813170862334F20000A70361F118<CTRL Z> +CMGS: 1
OK

AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
(7bit encode of message to store or send in text mode)
OK
AT+CMGS=”13560243602”
>abc<CTRL Z> +CMGS: 5
OK
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,4 (8bit encode of message to store or send in text mode)

126 Chapter 7. 7 SMS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

OK
AT+CMGS=”13560243602”,129
>abc<CTRL Z> +CMGS:3
OK
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,8
(16bit encode of message to store or send in text mode)
OK
AT+CMGS=”+13560243602”,145
>XXX<CTRL Z> (Chinese string) +CMGS:4
OK

7.10 7.10 AT+CMGW Write SMS Message To Memory

Description
Execution command stores message (either SMS-DELIVER or SMS-SUBMIT) to memory storage <mem2>. Memory
location <index> of the stored message is returned.

Command Possible response

AT+CMGW =? OK
OK
AT+CMGW [=<oa/da>[,<tooa/toda>[,<stat>]]]<CR>

text is entered <ctrl-Z/ESC>

Parameter
<index>
integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
<da>
3G TS 23.040 [3] TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default
alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer command +CSCS
in3G TS 27.007 [9]); type of address given by <toda>tring type; memory to which writing and sending operations are
made
<toda>
3G TS 24.011 [6] TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first character of <da> is +
(IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129)
<length>
integer type value indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> > (or <cdata>) in
characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC
address octets are not counted in the length)
<stat>

7.10. 7.10 AT+CMGW Write SMS Message To Memory 127

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Integer type in PDU mode (default 2 for +CMGW), or string type in text mode (default .STO UNSENT. for +CMGW).
Indicates the status of message in memory.
Remark
1.not support long message. 2.<toda> have three values: 161, 145 and 129. 3. if pdu mode, each bit meaning of the
dcs byte are following: Dcs byte: bit7..bit0
bit7..bit4 - encode group
bit7 - reserved bit6 - reserved bit5 - 0:text uncompress 1: GSM default compress bit4 - 0: bit0 and bit1 no use 1: bit0
and bit1 useful
bit0: bit1: 0 0 class1 0 1 class2 1 0 class3 1 1 class4
bit2: bit3: 0 0 GSM default 7 bit encode 0 1 8 bit encode 1 0 16bit(UCS2) encode 1 1 reserved
4. At PDU mode ,if we want to write MT message at storage, we must specify the status of UNREAD or READ. And
at PDU mode , wen can’t write MT message which have status of UNSENT or SENT.
Example

AT+CMGF=0
OK
AT+CMGW=17 (value of “dcs” is getting from dcs oct in the pdu header)
>0011000B813170862334F20000A70361F118<CTRL Z> +CMGW: 1
OK
AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0 (7bit encode of message to store or send in text mode)
OK
AT+CMGW=”13560243602”
>abc<CTRL Z> +CMGW: 5 OK
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,4
OK
AT+CMGW=”13560243602”,129
>abc<CTRL Z> +CMGW:3
OK
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,8 (16bit encode of message to store or send in text mode)
OK
AT+CMGW=”13560243602”
>XXX<CTRL Z> (Chinese string) +CMGW:4
OK

128 Chapter 7. 7 SMS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

7.11 7.11 AT+CNMI New SMS Message Indications

Description
Set command selects the procedure, how receiving of new messages from the network is indicated to the TE when TE
is active.

Command Possible response

AT+CNMI =? +CNMI:(list of supported <mode>s),(list of
supported <mt>s) OK
AT+CNMI? +CNMI:<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr> OK
AT+CNMI=<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm>[,<ds>[,<bfr>]]]]
OK

Parameter
<mode>
support one value now : 0 0 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, indications can be
buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be discarded and replaced with the new received indications.
1 Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in
on-line data mode). Otherwise forward them directly to the TE. 2 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when
TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them
directly to the TE. 3 Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE. TA-TE link specific inband technique used to
embed result codes and data when TA is in on-line data mode.
<mt>
support three values now: 0,1,2,and have no CLASS type.
0 No SMS DELIVER indications are routed to the TE.
1 If SMS DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory location is routed to the TE us-
ing unsolicited result code:+CMTI: <mem>,<index> 2 SMS DELIVERs (except class 2 messages and mes-
sages in the message waiting indication group (store message)) are routed directly to the TE using unso-
licited result code:+CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled) or +CMT: <oa>, [<al-
pha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>, <length>]<CR><LF><data> 3 Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are
routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other data coding schemes result
in indication as defined in <mt>=1.
<bm>
Broadcast-csw not supported 0 No CBM indications are routed to the TE. 1 If CBM is stored into ME/TA, indi-
cation of the memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code:+CBMI: <mem>,<index> 2 New
CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code:+CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode
enabled)or+CBM: <sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data> (text mode enabled) If ME supports data
coding groups which define special routing also for messages other than class 3 (e.g. (U)SIM specific messages), ME
may choose not to route messages of such data coding schemes into TE (indication of a stored CBM may be given as
defined in <bm>=1). 3 Class 3 CBMs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes defined in <bm>=2. If
CBM storage is supported, messages of other classes result in indication as defined in <bm>=1.
<ds>:
message report can’t be storaged,the value 2 is not supported now
0 No SMS TATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE. 1 SMS STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the
TE using unsolicited result code:+CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled)or+CDS:
<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> (text mode enabled) 2 If SMS STATUS-REPORT is stored into
ME/TA, indication of the memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code:+CDSI: <mem>,<index>

7.11. 7.11 AT+CNMI New SMS Message Indications 129

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<bfr>:
not supported
0 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when <mode> 1. . . 3 is entered
(OK response shall be given before flushing the codes). 1 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this
command is cleared when <mode> 1. . . 3 is entered.
Remark
1. if PDU mode, each bit meaning of DCS byte are reference in chapter 11.10,5, CMGW remark.
Example

AT+CNMIi=0,1,0,0,0
+CMTI: “SM”,7
OK
AT+CMGF=0
OK
AT+CNMI=0,2,0,0,0
+CMT: ,27 0891683110102105F0240D91683120117013F500008070206193930007F4F29C9E769F01
OK
AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSDH=1
OK
AT+CNMI=0,2,0,0,0
+CMT: “+8613021107315”„”2008/07/02,16:40:24+00”,145,17,0,0,”+8613010112500”,145,8 testing
OK
AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CNMI=0,0,0,1,0
OK
AT+CMGS=”13445555991”
+CMGS: 12
OK
+CDS: 2,12,”+8613021107315”,145,”2008/07/02,16:42:22+00”,”2008/07/02,16:42:34+00”,0

130 Chapter 7. 7 SMS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

7.12 7.12 AT+CPMS Preferred SMS Message Storag

Description
Set command selects memory storages <mem1>, <mem2> and <mem3> to be used for reading, writing, etc

Command Possible response

AT+CPMS =? +CPMS: (list of supported <mem1>s),(list of supported
<mem2>s),(list of supported <mem3>s)OK
AT+CPMS? +CPMS: <mem1>,<used1>,<total1>,<mem2>,<used2>,<total2>,
<mem3>,<used3>,<total3> OK
AT+CPMS=<mem1>[, +CPMS: <used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>,<used3>,
<mem2>[,<mem3>]] <total3> OK

Parameter
<mem1> string type; mmory from which messages are read and deleted <mem2> string type; memory to which writ-
ing and sending operations are made <mem3> string type; memory to which received SMs are preferred to be stored
<used1> integer type;number of messages currently in <mem1> <used2> integer type;number of messages cur-
rently in <mem2> <used3> integer type;number of messages currently in <mem3> <total1> integer type;number
of messages storable in <mem1> <total2> integer type;number of messages storable in <mem2> <total3> inte-
ger type;number of messages storable in <mem3>
Remark
Parameters <mem1>,<mem2> and <mem3> have two kinds fo values:”SM”,”ME”
Example

AT+CPMS=”SM”,”ME”,”SM”
<”SM” [SMS message storage in SIM, default>] +CPMS: 11,40,0,200,11,40
OK
AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: 11,40,0,200,11,40
OK
AT+CPMS=”ME”,”ME”,”ME”
+CPMS: 0,200,0,200,0,200
OK
AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: 0,200,0,200,0,200
OK
AT+CPMS=”SM”,”SM”,”SM”
+CPMS: 11,40,11,40,11,40
OK
AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: 11,40,11,40,11,40

7.12. 7.12 AT+CPMS Preferred SMS Message Storag 131

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

OK

7.13 7.13 AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address

Description
Set command updates the SMSC address.

Command Possible response

AT+CSCA =? OK
AT+CSCA? +CSCA:<sca>,<tosca> OK
AT+CSCA==<sca>[,<tosca> ] OK

Parameter
<sca>
GSM 04.11 RP SC address Address-Value field in string format
<tosca>
GSM 04.11 RP SC address Type-of-Address octet in integer format
Remark
If the initial PDP context is supported, the context with <cid>=0 is automatically defined at startup,
see subclause 10.1.0. Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated when the attachment
state changes to detached. The read command returns the current Packet Domain service state. The test
command is used for requesting information on the supported Packet Domain service states.
Example

AT+CSCA=”+8613800100500”
OK
AT+CSCA?
+CSCA: “+8613800100500”,145
OK

7.14 7.14 AT+CDS Indicates SMS Status Report Has Been Received

Description
Indicates that SMS status report has been received

Possible response
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled)
+CDS: <fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> (text mode enabled)

132 Chapter 7. 7 SMS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameter
<pdu>
In the case of SMS: 3G TS 24.011 [6] SC address followed by 3G TS 23.040 [3] TPDU in hexadecimal format:
ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer
value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65))
<length>
integer type value indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> > (or
<cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e.
the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)
<fo>
depending on the command or result code: first octet of 3G TS 23.040 [3] SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT SMS-
STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND in integer format is supported, in enhanced format (hexadecimal coded
string with double quotes)
<scts>
3G TS 23.040 [3] TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer <dt>)
<st>
3G TS 23.040 [3] TP-Status in integer format
<mr>
3G TS 23.040 [3] TP-Message-Reference in integer format
<ra>
3G TS 23.040 [3] TP-Recipient-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default
alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer command +CSCS in
3G TS 27.007 [9]); type of address given by <tora>
<dt>
3G TS 23.040 [3] TP-Discharge-Time in time-string format: “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss:zz”, where characters indicate
year (two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone. E.g. 6th of May 1994, 22:10:00 GMT+2
hours equals to “94/05/06,22:10:00+08”
<tora>
3G TS 24.011 [6] TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer <toda>)
Remark
Please refer to +CNMI
Example

AT+CMGF =0
OK
AT+CNMI=0,0,0,1,0
+CDS: 34 91683110102105F006110D91683120117013F5807020812014008070208120740000
OK
AT+CMGF=1

7.14. 7.14 AT+CDS Indicates SMS Status Report Has Been Received 133
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

OK
AT+CNMI=0,0,0,1,0
OK
AT+CMGS=”13466507607”
+CMGS: 12
OK
+CDS: 2,14,”+8613021107315”,145,”2008/07/02,17:30:50+00”,”2008/07/02,17:30:55+00 “,0

Note:
• NULL

7.15 7.15 AT+CMMS Set SMS Concat

Description Set SMS Concat include “long sms”(ture) and “common sms”(false)

Command Possible response

Test Command +CMMS:(0,1)

AT+CMMS=? OK

Read Command +CMMS<nConcat>

AT+CMMS? OK

OK
Set Command
AT+CMMS=<nConcat>

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

<nConcat>: integer type; indicates the concat value

0 command sms
1 long sms

Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

134 Chapter 7. 7 SMS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CMMS=?
+CMMS:0
OK

AT+CMMS?
+CMMS:(0,1)
OK

AT+CMMS=0 OK

Note:
• NULL

7.16 7.16 AT+CSAS Not Support

Description
Unsolicited Result Codes None
Parameter
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Note:
• NULL

7.17 7.17 AT+CRES Not Support

Description
Unsolicited Result Codes None
Parameter
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Note:
• NULL

7.16. 7.16 AT+CSAS Not Support 135

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

7.18 7.18 AT+CSCB Set Cell Broadcast function

Description Set Cell Broadcast function related paramter

Command Possible response

Test Command +CSCB:(0,1),(0,1,5,320-478,922),

AT+CSCB=? (0-3,5)
OK

Read Command +CSCB:<mode>,<mids>,<dcss>

AT+CSCB? OK

OK
Set Command
AT+CSCB=<mode>,<mids>,<dcss>

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

<mode>: integer type; indicates the mode

0 deactive cell broadcast function
1 active cell broadcast function

<mids>: integer type; indicates the channel want to receive cell

broadcast
<dcss>: integer type; indicates the dcss want to receive cell
broadcast

Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CSCB=?
+CSCB:(0,1),(0,1,5,320-478,922),
(0-3,5)
OK

AT+CSCB?
+CSCB:1,5,3
OK

AT+CSCB=1,5,3 OK

136 Chapter 7. 7 SMS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note:
• NULL

7.18. 7.18 AT+CSCB Set Cell Broadcast function 137

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

138 Chapter 7. 7 SMS Commands

 CHAPTER

EIGHT

8 GPRS COMMANDS

Contents

• 8.1 AT+CGATT PS Attach Or Detach

• 8.2 AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context
• 8.3 AT+CGACT PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate
• 8.4 AT+CRC Cellular Result Codes
• 8.5 AT+CGQMIN Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
• 8.6 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP Address
• 8.7 AT+CGAUTO Automatic Response To A Network Request For PDP Context Activation
• 8.8 AT+CGQREQ Quality Of Service Profile (requested)
• 8.9 AT+CGREG GPRS Network Registration Status
• 8.10 ATD*99***1# Request GPRS Service
• 8.11 AT+CGSMS Select Service For MO SMS Messages
• 8.12 AT+CGANS PDP Manual Response To A Nw Req For PDP Context Activation
• 8.13 AT+CGEREP Packet Domain Event Reporting
• 8.14 AT+CGDATA Enter Data State
• 8.15 AT+CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class
• 8.16 AT+QGPCLASS Get the GPRS class of UE support
• 8.17 AT+CGEQREQ 3G quality of service profile (requested)
• 8.18 AT+CGDSCONT Define secondary PDP context
• 8.19 AT+CGTFT Traffic flow template
• 8.20 AT+CGPDNSADDR Get active pdp dns address
• 8.21 AT+CGEQMIN Not support
• 8.22 AT+DIRECTIPMODE configuration DirectIp mode
• 8.23 AT+PINGSTOP stops the ongoing AT+PING
• 8.24 AT+PSDATAOFF Not support

139
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

8.1 8.1 AT+CGATT PS Attach Or Detach

Description
The execution command is used to attach the MT to, or detach the MT from, the Packet Domain service. After the
command has completed, the MT remains in V.250 command state. If the MT is already in the requested state, the
command is ignored and the OK response is returned. If the requested state cannot be achieved, an ERROR or +CME
ERROR response is returned. Extended error responses are enabled by the +CMEE command.

Command Possible response

AT+CGATT =? list of supported <state>s OK
AT+CGATT? +CGATT: <state>
AT+CGATT=<state> OK

Parameter
<state>:
<state>: integer type; indicates the state of PS attachment 0 detached 1 attached
Remark
If the initial PDP context is supported, the context with <cid>=0 is automatically defined at startup,
see subclause 10.1.0. Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated when the attachment
state changes to detached. The read command returns the current Packet Domain service state. The test
command is used for requesting information on the supported Packet Domain service states.
Example

AT+CGATT=1
Ok

AT+CGATT=?
+CGATT:(0,1)
OK

8.2 8.2 AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context

Description
This command be used to defined PDP context.

140 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CGDCONT =?
+CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s), <PDP_type>,(
[+CGDCONT: (range of supported
<cid>s), <PDP_type>,(list of
supported <d_comp>s), (list of
supported <h_comp>s)]
OK

AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT: <cid>, <PDP_type>, <APN>,<PDP_addr>, <d_c
+CGDCONT: <cid>, <PDP_type>,
<APN>,<PDP_addr>, <d_comp>,
<h_comp>
OK

AT+CGDCONT=<cid> [,<PDP_type> [,<APN> OK

[,<PDP_addr> [,<d_comp> [,<h_comp>]]]]]

Parameter
<cid>
(PDP Context Identifier) a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context defini-
tion. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP context-related
commands. The range of permitted values (minimum value = 1, maximum value =7) is re-
turned by the test form of the command.
<PDP_type>
(Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of packet data protocol
IP Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5) IPV6 Internet Protocol, version 6 (IETF RFC 2460) PPP
Point to Point Protocol (IETF STD 51)
<APN>
(Access Point Name) a string parameter which is a logical name that is used to select the GGSN
or the external packet data network. If the value is null or omitted, then the subscription value
will be requested.
<PDP_address>
a string parameter that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP. If the value
is null or omitted, then a value may be provided by the TE during the PDP startup procedure or,
failing that, a dynamic address will be requested. The read form of the command will continue
to return the null string even if an address has been allocated during the PDP startup procedure.
The allocated address may be read using the +CGPADDR command.
<d_comp>
a numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression (applicable for SNDCP only) (refer
3GPP TS 04.65 [59]) 0 off (default if value is omitted) 1 on (manufacturer preferred compres-
sion) 2 V.42bis 3 V.44bis Other values are reserved.
<h_comp>
a numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression (refer 3GPP TS 04.65 [59]) 0 off
(default if value is omitted) 1 on (manufacturer preferred compression) 2 RFC1144 3 RFC2507
4 RFC3095 Other values are reserved.

8.2. 8.2 AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context 141

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example
AT+CGDCONT=?
+CGDCONT: (1..7), (IP,IPV6,PPP),(0..3),(0..4)
OK
AT+CGDCONT=1, “IP”,”cmnet”
OK
AT+CGDCONT? +CGDCONT:1,”IP”, “cmnet”, ,0,0
OK

8.3 8.3 AT+CGACT PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate

Description
This command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP context (s). After the command has completed, the
MT remains in V.25ter command state. If any PDP context is already in the requested state, the state for that context
remains unchanged. If the MT is not PS attached when the activation form of the command is executed, the MT first
performs a PS attach and then attempts to activate the specified contexts. If no <cid>s are specified the activation form
of the command activates all defined contexts or deactivates all active contexts

Command Possible response

AT+CGACT =? +CGACT: (list of supported <state>s)
OK

AT+CGACT?
• +CGACT: <state>
• OK

AT+ CGACT=<state> [,<cid>[,<cid>[]]] OK

Parameter
<state>
State indicates the state of PS attachment 0 deactivated 1 activated
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the execution command.
<cid>
A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see the +CGDCONT and
+CGDSCONT commands). Range from 1 to 7.
Remark
1. Before activating, use command AT+CGATT=1 first to attach to the network.
2. Currently,only 3 active PDP contexts are allowed to exist simultaneity.
So the number of cid in this command is limited to 3. And if you have defined more than 3 cids with command
AT+CGDCONT, only the first 3 will be acted on when you use AT+CGACT=1 to activate all cids.
Example

142 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CGACT=?
+CGACT: (0,1)
OK
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CGACT?
+CGACT: (1,1)
OK

8.4 8.4 AT+CRC Cellular Result Codes

Description
This command is to control whether or not the extended format of incoming call indication or GPRS network request
for PDP context activation or notification for VBS/VGCS calls is used. When enabled, an incoming call is indicated
to the TE with unsolicited result code +CRING: <type> instead of the normal RING

Command Possible response

AT+CRC =?
• +CRC: (0,1)
• OK

AT+CRC?
• +CRC: <mode>
• OK

AT+CRC=<mode> OK

Parameter
<mode>:
0 disables extended format (default) 1 enables extended format
Remark
NULL
Example

AT+CRC=?
+CRC: (0,1)
OK
AT+CRC=1
OK
AT+CRC?
+CRC: 1

8.4. 8.4 AT+CRC Cellular Result Codes 143

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

OK

8.5 8.5 AT+CGQMIN Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Accept-

able)

Description
This command allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is checked by the MT against the negoti-
ated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message. A special form of the set command, +CGQMIN=
<cid> causes the minimum acceptable profile for context number <cid> to become undefined. In this case no check is
made against the negotiated profile

Command Possible response

AT+CGQMIN=?
• Success:
– +CGQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of sup-
ported <precedence>s),
– (list of supported <delay>s),
– (list of supported <reliability>s) ,
– (list of supported <peak>s),
– (list of supported <mean>s)
+CGQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported
<precedence>s), (list of supported <de-
lay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) ,
(list of supported <peak>s), (list of sup-
ported <mean>s) []]
OK

AT+CGQMIN=<cid> [,<precedence > [,<delay> [,<re-

Success: OK
liability.>[,<peak> [,<mean>]]]]]
AT+CGQMIN?
Success: +CGQMIN: <cid>, <precedence >, <de-
lay>, <reliability>, <peak>, <mean>[<CR><LF>
+CGQMIN: <cid>, <precedence>, <delay>, <re-
liability.>, <peak>, <mean>[]]
OK

Parameter
cid
a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see the +CGDCONT and
+CGDSCONT commands).
precedence
Specifies the precedence class 0 network subscribed value 1 High Priority. Service commitments shall
be maintained ahead of precedence classes 2 and 3 2 Normal priority. Service commitments shall be
maintained ahead of precedence class 3 3 Low priority. Service commitments shall be maintained ahead
of precedence classes 1 and 2
delay

144 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Specifies the delay class. 0 network subscribed value 1 < 0.5 2 < 5 3 < 50 4 Unspecified (Best Effort)
reliability
Specify the reliability class. 0 network subscribed value 1 Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application
that cannot cope with data loss 2 Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with infre-
quent data loss 3 Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss, GMM/SM,
and SMS 4 Real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss 5 Real-time traffic,
error non-sensitive application that can cope with data loss
peak
Specify the peak throughput class. Class Peak Throughput(in octets per second) 0 network subscribed
value 1 Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s) 2 Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s). 3 Up to 4 000 (32 kbit/s) 4 Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s)
5 Up to 16 000 (128 kbit/s) 6 Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s) 7 Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s) 8 Up to 128 000 (1
024 kbit/s) 9 Up to 256 000 (2 048 kbit/s)
mean
Class Peak Throughput(in octets per second) 0 network subscribed value 1 (in octets per hour) 100 (~0.22
bit/s) 2 200 (~0.44 bit/s) 3 500 (~1.11 bit/s) 4 1 000 (~2.2 bit/s) 5 2 000 (~4.4 bit/s) 6 5 000 (~11.1 bit/s) 7
10 000 (~22 bit/s) 8 20 000 (~44 bit/s) 9 50 000 (~111 bit/s) 10 100 000 (~0.22 kbit/s) 11 200 000 (~0.44
kbit/s) 12 500 000 (~1.11 kbit/s) 13 1 000 000 (~2.2 kbit/s) 14 2 000 000 (~4.4 kbit/s) 15 5 000 000 (~11.1
kbit/s) 16 10 000 000 (~22 kbit/s) 17 20 000 000 (~44 kbit/s) 18 50 000 000 (~111 kbit/s) 31 best effort
PDP_type
(Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of packet data protocol:
IP Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5) IPV6 Internet Protocol, version 6 (IETF RFC 2460) PPP Point
to Point Protocol (IETF STD 51)
Example

AT+CGQMIN=?
+CGQMIN: (IP,PPP,IPV6), (0..3), (0..4), (0..5) , (0..9), (0..18,31)
OK
AT+CGQMIN=1,1,1,1,1,1
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN: 1,1,1,1,1,1
+CGQMIN: 2,0,0,0,0,0
+CGQMIN: 3,0,0,0,0,0
OK

8.6 8.6 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP Address

Description
The execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers

8.6. 8.6 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP Address 145

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CGPADDR=? +CGPADDR: (list of defined <cid>s)
OK

AT+CGPADDR=<cid>[,<cid>[,]]
Success: +CGPADDR:
<cid>,<PDP_addr>[<CR><LF> +CGPADDR:
<cid>,<PDP_addr>[. . . ]]
OK

Parameter
<cid>
a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see the +CGDCONT
and +CGDSCONT commands). If no <cid> is specified, the addresses for all defined contexts
are returned.
<PDP_address>
a string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP. The address may
be static or dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one set by the +CGDCONT and
+CGDSCONT commands when the context was defined. For a dynamic address it will be the
one assigned during the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred to
by <cid>. <PDP_address> is omitted if none is available
Example

AT+CGPADDR=?
+CGPADDR: (1,2,3)
OK
AT+CGPADDR=1
+CGPADDR: 1,”10.14.57.241”
OK

8.7 8.7 AT+CGAUTO Automatic Response To A Network Request For

PDP Context Activation

Description
The set command disables or enables an automatic positive response (auto-answer) to the receipt of a
Request PDP Context Activation message from the network. It also provides control over the use of the
V.25ter basic commands ‘S0’, ‘A and ‘H’ for handling network requests for PDP context activation. The
setting does not affect the issuing of the unsolicited result code RING or +CRING

146 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CGAUTO=?
Success: +CGAUTO: (list of supported <n>s) OK

AT+CGAUTO?
Success: +CGAUTO: <n> OK

AT+ CGAUTO=<n>
Success: OK

Parameter
<n>
0 turn off automatic response for Packet Domain only 1 turn on automatic response for Packet Domain
only 2 modem compatibility mode, Packet Domain only 3 modem compatibility mode, Packet Domain
and circuit switched calls (default) For <n> = 0 Packet DomainS network requests are manually accepted
or rejected by the +CGANS command. For <n> = 1 Packet Domain network requests are automati-
cally accepted according to the description above. For <n> = 2, automatic acceptance of Packet Domain
network requests is controlled by the ‘S0’ command. Manual control uses the ‘A’ and ‘H’ commands,
respectively, to accept and reject Packet Domain requests. (+CGANS may also be used.) Incoming circuit
switched calls can be neither manually nor automatically answered. For <n> = 3, automatic acceptance of
both Packet Domain network requests and incoming circuit switched calls is controlled by the ‘S0’ com-
mand. Manual control uses the ‘A’ and ‘H’ commands, respectively, to accept and reject Packet Domain
requests. (+CGANS may also be used.) Circuit switched calls are handled as described elsewhere in this
specification.
Remark
When the +CGAUTO=0 command is received, the MT shall not perform a PS detach if it is attached. Subsequently,
when the MT announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the unsolicited result code RING
or +CRING, the TE may manually accept or reject the request by issuing the +CGANS command or may simply
ignore the network request. When the +CGAUTO=1 command is received, the MT shall attempt to perform a PS
attach if it is not already attached. Failure will result in ERROR or, if enabled, +CME ERROR being returned to the
TE. Subsequently, when the MT announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the unsolicited
result code RING or +CRING to the TE, this is followed by the intermediate result code CONNECT. The MT then
enters V.25ter online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a +CGANS=1 with
no <L2P> or <cid> values specified.
Example

AT+CGAUTO=?
+CGAUTO: (0-3)
OK
AT+CGAUTO=0
OK
AT+CGAUTO?
+CGAUTO: 0
OK

8.7. 8.7 AT+CGAUTO Automatic Response To A Network Request For PDP Context Activation 147
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

8.8 8.8 AT+CGQREQ Quality Of Service Profile (requested)

Description
This AT command be used to set the parameters of the QoS when MT send the PDP context message for
activation

Command Possible response

AT+CGQREQ=?
Success: +CGQREQ: (list of supported )
OK

AT+CGQREQ?
Success: +CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<peak>,<mean>
OK

AT+CGQREQ=<cid> [,<precedence > [,<delay> [,<re- Success:

liability.> [,<peak> [,<mean>]]]]] OK

Parameter
<cid>
a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see the +CGDCONT and
+CGDSCONT commands) < precedence > Specifies the precedence class 0 network subscribed value
1 High Priority. Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence classes 2 and 3 2 Normal
priority. Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence class 3 3 Low priority. Service
commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence classes 1 and 2
<delay>
Specifies the delay class 0 network subscribed value 1 < 0.5 2 < 5 3 < 50 4 Unspecified (Best Effort)
<reliability>
Specify the reliability class 0 network subscribed value 1 Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application
that cannot cope with data loss 2 Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with infre-
quent data loss 3 Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss, GMM/SM,
and SMS 4 Real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss 5 Real-time traffic,
error non-sensitive application that can cope with data loss
<peak>
Specify the peak throughput class 0 network subscribed value 1 Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s). 2 Up to 2 000 (16
kbit/s) 3 Up to 4 000 (32 kbit/s). 4 Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s) 5 Up to 16 000 (128 kbit/s) 6 Up to 32 000
(256 kbit/s) 7 Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s) 8 Up to 128 000 (1 024 kbit/s) 9 Up to 256 000 (2 048 kbit/s)
<mean>
Specify the mean throughout class. 0 network subscribed value 1 (in octets per hour) 100 (~0.22 bit/s) 2
200 (~0.44 bit/s) 3 500 (~1.11 bit/s) 4 1 000 (~2.2 bit/s) 5 2 000 (~4.4 bit/s) 6 5 000 (~11.1 bit/s) 7 10 000
(~22 bit/s) 8 20 000 (~44 bit/s) 9 50 000 (~111 bit/s) 10 100 000 (~0.22 kbit/s) 11 200 000 (~0.44 kbit/s)
12 500 000 (~1.11 kbit/s) 13 1 000 000 (~2.2 kbit/s) 14 2 000 000 (~4.4 kbit/s) 15 5 000 000 (~11.1 kbit/s)
16 10 000 000 (~22 kbit/s) 17 20 000 000 (~44 kbit/s) 18 50 000 000 (~111 kbit/s) 31 best effort
<PDP_type>

148 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

(Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of packet data protocol:
IP Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5) IPV6 Internet Protocol, version 6 (IETF RFC 2460) PPP Point
to Point Protocol (IETF STD 51)
Example

AT+CGQREQ=?
+CGQREQ: IP,(0..3),(0..4), (0..5),(0..9),(0..18,31)
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,1,1,1,1,1
OK
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ: 1,1,1,1,1,1 +CGQREQ: 2,0,0,0,0,0 +CGQREQ: 3,0,0,0,0,0
OK

8.9 8.9 AT+CGREG GPRS Network Registration Status

Description
This AT command be used to set and show the register information of MT and the position information
of the MT.

Command Possible response

AT+CGREG=?
Success: +CGREG: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

AT+CGREG?
Success: +CGREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
OK

AT+CGREG=<n> Success:
OK

Parameter
<n>
0 disable network registration unsolicited result code 1 enable network registration unsolicited result
code +CGREG: <stat> 2 enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code
+CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
<stat>
0 not registered, MT is not currently searching an operator to register to The UE is in GMM state GMM-
NULL or GMM-DEREGISTERED-INITIATED. The GPRS service is disabled, the UE is allowed to
attach for GPRS if requested by the user. 1 registered, home network The UE is in GMM state GMM-
REGISTERED or GMM-ROUTING-AREA-UPDATING-INITIATED INITIATED on the home PLMN.

8.9. 8.9 AT+CGREG GPRS Network Registration Status 149

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2 not registered, but MT is currently trying to attach or searching an operator to register to The UE is
in GMM state GMM-DEREGISTERED or GMM-REGISTERED-INITIATED. The GPRS service is en-
abled, but an allowable PLMN is currently not available. The UE will start a GPRS attach as soon as an
allowable PLMN is available. 3 registration denied The UE is in GMM state GMM-NULL. The GPRS
service is disabled, the UE is not allowed to attach for GPRS if requested by the user. 4 unknown 5 regis-
tered, roaming The UE is in GMM state GMM-REGISTERED or GMM-ROUTING-AREA-UPDATING-
INITIATED on a visited PLMN.
<lac>
string type; two byte location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. “00C3” equals 195 in decimal)
<ci>
string type; two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format
Example

AT+CGREG=?
+CGREG: (0-2)
OK
AT+CGREG=2
OK
AT+CGREG?
+CGREG: 2,1,”10DC”,”0D2B”
OK

8.10 8.10 ATD*99***1# Request GPRS Service

Description
Login the server, the IP of it be provided by DHCP of GGSN. This command causes the MT to perform
whatever actions are necessary to establish communication between the TE and the external PDN. The
V.25ter ‘D’ (Dial) command causes the MT to enter the V.25ter online data state and, with the TE, to start
the specified layer 2 protocols. The MT shall return CONNECT to confirm acceptance of the command
prior to entering the V.25ter online data state. No further commands may follow on the AT command line.

Command Possible response

D*<GPRS_SC_IP>[*<cid>[,<cid>[,]]]#
• Success:
• CONNECT
• OK

Parameter

150 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

< called_address >

It’s a string that identifies the called party in the address space applicable to the PDP. For communications
software that does not support arbitrary characters in the dial string, a numeric equivalent may be used.
Also, the character comma ‘,’ may be used as a substitute for the character period ‘.’.
< L2P >
It’s a string which indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used (see +CGDATA command). For commu-
nications software that does not support arbitrary characters in the dial string, the following numeric
equivalents shall be used: “PPP”
< cid >
It’s a digit string which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see the +CGDCONT and
+CGDSCONT commands).
Example

ATD*99***1#
CONNECT
dial GPRS service code and start up connecting.>

8.11 8.11 AT+CGSMS Select Service For MO SMS Messages

Description
The set command is used to specify the service or service preference that the MT will use to send MO SMS messages

Command Possible response

AT+CGSMS=?
Success: +CGSMS: (list of supported <service>s)
OK

AT+CGSMS?
Success: +CGSMS: <service>
OK

AT+CGSMS=<service> Success:
OK

Parameter
< service >
a numeric parameter which indicates the service or service preference to be used 0 Packet Domain 1 circuit switched 2
Packet Domain preferred (use circuit switched if GPRS not available) 3 circuit switched preferred (use Packet Domain
if circuit switched not available)
Remark
This command is NOT available now
Example

8.11. 8.11 AT+CGSMS Select Service For MO SMS Messages 151

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CGSMS=?
+CGSMS: (0-3)
OK
AT+CGSMS=0
OK
AT+CGSMS?
+CGSMS: 0
OK

8.12 8.12 AT+CGANS PDP Manual Response To A Nw Req For PDP

Context Activation

Description
The execution command requests the MT to respond to a network request for Packet Domain PDP context
activation which has been signaled to the TE by the RING or +CRING: unsolicited result code. The
<response> parameter allows the TE to accept or reject the request.Commands following the +CGANS
command in the AT command line shall not be processed by the MT

Command Possible response

AT+CGANS=?
• Success:
• +CGANS: (list of supported <response>s), (list of
supported <L2P>s)
• OK

AT+CGANS=[<response>, [<L2P> ,[<cid>]]]

• Success:
• OK

Parameter
< response >
Response is a numeric parameter which specifies how the request should be responded to. 0 reject the request
(default value) 1 accept and request that the PDP context be activated
< L2P >
a string parameter which indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used (see +CGDATA command).
< cid >
a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT
commands).
Example

152 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CGANS=?
+CGANS: (0-1)
OK

8.13 8.13 AT+CGEREP Packet Domain Event Reporting

Description
This command is to enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes, +CGEV: XXX from MT to TE in the case
of certain events occurring in the Packet Domain MT or the network

Command Possible response

AT+CGEREP=?
Success:
+CGEREP: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <bfr>s
OK

AT+CGEREP?
Success: +CGEREP: <mode>,<bfr>
OK

AT+CGEREP=[<mode>[,<bfr>]] Success:
OK

Parameter
< mode >
0 buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT; if MT result code buffer is full, the oldest ones can be discarded. No codes are forwa
1 discard unsolicited result codes when MT TE link is reserved (e.g. in on line data mode); otherwise forward
them directly to the TE 2 buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT when MT TE link is reserved (e.g. in on line
data mode) and flush them to the TE when MT TE link becomes available; otherwise forward them directly to
the TE
< bfr >
0 MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when <mode> 1 or 2 is
entered 1 MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when
<mode> 1 or 2 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the codes)
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC1
+CGEV: REJECT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr> A network request for PDP context activation occurred
when the MT was unable to report it to the TE with a +CRING unsolicited result code and was automati-
cally rejected. . .
URC2
+CGEV: NW REACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>] The network has requested a context reactiva-
tion. The <cid> that was used to reactivate the context is provided if known to the MT. . .
URC3

8.13. 8.13 AT+CGEREP Packet Domain Event Reporting 153

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

+CGEV: NW DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>] The network has forced a context deactivation.
The <cid> that was used to activate the context is provided if known to the MT.
URC4
+CGEV: ME DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>] The mobile termination has forced a context
deactivation. The <cid> that was used to activate the context is provided if known to the MT. . .
URC5
+CGEV: NW DETACH The network has forced a PS detach. This implies that all active contexts have
been deactivated. These are not reported separately. . .
URC6
+CGEV: ME DETACH The mobile termination has forced a PS detach. This implies that all active
contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported separately. . .
URC7
+CGEV: NW CLASS <class> The network has forced a change of UE class. The highest available class
is reported (see +CGCLASS). . .
URC8
+CGEV: ME CLASS <class> The mobile termination has forced a change of UE class. The highest
available class is reported (see +CGCLASS). . .
Example

AT+CGEREP=?
+CGEREP: (0,2),(0)
OK
AT+CGEREP=2,0
OK
AT+CGEREP?
+CGEREP: 2,0
OK

8.14 8.14 AT+CGDATA Enter Data State

Description
The execution command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communi-
cation between the TE and the network using one or more Packet Domain PDP types. This may include
performing a PS attach and one or more PDP context activations. If the <L2P> parameter value is un-
acceptable to the MT, the MT shall return an ERROR or +CME ERROR response. Otherwise, the MT
issues the intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V.25ter online data state.
Commands following +CGDATA command in the AT command line shall not be processed by the MT.
The context shall be activated using the matched value for PDP type and a static PDP address if available,
together with the other information found in the PDP context definition. If a static PDP address is not
available then a dynamic address is requested.

154 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

If no <cid> is given or if there is no matching context definition, the MT shall attempt to activate the
context with whatever information is available to the MT. The other context parameters shall be set to
their default values. If the activation is successful, data transfer may proceed.
After data transfer is complete, and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure has completed successfully,
the V.25ter command state is re-entered and the MT returns the final result code OK. In the event of an
erroneous termination or a failure to start up, the V.25ter command state is re-entered and the MT returns
the final result code NO CARRIER or, if enabled, +CME ERROR. Attach, activate and other errors may
be reported.

Command Possible response

AT+CGDATA=?
Success: +CGDATA: (list of supported <L2P>s)
OK

AT+CGDATA=<cid>[,<cid>[,]] Success: CONNECT . . . (data transfer)

OK

Parameter
< L2P >
a string parameter that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT PPP Point-to-point protocol
for a PDP such as IP
< cid >
a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT
commands).
Remark
This command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes. This command is NOT available now
Example

AT+CGDATA=?
+CGDATA:
OK
AT+CGDATA=1,1
CONNECT 115200

8.15 8.15 AT+CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class

Description
The set command is used to set the MT to operate according to the specified mode of operation, see TS
23.060 [47]. If the requested mode of operation is not supported, an ERROR or +CME ERROR response
is returned. Extended error responses are enabled by the +CMEE command

8.15. 8.15 AT+CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class 155

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CGCLASS =?
Success: +CGCLASS: (list of supported <class>s)
OK

AT+CGCLASS?
Success: +CGCLASS: <class>
OK

AT+CGCLASS =[<class>] Success:

OK

Parameter
< class >
a string parameter which indicates the mode of operation A Class-A mode of operation (A/Gb mode),
or CS/PS mode of operation (Iu mode) (highest mode of operation) B Class-B mode of operation (A/Gb
mode), (not applicable in Iu mode) CG Class-C mode of operation in PS only mode (A/Gb mode), or PS
mode of operation (Iu mode) CC Class-C mode of operation in CS only mode (A/Gb mode), or CS (Iu
mode) (lowest mode of operation) NOTE: <class> A means that the MT would operate simultaneous PS
and CS service <class> B means that the MT would operate PS and CS services but not simultaneously
<class> CG means that the MT would only operate PS services <class> CC means that the MT would only
operate CS services Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set command.
If the MT is attached to the PS domain when the set command is issued with a <class> = CC specified, a
PS detach shall be performed by the MT.
Example

AT+CGCLASS=?
+CGCLASS: (“CG”,”CC”,”B”)
OK
AT+CGCLASS=”B”
OK
AT+CGCLASS?
+CGCLASS: “B”
OK

Note:
• NULL

156 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

8.16 8.16 AT+QGPCLASS Get the GPRS class of UE support

Description
Get the GPRS class of UE support

Command Possible response

AT+QGPCLASS=?
Success:
+QGPCLASS: (list of supported <class>s)
OK

AT+QGPCLASS?
Success:
+CGCLASS: <class>
OK

AT+CGCLASS =[<class>] ERROR

Parameter
None

Note:
• NULL

8.17 8.17 AT+CGEQREQ 3G quality of service profile (requested)

Description
This command allows the TE to specify a UMTS Quality of Service Profile that is used when the MT
activates a PDP context.
The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context identification
parameter, <cid>. The specified profile will be stored in the MT and sent to the network only at
activation or MS-initiated modification of the related context. Since this is the same parameter that is
used in the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands, the +CGEQREQ command is effectively an
extension to these commands. The QoS profile consists of a number of parameters, each of which may
be set to a separate value.
A special form of the set command, +CGEQREQ=<cid> causes the requested profile for context number
<cid> to become undefined.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
The test command returns values supported as compound values. If the MT supports several PDP types,
the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line.

8.16. 8.16 AT+QGPCLASS Get the GPRS class of UE support 157

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CGEQREQ=?
+CGEQREQ: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <Traffic
class>s),(list of supported <Maximum bitrate
UL>s),(list of supported <Maximum bitrate DL>s),(list
of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s),(list of
supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported
<Delivery order>s),(list of supported <Maximum SDU
size>s),(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s),(list of
supported <Residual bit error ratio>s),(list of supported
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),(list of supported
<Transfer delay>s),(list of supported <Traffic handling
priority>s),(list of supported <Source statistics
descriptor>s),(list of supported <Signalling
indication>s)
[<CR><LF>+CGEQREQ: <PDP_type>,(list of
supported <Traffic class>s),(list of supported
<Maximum bitrate UL>s),(list of supported
<Maximum bitrate DL>s),(list of supported
<Guaranteed bitrate UL>s),(list of supported
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Delivery
order>s),(list of supported <Maximum SDU
size>s),(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s),(list of
supported <Residual bit error ratio>s),(list of supported
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),(list of supported
<Transfer delay>s),(list of supported <Traffic handling
priority>s),(list of supported <Source statistics
descriptor>s),(list of supported <Signalling
indication>s)
[. . . ]]

AT+CGEQREQ?
[+CGEQREQ: <cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum
bitrate UL>,<Maximum bitrate DL>, <Guaranteed
bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery
order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU error
ratio>,<Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of
erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer delay>,<Traffic handling
priority>,<Source statistics descriptor>,<Signalling
indication>]
[<CR><LF>+CGEQREQ: <cid>,<Traffic
class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Maximum bitrate
DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate
DL>,<Delivery order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU
error ratio>,<Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of
erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer delay>,<Traffic handling
priority>,<Source Statistics Descriptor>,<Signalling
Indication>
[. . . ]]

+CGEQREQ=[<cid>[,<Traffic class>[,<Maximum
bitrate UL>[,<Maximum bitrate DL>[,<Guaranteed
bitrate UL>[,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>[,<Delivery
order>[,<Maximum SDU size>[,<SDU error ra-
158 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands
tio>[,<Residual bit error ratio>[,<Delivery of erroneous
SDUs>[,<Transfer delay>[,<Traffic handling pri-
ority>[,<Source statistics descriptor>[,<Signalling
 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameter

8.17. 8.17 AT+CGEQREQ 3G quality of service profile (requested) 159

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<cid>: integer type; specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT
commands).
<PDP_type>: string type; specifies the type of packet data protocol (see the +CGDCONT command).
For the following parameters, see also 3GPP TS 23.107 [46].

<Traffic class>: integer type; indicates the type of application for which the UMTS bearer service is
optimised (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
0 conversational
1 streaming
2 interactive
3 background
4 subscribed value

If the Traffic class is specified as conversational or streaming, then the Guaranteed and Maximum
bitrate parameters should also be provided.
<Maximum bitrate UL>: integer type; indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS
(up-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as ‘32’ (e.g.
AT+CGEQREQ=. . . ,32,. . . ). This parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as
conversational or streaming (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Maximum bitrate DL>: integer type; indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS
(down-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as ‘32’ (e.g.
AT+CGEQREQ=. . . ,32,. . . ). If the parameter is set to ‘0’ the subscribed value will be requested. This
parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as conversational or streaming (refer
3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Guaranteed bitrate UL>: integer type; indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS
(up-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s
would be specified as ‘32’ (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=. . . ,32,. . . ). If the parameter is set to ‘0’ the sub-
scribed value will be requested. This parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as
conversational or streaming (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>: integer type; indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS
(down-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s
would be specified as ‘32’ (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=. . . ,32,. . . ). If the parameter is set to ‘0’ the sub-
scribed value will be requested. This parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as
conversational or streaming (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Delivery order>: integer type; indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide in-sequence SDU
delivery or not (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
0 no
1 yes
2 subscribed value

<Maximum SDU size>: integer type; (1,2,3,. . . ) indicates the maximum allowed SDU size in octets. If
the parameter is set to ‘0’ the subscribed value will be requested (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause
10.5.6.5).
<SDU error ratio>: string type; indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs lost or de-
tected as erroneous. SDU error ratio is defined only for conforming traffic. The value is specified
as ‘mEe’. As an example a target SDU error ratio of 5?10-3 would be specified as “5E3” (e.g.
AT+CGEQREQ=. . . ,”5E3”,. . . ). “0E0” means subscribed value (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause
10.5.6.5).
<Residual bit error ratio>: string type; indicates the target value for the undetected bit error ratio in the
delivered SDUs. If no error detection is requested, Residual bit error ratio indicates the bit error ratio
in the delivered SDUs. The value is specified as “mEe”. As an example a target residual bit error ratio
of 5?10-3 would be specified as “5E3” (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=. . . ,”5E3”,. . . ). “0E0” means subscribed
160 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands
value (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>: integer type; indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall be
 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note:
• When in dual mode with EPS the MT provides a mapping function to EPS Quality of Service parameter used
for an EPS bearer resource activation request.

8.18 8.18 AT+CGDSCONT Define secondary PDP context

Description
The set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a Secondary PDP context identified by the
(local) context identification parameter, <cid>. The number of PDP contexts that may be in a defined
state at the same time is given by the range returned by the test command.
In EPS the command is used to define traffic flows.
A special form of the set command, +CGDSCONT=<cid> causes the values for context number <cid> to
become undefined.
NOTE: If the initial PDP context is supported, the context with <cid>=0 is automatically defined at
startup, see subclause 10.1.0.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
The test command returns values supported as compound values.

Command Possible response

AT+CGDSCONT =?
Success: | +CGDSCONT: (range of supported
<cid>s),(list of <p_cid>s for active primary
contexts),(list of supported <d_comp>s),(list of
supported <h_comp>s)
OK

+CGDSCONT?
[+CGDSCONT:
<cid>,<p_cid>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>][<CR><LF>+CGDSCONT:
<cid>,<p_cid>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>[. . . ]]
OK

+CGDSCONT=[<cid>,<p_cid>[,<d_comp>[,<h_comp>]]]
Success:
OK

Parameter

8.18. 8.18 AT+CGDSCONT Define secondary PDP context 161

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<cid>: integer type; which specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the
TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP context-related commands. The range of permitted values
(minimum value = 1) is returned by the test form of the command.
NOTE: The <cid>s for network-initiated PDP contexts will have values outside the ranges indicated
for the <cid> in the test form of the commands +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT.

<p_cid>: integer type; specifies a particular PDP context definition which has been specified by use
of the +CGDCONT command. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface. The list of permitted
values is returned by the test form of the command.

<d_comp>: integer type; controls PDP data compression (applicable for SNDCP only) (refer 3GPP
TS 44.065 [61])
0 off
1 on (manufacturer preferred compression)
2 V.42bis
3 V.44

<h_comp>: integer type; controls PDP header compression (refer 3GPP TS 44.065 [61] and 3GPP TS
25.323 [62])
0 off
1 on (manufacturer preferred compression)
2 RFC 1144 [105] (applicable for SNDCP only)
3 RFC 2507 [107]
4 RFC 3095 [108] (applicable for PDCP only)

<IM_CN_Signalling_Flag_Ind>: integer type; indicates to the network whether the PDP context is
for IM CN subsystem-related signalling only or not.
0 UE indicates that the PDP context is not for IM CN subsystem-related signalling only
1 UE indicates that the PDP context is for IM CN subsystem-related signalling only

Note:
• NULL

8.19 8.19 AT+CGTFT Traffic flow template

Description
This command allows the TE to specify a Packet Filter - PF for a Traffic Flow Template - TFT that is
used in the GGSN in UMTS/GPRS and Packet GW in EPS for routing of packets onto different QoS
flows towards the TE. The concept is further described in the 3GPP TS 23.060 [47]. A TFT consists of

162 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

from one and up to 16 Packet Filters, each identified by a unique <packet filter identifier>. A Packet
Filter also has an <evaluation precedence index> that is unique within all TFTs associated with all PDP
contexts that are associated with the same PDP address.
The set command specifies a Packet Filter that is to be added to the TFT stored in the MT and used for
the context identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>. The specified TFT will be
stored in the GGSN in UMTS/GPRS and Packet GW in EPS only at activation or MS-initiated
modification of the related context. Since this is the same parameter that is used in the +CGDCONT and
+CGDSCONT commands, the +CGTFT command is effectively an extension to these commands. The
Packet Filters consist of a number of parameters, each of which may be set to a separate value.
A special form of the set command, +CGTFT=<cid> causes all of the Packet Filters in the TFT for
context number <cid> to become undefined. At any time there may exist only one PDP context with no
associated TFT amongst all PDP contexts associated to one PDP address. At an attempt to delete a TFT,
which would violate this rule, an ERROR or +CME ERROR response is returned. Extended error
responses are enabled by the +CMEE command. Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.
The read command returns the current settings for all Packet Filters for each defined context.
The test command returns values supported as compound values. If the MT supports several PDP types,
the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line. TFTs shall be used for
PDP-type IP and PPP only. For PDP-type PPP a TFT is applicable only when IP traffic is carried over
PPP. If PPP carries header-compressed IP packets, then a TFT cannot be used.

8.19. 8.19 AT+CGTFT Traffic flow template 163

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CGTFT =?
+CGTFT: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <packet filter
identifier>s),(list of supported <evaluation precedence
index>s),(list of supported <remote address and subnet
mask>s),(list of supported <protocol number (ipv4) /
next header (ipv6)>s),(list of supported <local port
range>s),(list of supported <remote port range>s),(list
of supported <ipsec security parameter index
(spi)>s),(list of supported <type of service (tos) (ipv4)
and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>s),(list of
supported <flow label (ipv6)>s),(list of supported
<direction>s),(list of supported <local address and
subnet mask>s)
[<CR><LF>+CGTFT: <PDP_type>,(list of supported
<packet filter identifier>s),(list of supported
<evaluation precedence index>s),(list of supported
<remote address and subnet mask>s),(list of supported
<protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>s),(list of
supported <local port range>s),(list of supported
<remote port range>s),(list of supported <ipsec
security parameter index (spi)>s),(list of supported
<type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class
(ipv6) and mask>s),(list of supported <flow label
(ipv6)>s),(list of supported <direction>s),(list of
supported <local address and subnet mask>s)
[. . . ]]
OK

+CGTFT?
[+CGTFT: <cid>,<packet filter identifier>,<evaluation
precedence index>,<remote address and subnet
mask>,<protocol number (ipv4) / next header
(ipv6)>,<local port range>,<remote port range>,<ipsec
security parameter index (spi)>,<type of service (tos)
(ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>,<flow
label (ipv6)>,<direction>,<local address and subnet
mask>]
[<CR><LF>+CGTFT: <cid>,<packet filter
identifier>,<evaluation precedence index>,<remote
address and subnet mask>,<protocol number (ipv4) /
next header (ipv6)>,<local port range>, <remote port
range>,<ipsec security parameter index (spi)>,<type of
service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and
mask>,<flow label (ipv6)>,<direction>,<local address
and subnet mask>
[. . . ]]
OK

+CGTFT=[<cid>,[<packet filter identifier>,<evaluation +CME ERROR: <err>

precedence index>[,<remote address and sub-
net mask>[,<protocol number (ipv4) / next
header (ipv6)>[,<local port range>[,<remote port
range>[,<ipsec security parameter index (spi)>[,<type
164 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands
of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6)
and mask>[,<flow label (ipv6)>[,<direction>[,<local
address and subnet mask>]]]]]]]]]]]
 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameter

8.19. 8.19 AT+CGTFT Traffic flow template 165

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<cid>: integer type; which specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the
TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP context-related commands. The range of permitted values
(minimum value = 1) is returned by the test form of the command.
NOTE: The <cid>s for network-initiated PDP contexts will have values outside the ranges indicated
for the <cid> in the test form of the commands +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT.

<p_cid>: integer type; specifies a particular PDP context definition which has been specified by use
of the +CGDCONT command. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface. The list of permitted
values is returned by the test form of the command.

<d_comp>: integer type; controls PDP data compression (applicable for SNDCP only) (refer 3GPP
TS 44.065 [61])
0 off
1 on (manufacturer preferred compression)
2 V.42bis
3 V.44

<h_comp>: integer type; controls PDP header compression (refer 3GPP TS 44.065 [61] and 3GPP TS
25.323 [62])
0 off
1 on (manufacturer preferred compression)
2 RFC 1144 [105] (applicable for SNDCP only)
3 RFC 2507 [107]
4 RFC 3095 [108] (applicable for PDCP only)

<IM_CN_Signalling_Flag_Ind>: integer type; indicates to the network whether the PDP context is
for IM CN subsystem-related signalling only or not.
0 UE indicates that the PDP context is not for IM CN subsystem-related signalling only
1 UE indicates that the PDP context is for IM CN subsystem-related signalling only

<cid>: integer type. Specifies a particular PDP context definition (see the +CGDCONT and
+CGDSCONT commands).

<PDP_type>: string type. Specifies the type of packet data protocol (see the +CGDCONT command).

For the following parameters, see also 3GPP TS 23.060 [47]:

<packet filter identifier>: integer type. Value range is from 1 to 16.

<evaluation precedence index>: integer type. The value range is from 0 to 255.
166 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

<remote address and subnet mask>: string type. The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-255)
 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note:
• NULL

8.20 8.20 AT+CGPDNSADDR Get active pdp dns address

Description
This command allows the TE get all actived pdp dns address

Command Possible response

AT+CGPDNSADDR =?
+CGPDNSADDR:(list cids of actived pdp)
OK

+CGPDNSADDR=[<list cids>]
+CGPDNSADDR:[dns address]
OK

Parameter

<list cids>: integer type; which specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to
the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP context-related commands. The range of permitted
values (minimum value = 1) is returned by the test form of the command.
NOTE: The <cid>s for network-initiated PDP contexts will have values outside the ranges indicated
for the <cid> in the test form of the commands +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT.

Note:
• NULL

8.21 8.21 AT+CGEQMIN Not support

Description
This command allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile, which is checked by the MT
against the negotiated profile returned in the PDP context establishment and PDP contect modification
procedures.

8.20. 8.20 AT+CGPDNSADDR Get active pdp dns address 167

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context identification
parameter, <cid>. The specified profile will be stored in the MT and checked against the negotiated
profile only at activation or MS-initiated modification of the related context. Since this is the same
parameter that is used in the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands, the +CGEQMIN command is
effectively an extension to these commands. The QoS profile consists of a number of parameters, each of
which may be set to a separate value.
A special form of the set command, +CGEQMIN=<cid> causes the minimum acceptable profile for
context number <cid> to become undefined. In this case no check is made against the negotiated profile.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
The test command returns values supported as compound values. If the MT supports several PDP types,
the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line.

168 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CGEQMIN =?
+CGEQMIN: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <Traffic
class>s),(list of supported <Maximum bitrate
UL>s),(list of supported <Maximum bitrate DL>s),(list
of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s),(list of
supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported
<Delivery order>s),(list of supported <Maximum SDU
size>s),(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s),(list of
supported <Residual bit error ratio>s),(list of supported
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),(list of supported
<Transfer delay>s),(list of supported <Traffic handling
priority>s),(list of supported <Source statistics
descriptor>s),(list of supported <Signalling
indication>s)
[<CR><LF>+CGEQMIN: <PDP_type>,(list of
supported <Traffic class>s),(list of supported
<Maximum bitrate UL>s),(list of supported
<Maximum bitrate DL>s),(list of supported
<Guaranteed bitrate UL>s),(list of supported
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Delivery
order>s),(list of supported <Maximum SDU
size>s),(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s),(list of
supported <Residual bit error ratio>s),(list of supported
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),(list of supported
<Transfer delay>s),(list of supported <Traffic handling
priority>s),(list of supported <Source statistics
descriptor>s),(list of supported <Signalling
indication>s)
[. . . ]]

AT+CGEQMIN?
[+CGEQMIN: <cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum
bitrate UL>,<Maximum bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed
bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery
order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU error
ratio>,<Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of
erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer delay>,<Traffic handling
priority>,<Source statistics descriptor>,<Signalling
indication>]
[<CR><LF>+CGEQMIN: <cid>,<Traffic
class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Maximum bitrate
DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate
DL>,<Delivery order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU
error ratio>,<Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of
erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer delay>,<Traffic handling
priority>,<Source statistics descriptor>,<Signalling
indication>
[. . . ]]

+CGEQMIN=[<cid>[,<Traffic class>[,<Maximum
bitrate UL>[,<Maximum bitrate DL>[,<Guaranteed
bitrate UL>[,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>[,<Delivery
order>[,<Maximum
8.21. 8.21 AT+CGEQMIN SDU Not size>[,<SDU
support error ra- 169
tio>[,<Residual bit error ratio>[,<Delivery of erroneous
SDUs> [,<Transfer delay>[,<Traffic handling pri-
ority>[,<Source statistics descriptor>[,<Signalling
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameter

170 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<cid>: integer type; specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT
commands).
<PDP_type>: string type; specifies the type of packet data protocol (see the +CGDCONT command).
For the following parameters, see also 3GPP TS 23.107 [46].

<Traffic class>: integer type; indicates the type of application for which the UMTS bearer service is
optimised (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
0 conversational
1 streaming
2 interactive
3 background

<Maximum bitrate UL>: integer type; indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS
(up-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as ‘32’ (e.g.
AT+CGEQMIN=. . . ,32,. . . ) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Maximum bitrate DL>: integer type; indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS
(down-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as ‘32’ (e.g.
AT+CGEQMIN=. . . ,32,. . . ) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Guaranteed bitrate UL>: integer type; indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS
(up-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s
would be specified as ‘32’ (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=. . . ,32,. . . ) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause
10.5.6.5).
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>: integer type; indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS
(down-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s
would be specified as ‘32’ (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=. . . ,32,. . . ) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause
10.5.6.5).

<Delivery order>: integer type; indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide in-sequence SDU
delivery or not (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
0 no
1 yes

<Maximum SDU size>: integer type; (1,2,3,. . . ) indicates the maximum allowed SDU size in octets
(refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
<SDU error ratio>: string type; indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs lost or de-
tected as erroneous. SDU error ratio is defined only for conforming traffic. The value is specified
as “mEe”. As an example a target SDU error ratio of 5?10-3 would be specified as “5E3” (e.g.
AT+CGEQMIN=. . . ,”5E3”,. . . ) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Residual bit error ratio>: string type; indicates the target value for the undetected bit error ratio in the
delivered SDUs. If no error detection is requested, Residual bit error ratio indicates the bit error ratio
in the delivered SDUs. The value is specified as “mEe”. As an example a target residual bit error ratio
of 5?10-3 would be specified as “5E3” (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=. . . ,”5E3”,. . . ) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008
[8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>: integer type; indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall be
delivered or not (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
0 no
1 yes
2 no detect

<Transfer delay>: integer type; (0,1,2,. . . ) indicates the targeted time between request to transfer an
SDU at one SAP to its delivery at the other SAP, in milliseconds (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause
8.21. 8.21 AT+CGEQMIN Not support
10.5.6.5). 171
<Traffic handling priority>: integer type; (1,2,3,. . . ) specifies the relative importance for handling
of all SDUs belonging to the UMTS bearer compared to the SDUs of other bearers (refer 3GPP TS
24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note:
• NULL

8.22 8.22 AT+DIRECTIPMODE configuration DirectIp mode

Description
Set whether to open the DirectIp mode

Command Possible response

AT+DIRECTIPMODE =?
Success:
+DIRECTIPMODE: mode=[0-1] (0, use internal LwIP; 1-direct I
OK

AT+DIRECTIPMODE?
Success: +DIRECTIPMODE: 0
OK

AT+DIRECTIPMODE=<mode> Success:
OK

Parameter
< mode >
default 0 0: uses the internal TCPIP protocol stack 1: UE transfers IP packets directly with external MCU, and does
not use the TCPIP stack inside of UE
Unsolicited Result Codes

Remark
AT+CSODCP and AT+CRTDCP need to be tested in the open DirectIp mode. But for testing convenience, CSODCP
can also be done without opening. Later, it will be adjusted to DirectIpMode and AT+CSODCP will fail.
Example

8.23 8.23 AT+PINGSTOP stops the ongoing AT+PING

Description
if you have an ongoing AT+PING, you can use this command to stop the existing Ping and return the statistical results
of the AT+PING
Parameter

Note:

172 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• NULL

Unsolicited Result Codes

Note:
• NULL

Remark

Note:
• NULL

Example

Note:
• NULL

8.24 8.24 AT+PSDATAOFF Not support

Description
Parameter
Example

Note:
• NULL

8.24. 8.24 AT+PSDATAOFF Not support 173

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

174 Chapter 8. 8 GPRS Commands

 CHAPTER

NINE

9 TCP/IP COMMANDS

Contents

• 9.1 AT+CIPMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection

• 9.2 AT+CIPSTART Start Up TCP Or UDP Connection
• 9.3 AT+CIPSEND Send Data Through TCP Or UDP Connection
• 9.4 AT+CIPQSEND Select Data Transmitting Mode
• 9.5 AT+CIPACK Query Previous Connection Data Transmitting State
• 9.6 AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP Or UDP Connection
• 9.7 AT+CIPSHUT Disconnect Wireless Connection
• 9.8 AT+CLPORT Set Local Port
• 9.9 AT+CSTT Start Task And Set APN, User ID, Password
• 9.10 AT+CIICR Bring Up Wireless Connection With GPRS
• 9.11 AT+CIFSR Get Local IP Address
• 9.12 AT+CIPSTATUS Query Current Connection Status
• 9.13 AT+CDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server
• 9.14 AT+CDNSGIP Query The IP Address Of Given Domain Name
• 9.15 AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP head at the beginning of a package received
• 9.16 AT+CIPATS Set Auto Sending Timer
• 9.17 AT+CIPSPRT Set Prompt Of ‘>’ When Module Sends Data
• 9.18 AT+CIPSERVER Configure Module As Server
• 9.19 AT+CIPCSGP Set CSD Or GPRS For Connection Mode
• 9.20 AT+CIPSRIP Show Remote IP Address And Port When Received Data
• 9.21 AT+CIPDPDP Set Whether To Check State Of GPRS Network Timing (Not supported yet)
• 9.22 AT+CIPMODE Select TCPIP Application Mode
• 9.23 AT+CIPCCFG Configure Transparent Transfer Mode
• 9.24 AT+CIPSHOWTP Display Transfer Protocol In IP Head When Received Data
• 9.25 AT+CIPUDPMODE UDP Extended Mode

175
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• 9.26 AT+CIPRXGET Get Data From Network Manually

• 9.27 AT+CIPSCONT Save TCPIP Application Context
• 9.28 AT+CIPRDTIMER Set Remote Delay Timer
• 9.29 AT+CIPSGTXT Select GPRS PDP Context
• 9.30 AT+CIPTKA Set TCP Keep-alive Parameters
• 9.31 AT^NETIF Show Net Interface Information
• 9.32 AT+PING Start Ping IP Address Or Host
• 9.33 AT+PINGSTOP Stop Ping IP Address Or Host
• 9.34 Example of TCP Client (Single IP connection)
• 9.35 Example of TCP Client (Multi IP connection)
• 9.36 Example of TCP Server

9.1 9.1 AT+CIPMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection

Command Possible response(s)

+CIPMUX=<n>
+CIPMUX? +CIPMUX: <n>
+CIPMUX=? +CIPMUX: (show <n> values)

Reference:
Description
Parameters
<n> Connection mode

0 Single IP connection
1 Multi IP connection

Note:
• Only in IP initial state, AT+CIPMUX=1 is effective
• Only when multi IP connection and GPRS application are both shut down, AT+CIPMUX=0 is effective

Example

AT+CIPMUX=0
OK

AT+CIPMUX?
+CIPMUX:0

176 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

OK

AT+CIPMUX=?
+CIPMUX:(0,1)
OK

9.2 9.2 AT+CIPSTART Start Up TCP Or UDP Connection

Command Possible response(s)

• CIPMUX=0 • CIPMUX=0
– – OK
+CIPSTART=<mode>, – +CME ERROR <err>
<IP – ALREADY CONNECT
address>, – CONNECT OK
<port> – STATE: <state> CONNECT FAIL
– • CIPMUX=1
+CIPSTART=<mode>, – OK
<domain – +CME ERROR <err>
name>, – <n>,ALREADY CONNECT
<port> – <n>,CONNECT OK
• CIPMUX=1 – <n>,CONNECT FAIL
–
+CIPSTART=<n>,
<mode>,
<IP
address>,
<port>
–
+CIPSTART=<n>,
<mode>,
<domain
name>,
<port>

+CIPSTART=?
• CIPMUX=0
– +CIPSTART: (list of supported <mode>),(<IP
address>),(<port>)
• CIPMUX=1
– +CIPSTART: (list of supported <n>),(list of supported
<mode>),(<IP address>),(<port>)

Reference
Max Response Time:

75 seconds When mode is multi-IP state

160 seconds When mode is single state, and the state is IP INITIAL

9.2. 9.2 AT+CIPSTART Start Up TCP Or UDP Connection 177

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Description
Parameters
<n> 0..5 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<mode> A string parameter which indicates the connection type

“TCP” Establish a TCP connection

“UDP” Establish a UDP connection

<IP address> A string parameter which indicates remote server IP address

<port> Remote server port
<domain name> A string parameter which indicates remote server domain name
<state> A string parameter which indicates the progress of connecting
In Single IP state (CIPMUX=0):

0 IP INITIAL
1 IP START
2 IP CONFIG
3 IP GPRSACT
4 IP STATUS
5 TCP CONNECTING/UDP CONNECTING/SERVER LISTENING
6 CONNECT OK
7 TCP CLOSING/UDP CLOSING
8 TCP CLOSED/UDP CLOSED
9 PDP DEACT

In Multi-IP state (CIPMUX=1):

0 IP INITIAL
1 IP START
2 IP CONFIG
3 IP GPRSACT
4 IP STATUS
5 IP PROCESSING
9 PDP DEACT

Note:
• This command allows establishment of a TCP/UDP connection only when the state is IP INITIAL or IP STATUS
when it is in single state. In multi-IP state, the state is in IP STATUS only. So it is necessary to process
“AT+CIPSHUT” before user establishes a TCP/UDP connection with this command when the state is not IP
INITIAL or IP STATUS.
• When module is in multi-IP state, before this command is executed, it is necessary to process “AT+CSTT,
AT+CIICR, AT+CIFSR”.

Example

178 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CIPSTART="TCP","111.205.140.139",6800
OK
CONNECT OK

AT+CIPSTART=1,"TCP","111.205.140.139",6800
OK
1,CONNECT OK

+CIPSTART=?
+CIPSTART: (“TCP”, “UDP”), (“(0-255).(0-255).(0-255).(0-255)”), (0-65535)
OK

+CIPSTART=?
+CIPSTART: (0-7), (“TCP”, “UDP”), (“(0-255).(0-255).(0-255).(0-255)”), (0-65535)
OK

9.2. 9.2 AT+CIPSTART Start Up TCP Or UDP Connection 179

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

9.3 9.3 AT+CIPSEND Send Data Through TCP Or UDP Connection

Command Possible response(s)

• CIPMUX=0 • CIPMUX=0
– – +CME ERROR <err>
+CIPSEND=<length> – SEND OK When +CIPQSEND=0
• CIPMUX=1 – DATA ACCEPT:<length> When +CIPQSEND=1
– – SEND FAIL If sending fails
+CIPSEND=<n>, • CIPMUX=1
<length> – +CME ERROR <err>
– <n>,SEND OK When +CIPQSEND=0
– DATA ACCEPT:<n>,<length> When +CIPQSEND=1
– <n>,SEND FAIL If sending fails

+CIPSEND?
• CIPMUX=0
– +CIPSEND: <size>
– OK
• CIPMUX=1
– +CIPSEND: <n>,<size>
– OK

+CIPSEND=?
• CIPMUX=0
– +CIPSEND: <length>
– OK
• CIPMUX=1
– +CIPSEND: (0-5),<length>
– OK

+CIPSEND
• response >, then type data for send, tap CTRL+Z to send, tap ESC to cancel
the operation
• +CME ERROR <err>
• SEND OK When +CIPQSEND=0
• DATA ACCEPT:<length> When +CIPQSEND=1
• SEND FAIL If sending fails

Reference
• The data length which can be sent depends on network status.
• Set the time that send data automatically with the Command of AT+CIPATS.
• Only send data at the status of established connection.
• When +CIPQSEND=0 and the remote server no response, after 645 seconds, CLOSE will be reported.
Description
Parameters
<n> 0..5 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<length> A numeric parameter which indicates the length of sending data, it must be less than <size>

180 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note:
• +CIPSEND EXE Command can only be used in single IP connection mode (+CIPMUX=0) and to send data on
the TCP or UDP connection that has been established already. Ctrl-Z is used as a termination symbol. ESC
is used to cancel sending data. There are at most <size> bytes which can be sent at a time.

Example

AT+CIPSTART="TCP","111.205.140.139",6800
OK
CONNECT OK

AT+CIPSEND (CIPMUX=0)
> test trontrol+z
SEND OK

AT+CIPSEND=10 (CIPMUX=01)
> abcdefghij
SEND OK

AT+CIPSEND=1 (CIPMUX=1)
> test1 trontrol+z
1,SEND OK

AT+CIPSEND=1,10 (CIPMUX=1)
> abcdefghij
1,SEND OK

9.4 9.4 AT+CIPQSEND Select Data Transmitting Mode

Command Possible response(s)

CIPQSEND=<n>
• OK

+CIPQSEND?
• +CIPQSEND: <n>
• OK

+CIPQSEND=?
• +CIPQSEND: (0,1)
• OK

9.4. 9.4 AT+CIPQSEND Select Data Transmitting Mode 181

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
Description
Parameters
<n>

0 Normal mode – when the server receives TCP data, it will response SEND OK.
1 Quick send mode – when the data is sent to module, it will response DATA ACCEPT:<n>,<length>.

Note:
• NULL

Example

AT+CIPQSEND=0
OK

AT+CIPQSEND?
+CIPQSEND:0
OK

AT+CIPQSEND=?
+CIPQSEND:(0,1)
OK

9.5 9.5 AT+CIPACK Query Previous Connection Data Transmitting

State

Command Possible response(s)

• CIPMUX=0 • CIPMUX=0
– +CIPACK – +CIPACK: <txlen>, <acklen>, <nacklen>
• CIPMUX=1 – OK
– • CIPMUX=1
+CIPACK=<n> – +CIPACK: <txlen>, <acklen>, <nacklen>
– OK

+CIPACK=? OK

Reference
Description
Parameters

182 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<n> A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number

<txlen> The data amount which has been sent
<acklen> The data amount confirmed successfully by the server
<nacklen> The data amount without confirmation by the server

Note:
• NULL

Example

AT+CIPACK (CIPMUX=0)
+CIPACK:0,0,0
OK

AT+CIPACK=1 (CIPMUX=1)
+CIPACK:0,0,0
OK

AT+CIPACK=?
OK

9.6 9.6 AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP Or UDP Connection

Command Possible response(s)

• CIPMUX=0 • CIPMUX=0
– – CLOSE OK
+CIPCLOSE=<n> • CIPMUX=1
• CIPMUX=1 – <id>, CLOSE OK
–
+CIPCLOSE=<id>,
[<n>]

+CIPCLOSE=? OK
+CIPCLOSE
• CLOSE OK If close is successfully
• +CME ERROR <err> If close fails

Reference

9.6. 9.6 AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP Or UDP Connection 183

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• AT+CIPCLOSE only closes connection at corresponding status of TCP/UDP stack. To see the status use
AT+CIPSTATUS command. Status should be:TCP CONNECTING,UDP CONNECTING, SERVER LIS-
TENING or CONNECT OK in single-connection mode (see <state> parameter); CONNECTING or CON-
NECTED in multi-connection mode (see <client state>);OPENING or LISTENING in multi-connection
mode (see <server state>).Otherwise it will return ERROR”.
Description
Parameters
<id> 0..5 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<n> Close Mode

0 Slow close
1 Quick close

Note:
• +CIPCLOSE EXE Command can only be used in single IP connection mode (+CIPMUX=0)

Example

AT+CIPCLOSE (CIPMUX=0)
CLOSE OK

AT+CIPCLOSE=1 (CIPMUX=1)
1,CLOSE OK

AT+CIPCLOSE=?
OK

9.7 9.7 AT+CIPSHUT Disconnect Wireless Connection

Command Possible response(s)

+CIPSHUT=? OK
+CIPSHUT
• SHUT OK If close is successfully
• +CME ERROR <err> If close fails

Reference
Max Response Time: 65 seconds
Description

184 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameters

Note:
• If this command is executed in multi-connection mode, all of the IP connection will be shut.
• User can close gprs pdp context by AT+CIPSHUT. After it is closed, the status is IP INITIAL.
• If +PDP: DEACT urc is reported which means the gprs is released by the network, then user still needs to
execute AT+CIPSHUT command to make PDP context come back to original state.

Example

AT+CIPSHUT
SHUT OK

AT+CIPSHUT=?
OK

9.7. 9.7 AT+CIPSHUT Disconnect Wireless Connection 185

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

9.8 9.8 AT+CLPORT Set Local Port

Command Possible response(s)

• CIPMUX=0 • OK
– • +CME ERROR <err>
+CLPORT=<mode>,
<port>
• CIPMUX=1
–
+CLPORT=<n>,
<mode>,
<port>

+CLPORT?
• CIPMUX=0
– +CLPORT: <TCP port>,<UDP port>
– OK
• CIPMUX=1
– +CLPORT: 0,<TCP port>,<UDP port>
– +CLPORT: 1,<TCP port>,<UDP port>
– +CLPORT: 2,<TCP port>,<UDP port>
– +CLPORT: 3,<TCP port>,<UDP port>
– +CLPORT: 4,<TCP port>,<UDP port>
– +CLPORT: 5,<TCP port>,<UDP port>
– OK

+CLPORT=?
• CIPMUX=0
– +CLPORT: ("TCP","UDP"),(0-65535)
– OK
• CIPMUX=1
– +CLPORT: (0-5),("TCP","UDP"),(0-65535)
– OK

Reference
Description
Parameters
<n> 0..5 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<mode> A string parameter which indicates the connection type

“TCP” TCP local port

“UDP” UDP local port

<port> 0-65535 A numeric parameter which indicates the local port. Default value is 0, a port can be dynamically
allocated a port.

Note:
• This command will be effective when module is set as a Client.

186 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example

AT+CLPORT="TCP",23400 (CIPMUX=0)
OK

AT+CLPORT=? (CIPMUX=0)
+CLPORT:(“TCP”,”UDP”),(0-65535)
OK

AT+CLPORT?
+CLPORT: TCP:23400,UDP:0

AT+CLPORT=1,"TCP",23400 (CIPMUX=1)
OK

AT+CLPORT=? (CIPMUX=1)
+CLPORT: (0-7),(“TCP”,”UDP”),(0-65535)
OK

AT+CLPORT?
+CLPORT:0,TCP:0,UDP:0
+CLPORT:1,TCP:23400,UDP:0
+CLPORT:2,TCP:0,UDP:0
+CLPORT:3,TCP:0,UDP:0
+CLPORT:4,TCP:0,UDP:0
+CLPORT:5,TCP:0,UDP:0
+CLPORT:6,TCP:0,UDP:0
+CLPORT:7,TCP:0,UDP:0
OK

9.8. 9.8 AT+CLPORT Set Local Port 187

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

9.9 9.9 AT+CSTT Start Task And Set APN, User ID, Password

Command Possible response(s)

+CSTT=<apn>,
• OK
<username>,
• +CME ERROR <err>
<password>
+CSTT?
• +CSTT: <apn>,<user name>,<password>
• OK

+CSTT=?
• +CSTT: "APN","USER","PWD"
• OK

+CSTT
• OK
• +CME ERROR <err>

Reference
Description
Parameters
<apn> A string parameter which indicates the GPRS access point name. The max length is 50 bytes. Default value is
“CMNET”.
<user name> A string parameter which indicates the GPRS user name. The max length is 50 bytes
<password> A string parameter which indicates the GPRS password. The max length is 50 bytes.

Note:
• The write command and execution command of this command is valid only at the state of IP INITIAL. After
this command is executed, the state will be changed to IP START.

Example

AT+CSTT="CMNET","",""
OK

AT+CSTT=?
+CSTT: “APN”, “USER”, “PWD”
OK

AT+CSTT?
+CSTT: “CMNET”, “”, “”
OK

188 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

9.10 9.10 AT+CIICR Bring Up Wireless Connection With GPRS

Command Possible response(s)

+CIICR=? OK
+CIICR
• OK
• +CME ERROR <err>

Reference
Max Response Time: 85 seconds
Description
Parameters

Note:
• AT+CIICR only activates moving scene at the status of IP START, after operating this Command is executed,
the state will be changed to IP CONFIG.
• After module accepts the activated operation, if it is activated successfully, module state will be changed to IP
GPRSACT, and it responds OK, otherwise it will respond ERROR.

Example

AT+CIICR=?
OK

AT+CSTT
OK

9.11 9.11 AT+CIFSR Get Local IP Address

Command Possible response(s)

+CIFSR=? OK
+CIFSR
• <IP address>
• OK

Reference
Description
Parameters
<IP address> A string parameter which indicates the IP address assigned from GPRS or CSD.

9.10. 9.10 AT+CIICR Bring Up Wireless Connection With GPRS 189

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note:
• Only after PDP context is activated, local IP address can be obtained by AT+CIFSR, otherwise it will re-
spond ERROR. To see the status use AT+CIPSTATUS command. Status should be:IP GPRSACT, TCP CON-
NECTING, UDP CONNECTING, SERVER LISTENING, IP STATUS, CONNECT OK, TCP CLOSING, UDP
CLOSING, TCP CLOSED, UDP CLOSED in single-connection mode (see<state> parameter);IP STATUS, IP
PROCESSING in multi-connection mode (see <state>parameter).

Example

AT+CIFSR
10.203.20.202
OK

AT+CIFSR=?
OK

9.12 9.12 AT+CIPSTATUS Query Current Connection Status

Command Possible response(s)

+CIPSTATUS=? OK
• CIPMUX=1 • +CIPSTATUS: <n>,<bearer>,<TCP/UDP>,<IP address>,
– <port>,<client state>
+CIPSTATUS=<n> • OK

AT+CIPSTATUS
• CIPMUX=0
– OK
– <state>
• CIPMUX=1
– OK
– <state>
– S: 0, <bearer>, <port>, <server state> If the
module is set as server
– C:0,<bearer>,<TCP/UDP>,<IP address>,
<port>,<client state>
– C:1,<bearer>,<TCP/UDP>,<IP address>,
<port>,<client state>
– C:2,<bearer>,<TCP/UDP>,<IP address>,
<port>,<client state>
– C:3,<bearer>,<TCP/UDP>,<IP address>,
<port>,<client state>
– C:4,<bearer>,<TCP/UDP>,<IP address>,
<port>,<client state>
– C:5,<bearer>,<TCP/UDP>,<IP address>,
<port>,<client state>

190 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
Description
Parameters
<n> 0-5 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<bearer> 0-1 GPRS bearer, default is 0
<server state>

OPENING
LISTENING
CLOSING

<client state>

INITIAL
CONNECTING
CONNECTED
REMOTE CLOSING
CLOSING
CLOSED

<state> A string parameter which indicates the progress of connecting

In Single IP state (CIPMUX=0):

0 IP INITIAL
1 IP START
2 IP CONFIG
3 IP GPRSACT
4 IP STATUS
5 TCP CONNECTING/UDP CONNECTING/SERVER LISTENING
6 CONNECT OK
7 TCP CLOSING/UDP CLOSING
8 TCP CLOSED/UDP CLOSED
9 PDP DEACT

In Multi-IP state (CIPMUX=1):

0 IP INITIAL
1 IP START
2 IP CONFIG
3 IP GPRSACT
4 IP STATUS
5 IP PROCESSING
9 PDP DEACT

Note:
• NULL

9.12. 9.12 AT+CIPSTATUS Query Current Connection Status 191

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example

AT+CIPSTATUS (CIPMUX=0)
OK
STATE:IP INITIAL

AT+CIPSTATUS (CIPMUX=1)
OK
STATE:IP INITIAL
C:0,0,TCP„0,IP INITIAL
C:1,0,TCP„0,IP INITIAL
C:2,0,TCP„0,IP INITIAL
C:3,0,TCP„0,IP INITIAL
C:4,0,TCP„0,IP INITIAL
C:5,0,TCP„0,IP INITIAL
C:6,0,TCP„0,IP INITIAL
C:7,0,TCP„0,IP INITIAL

9.13 9.13 AT+CDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server

Command Possible response(s)

+CDNSCFG=<pri_dns>[,
• OK
<sec_dns>]
• +CME ERROR <err>

+CDNSCFG?
• PrimaryDns: <pri_dns>
• SecondaryDns: <sec_dns>
• OK

+CDNSCFG=?
• +CDNSCFG: ("Primary DNS"),("Secondary DNS")
• OK

Reference
Description
Parameters
<pri_dns> A string parameter which indicates the IP address of the primary domain name server. Default value is
0.0.0.0.

192 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<sec_dns> A string parameter which indicates the IP address of the secondary domain name server. Default value is
0.0.0.0.

Note:
• NULL

Example

AT+CDNSCFG?
PrimaryDns: <168.48.6.0>
SecondaryDns: <0.0.0.0>
OK

AT+CDNSCFG=?
+CDNSCFG: “PrimaryDNS”,”SecondaryDNS”
OK

AT+CDNSCFG="168.48.6.0","8.8.8.8"
OK

9.14 9.14 AT+CDNSGIP Query The IP Address Of Given Domain

Name

Command Possible response(s)

+CDNSGIP=<domain
• OK
name>
• +CME ERROR <err>
• +CDNSGIP: 1, <domain name>,<IP1>[,<IP2>] If successful
• +CDNSGIP:0,<dns error code> If fail

+CDNSGIP=? OK

Reference
Description
Parameters
<domain name> A string parameter which indicates the domain name
<IP1> A string parameter which indicates the first IP address corresponding to the domain name
<IP2> A string parameter which indicates the second IP address corresponding to the domain name

9.14. 9.14 AT+CDNSGIP Query The IP Address Of Given Domain Name 193
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<dns error code> A numeric parameter which indicates the error code

8 DNS COMMON ERROR

3 NETWORK ERROR

There are some other error codes as well.

Note:
• NULL

Example

AT+CDNSGIP=?
OK

AT+CDNSGIP="www.baidu.com"
OK
+CDNSGIP: 1,”www.baidu.com”,”111.13.100.92”,”111.13.100.91”

9.15 9.15 AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP head at the beginning of a package

received

Command Possible response(s)

+CIPHEAD=<mode>
• OK
• +CME ERROR <err>

+CIPHEAD?
• +CIPHEAD: <mode>
• OK

+CIPHEAD=?
• +CIPHEAD: (list of supported <mode> s)
• OK

Reference
CIPHEAD=1 the format is:
• For single IP connection (+CIPMUX=0) +IPD,<data length>:
• For multi IP connection (+CIPMUX=1) +RECEIVE,<n>,<data length>:
Description
Parameters

194 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<mode> A numeric parameter which indicates whether an IP header is added to the received data or not.

0 Not add IP header

1 Add IP header

Note:
• NULL

Example

AT+CIPHEAD?
+CIPHEAD:0
OK

AT+CIPHEAD=?
+CIPHEAD:(0,1)
OK

AT+CIPHEAD=1
OK

9.16 9.16 AT+CIPATS Set Auto Sending Timer

Command Possible response(s)

+CIPATS=<mode>,
• OK
[<time>]
• +CME ERROR <err>

+CIPATS?
• +CIPATS: <mode>,<time>
• OK

+CIPATS=?
• +CIPATS: (list of supported <mode> s),(list of supported <time>)
• OK

Reference
Description
Parameters

9.16. 9.16 AT+CIPATS Set Auto Sending Timer 195

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<mode> A numeric parameter which indicates whether set timer when module is sending data

0 Not set timer when module is sending data

1 Set timer when module is sending data

<time> 1..100 A numeric parameter which indicates the seconds after which the data will be sent

Note:
• When the mode is set to 0, the second parameter time should not be set; when the mode is set to 1, the time
should be set.

Example

AT+CIPATS=?
+CIPATS:(0,1),(1-100)
OK

AT+CIPATS=1,50
OK

AT+CIPATS?
+CIPATS:1,50
OK

9.17 9.17 AT+CIPSPRT Set Prompt Of ‘>’ When Module Sends Data

Command Possible response(s)

+CIPSPRT=<send
• OK
prompt>
• +CME ERROR <err>

+CIPSPRT?
• +CIPSPRT: <send prompt>
• OK

+CIPSPRT=?
• +CIPSPRT: (list of supported <send prompt> s)
• OK

Reference
Description
Parameters
<send prompt>

196 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

A numeric parameter which indicates whether to echo prompt ‘>’ after module issues AT+CIPSEND
command.

0 It shows “send ok” but does not prompt echo ‘>’ when sending is successful.
1 It prompts echo ‘>’ and shows “send ok” when sending is successful.
2 It neither prompts echo ‘>’ nor shows “send ok” when sending is successful.

Note:
• NULL

Example

AT+CIPSPRT=?
+CIPSPRT:(0,1,2)
OK

AT+CIPSPRT=2
OK

AT+CIPSPRT?
+CIPSPRT:2
OK

9.18 9.18 AT+CIPSERVER Configure Module As Server

Command Possible response(s)

+CIPSERVER=<mode>[,
• OK
<port>]
• +CME ERROR <err>

+CIPSERVER?
• +CIPSERVER: <mode>[,<port>,<channel id>,<bearer>]
• OK

+CIPSERVER=?
• +CIPSERVER: (0-CLOSE SERVER, 1-OPEN SERVER),
(1-65535)
• OK

Reference
Description
Parameters
<mode>

9.18. 9.18 AT+CIPSERVER Configure Module As Server 197

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

0 Close server
1 Open server

<port> 1..65535 Listening port

<channel id> Channel id
<bearer> GPRS bearer

Note:
• This command is allowed to establish a TCP server only when the state is IP INITIAL or IP STATUS when it is
in single state. In multi-IP state, the state is in IP STATUS only.

Example

AT+CIPSERVER=?
+CIPSERVER:(0-CLOSE SERVER,1-OPEN SERVER),(1,65535)
OK

AT+CIPSERVER=1,10254
OK
SERVER OK

AT+CIPSERVER?
+CIPSERVER:1,10254
OK

9.19 9.19 AT+CIPCSGP Set CSD Or GPRS For Connection Mode

Command Possible response(s)

+CIPCSGP=<mode>[,
• OK
(<apn>,<username>,
• +CME ERROR <err>
<password>),(<dial
number>,<user name>,
<password>,<rate>)]
+CIPCSGP?
• +CIPCSGP: <mode>, <apn>, <user name>,
<password>[,<rate>]
• OK

+CIPCSGP=?
• +CIPCSGP:0-CSD,DIALNUMBER,USERNAME,PASSWORD,
RATE(0-3)
• +CIPCSGP: 1-GPRS,APN,USER NAME,PASSWORD
• OK

198 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
Description
Parameters
<mode> A numeric parameter which indicates the wireless connection Mode

0 set CSD as wireless connection mode

1 set GPRS as wireless connection mode

GPRS parameters:
<apn> A string parameter which indicates the access point name
<user name> A string parameter which indicates the user name
<password> A string parameter which indicates the password
CSD parameters:
<dial number> A string parameter which indicates the CSD dial numbers
<user name> A string parameter which indicates the CSD user name
<password> A string parameter which indicates the CSD password
<rate> A numeric parameter which indicates the CSD connection rate

0 2400
1 4800
2 9600
3 14400

Note:
• NULL

Example

AT+CIPCSGP=1,"CMNET","",""
OK

AT+CIPCSGP?
+CIPCSGP:1,”CMNET”,”“,”“
OK

AT+CIPCSGP=?
+CIPCSGP: 0-CSD,DIALNUMBER,USER NAME,PASSWORD,RATE(0-3) – NOT SUPPORT
+CIPCSGP: 1-GPRS,APN,USER NAME,PASSWORD
OK

9.19. 9.19 AT+CIPCSGP Set CSD Or GPRS For Connection Mode 199
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

9.20 9.20 AT+CIPSRIP Show Remote IP Address And Port When Re-
ceived Data

Command Possible response(s)

+CIPSRIP=<mode>
• OK
• +CME ERROR <err>

+CIPSRIP?
• +CIPSRIP: <mode>
• OK

+CIPSRIP=?
• +CIPSRIP: (list of supported <mode> s)
• OK

Reference
CIPSRIP=1 the format is:
• For single IP connection (+CIPMUX=0) +RECV FROM:<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>
• For multi IP connection (+CIPMUX=1) +RECEIVE,<n>,<data length>,<IP
ADDRESS>:<PORT>
Description
Parameters
<mode> A numeric parameter which shows remote IP address and port.

0 Do not show the prompt

1 Show the prompt

Note:
• NULL

Example

AT+CIPSRIP=?
+CIPSRIP:(0,1)
OK

AT+CIPSRIP=1
OK

AT+CIPSRIP?
+CIPSRIP:1

200 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

OK

9.21 9.21 AT+CIPDPDP Set Whether To Check State Of GPRS Net-

work Timing (Not supported yet)

Command Possible response(s)

+CIPDPDP=<mode>[,
• OK
<interval>,<timer>]
• +CME ERROR <err>

+CIPDPDP?
• +CIPDPDP: <mode>, <interval>, <timer>
• OK

+CIPDPDP=?
• +CIPDPDP: (list of supported <mode> s, list of supported
<interval> , list of supported <timer> )
• OK

Reference
Description
Parameters <mode>

0 Not set detect PDP

1 Set detect PDP

<interval> 1-180(s), default value is 10.

<timer> 1-10, default value is 3.

Note:
• If +PDP: DEACT urc is reported because of module not attaching to gprs for a certain time or other reasons,
user still needs to execute AT+CIPSHUT command makes PDP context come back to original state.
• This command is not supported yet.

9.21. 9.21 AT+CIPDPDP Set Whether To Check State Of GPRS Network Timing (Not supported yet)
201
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

9.22 9.22 AT+CIPMODE Select TCPIP Application Mode

Command Possible response(s)

+CIPMODE=<mode>
• OK
• +CME ERROR <err>

+CIPMODE?
• +CIPDPDP: <mode>
• OK

+CIPMODE=?
• +CIPMODE: (0-NORMAL MODE, 1-TRANSPARENT MODE)
• OK

Reference
Description
Parameters <mode>

0 Normal mode
1 Transparent mode

Note:
• NULL

Example

AT+CIPMODE?
+CIPMODE:0
OK

AT+CIPMODE=?
+CIPMODE: (0-NORMAL MODE, 1-TRANSPARENT MODE)
OK

AT+CIPMODE=0
OK

202 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

9.23 9.23 AT+CIPCCFG Configure Transparent Transfer Mode

Command Possible response(s)

+CIPCCFG=<NmRetry>,
• OK
<WaitTm>,<SendSz>,
• +CME ERROR <err>
<esc>[,<Rxmode>,
<RxSize>,<Rxtimer>]
+CIPCCFG?
• +CIPCCFG:<NmRetry>,<WaitTm>,<SendSz>,<esc>,
<Rxmode>,<RxSize>,<Rxtimer>
• OK

+CIPCCFG=?
• +CIPCCFG:(NmRetry:3-8),(WaitTm:1-10),
(SendSz:1-1460),(esc:0,1) , (Rxmode:0,1),
(RxSize:50-1460),(Rxtimer:20-1000)
• OK

Reference
Description
Parameters
<NmRetry> Number of retries to be made for an IP packet.Default value is 5.
<WaitTm> Number of 100ms intervals to wait for serial input before sending the packet. Default value is 2.
<SendSz> Size in bytes of data block to be received from serial port before sending. Default value is 1024.
<esc> Whether turn on the escape sequence, default is TRUE.

0 Turn off the escape sequence

1 Turn on the escape sequence

<Rxmode> Whether to set time interval during output data from serial port.

0 output data to serial port without interval

1 output data to serial port within <Rxtimer> interval.

<RxSize> Output data length for each time. Default value is 1460.
<Rxtimer> Time interval (ms) to wait for serial port to output data again. Default value: 50ms

Note:
• This command will be effective only in single connection mode (+CIPMUX=0)

Example

AT+CIPCCFG?
+CIPCCFG:5,2,1024,1,0,1460,50

9.23. 9.23 AT+CIPCCFG Configure Transparent Transfer Mode 203

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

OK

AT+CIPCCFG=?
+CIPCCFG: (NmRetry:3-8),(WaitTm:1-10),(SendSz:1-1460),(esc:0,1),(Rxmode:0,1),(RxSize:50-1460),(Rxtimer:20-
1000)
OK

AT+CIPCCFG=4,2,1024,1,0,1440,80
OK

9.24 9.24 AT+CIPSHOWTP Display Transfer Protocol In IP Head

When Received Data

Command Possible response(s)

+CIPSHOWTP=<mode>
• OK
• +CME ERROR <err>

+CIPSHOWTP?
• +CIPSHOWTP: <mode>
• OK

+CIPSHOWTP=?
• +CIPSHOWTP: (list of supported <mode> s)
• OK

Reference
if +CIPSHOWTP=1 The format is +IPD,<data size>,<TCP/UDP>:<data>
Description
Parameters
<mode> A numeric parameter which indicates whether to display transfer protocol in IP header to received data or
not

0 Not display transfer protocol

1 Display transfer protocol

Note:
• This command will be effective only in single connection mode (+CIPMUX=0)
• Only when +CIPHEAD is set to 1, the setting of this command will Work.

204 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example

AT+CIPSHOWTP?
+CIPSHOWTP:0
OK

AT+CIPSHOWTP=?
+CIPSHOWTP: (0,1)
OK

AT+CIPSHOWTP=0
OK

9.24. 9.24 AT+CIPSHOWTP Display Transfer Protocol In IP Head When Received Data 205
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

9.25 9.25 AT+CIPUDPMODE UDP Extended Mode

Command Possible response(s)

• CIPMUX=0 • CIPMUX=0
– – OK
+CIPUDPMODE=<mode>[, – +CME ERROR <err>
<IPaddress>, • CIPMUX=1
<Port>] – OK
• CIPMUX=1 – +CME ERROR <err>
–
+CIPUDPMODE=<n>,
<mode>[,
<IPaddress>,
<Port>]

• CIPMUX=0 • CIPMUX=0
– + – +CIPUDPMODE: <mode>[,<IP address>,<Port>]
CIPUDPMODE? – OK
• CIPMUX=1
• CIPMUX=1 – +CIPUDPMODE: 0, <mode>[,<IP address>,<Port>]
– + – +CIPUDPMODE: 1,<mode>[,<IP address>,<Port>]
CIPUDPMODE? – +CIPUDPMODE: 2,<mode>[,<IP address>,<Port>]
– +CIPUDPMODE: 3,<mode>[,<IP address>,<Port>]
– +CIPUDPMODE: 4,<mode>[,<IP address>,<Port>]
– +CIPUDPMODE: 5,<mode>[,<IP address>,<Port>]
– OK

• CIPMUX=0 • CIPMUX=0
– + – +CIPUDPMODE: (0-2),(“(0-255).(0-255).(0-255).(0-
CIPUDPMODE=? 255)”),(1-65535)
– OK
• CIPMUX=1 • CIPMUX=1
– + – +CIPUDPMODE: (0-5),(0-2),(“(0-255).(0-255).(0-255).(0-
CIPUDPMODE=? 255)”),(1-65535)
– OK

Reference
Description
Parameters
<n> 0..5 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<mode>

0 UDP Normal Mode

1 UDP Extended Mode
2 Set UDP address to be sent

<IP address> A string parameter which indicates remote IP address

206 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<Port> Remote port

Note:
• NULL

Example

AT+CIPUDPMODE=?
+CIPUDPMODE: (0-2),(“(0-255).(0-255).(0-255).(0-255)”),(1-65535)
OK

AT+CIPUDPMODE=2,"192.168.1.108",4500
OK

AT+CIPUDPMODE?
+CIPUDPMODE:0,192.168.1.108,4500
OK

9.25. 9.25 AT+CIPUDPMODE UDP Extended Mode 207

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

208 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

9.26 9.26 AT+CIPRXGET Get Data From Network Manually

Command Possible response(s)

• CIPMUX=0 • CIPMUX=0
– – AT+CIPRXGET=0
+CIPRXGET=<mode>[, – OK
<reqlength>] – +CME ERROR <err>
• CIPMUX=1 – 1)For single IP connection
– – If “AT+CIPSRIP=1” is set, IP address and port are contained.
+CIPRXGET=<mode>[, – if <mode>=1
<id>, – AT+CIPRXGET=1
<reqlength>] – +CIPRXGET: 1[,<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>]
– if <mode>=2
– AT+CIPRXGET=2,<reqlength>
– +CIPRXGET: 2,<reqlength>,<cnflength>[,<IP AD-
DRESS>:<PORT>]
– 1234567890. . .
– OK
– if <mode>=3
– AT+CIPRXGET=3,<reqlength>
– +CIPRXGET: 3,<reqlength>,<cnflength>[,<IP AD-
DRESS>:<PORT>]
– 5151. . .
– OK
– if <mode>=4
– AT+CIPRXGET=4
– +CIPRXGET: 4, <cnflength>
– OK
• CIPMUX=1
– For multi IP connection
– If “AT+CIPSRIP=1” is set, IP address and port is contained.
– if <mode>=1
– AT+CIPRXGET=1
– +CIPRXGET: 1[,<id>,<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>]
– if <mode>=2
– AT+CIPRXGET=2,<id>,<reqlength>
– +CIPRXGET: 2,<id>,<reqlength>,<cnflength>[,<IPADDRESS>:<PORT>]
– 1234567890. . .
– OK
– if <mode>=3
– AT+CIPRXGET=3,<id>,<reqlength>
– +CIPRXGET: 3,<id>,<reqlength>,<cnflength>[,<IPADDRESS>:<PORT>]
– 5151. . .
– OK
– if <mode>=4
– AT+CIPRXGET=4,<id>
– +CIPRXGET: 4, <id>,<cnflength>
– OK

AT+CIPRXGET?
• +CIPRXGET: <mode>
• OK

• CIPMUX=0 • CIPMUX=0
9.26. 9.26 AT+CIPRXGET
– Get Data From –Network Manually
+CIPRXGET: 209
(list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported
AT+CIPRXGET=? <reqlength>)
– OK
• CIPMUX=1 • CIPMUX=1
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
Description
Parameters
<mode> 0 Disable getting data from network manually, the module is set to normal mode, data will be pushed to TE
directly. 1 Enable getting data from network manually. 2 The module can get data, but the length of output data
can not exceed 1460 bytes at a time. 3 Similar to mode 2, but in HEX mode, which means the module can get
730 bytes maximum at a time. 4 Query how many data are not read with a given ID.
<id> A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<reqlength> Requested number of data bytes (1-1460 bytes)to be read
<cnflength> Confirmed number of data bytes to be read. 0 indicates that no data can be read.

Note:
• To enable this function, parameter <mode> must be set to 1 before connection.

9.27 9.27 AT+CIPSCONT Save TCPIP Application Context

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIPSCONT?
• +CIPTKA: <mode>,<keepIdle>,<keepInterval>,
<keepCount>
• +CIPSCONT: <mode0>
• +CIPCSGP: <mode>
• Gprs Config APN: <apn>
• Gprs Config UserId: <user name>
• Gprs Config Password: <password>
• +CIPHEAD: <mode>
• +CIPSHOWTP: <mode>
• +CIPSRIP: <mode>
• +CIPATS: <mode>,<time>
• +CIPSPRT: <send prompt>,<notshowsendok>
• +CIPQSEND: <n>
• +CIPMODE: <mode>
• +CIPCCFG:<NmRetry>,<WaitTm>,<SendSz>,<esc>,
<Rxmode>,<RxSize>,<Rxtimer>
• +CIPMUX: <n>
• +CIPDPDP: <mode>, <interval>, <timer>
• +CIPRXGET: <mode>
• +CIPRDTIMER: <rdsigtimer>,<rdmuxtimer>
• OK

AT+CIPSCONT
• OK If success Module saves current TCPIP Application Contexts to
NVRAM. When system is rebooted, the parameters will be loaded au-
tomatically.
• ERROR If error is related to ME functionality

210 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
Description
Parameters
<mode0>

0 Saved, the value from NVRAM

1 Unsaved, the value from RAM

Note:
• NULL

9.28 9.28 AT+CIPRDTIMER Set Remote Delay Timer

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIPRDTIMER=<rdsigtimer
• OK If success
>,<rdmuxtimer>
• ERROR If error is related to ME functionality

AT+CIPRDTIMER?
• +CIPRDTIMER: <rdsigtimer>,<rdmuxtimer>
• OK

AT+CIPRDTIMER=?
• +CIPRDTIMER: (100-4000),(100-7000)
• OK

Reference
Description
Parameters
<rdsigtimer> Remote delay timer of single connection. Default value is 2000.
<rdmuxtimer> Remote delay timer of multi-connections. Default value is 3500.

Note:
• This command is used to shorten the disconnect time locally when the remote server has been disconnected.

9.28. 9.28 AT+CIPRDTIMER Set Remote Delay Timer 211

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

9.29 9.29 AT+CIPSGTXT Select GPRS PDP Context

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIPSGTXT=<mode>
• OK If success
• ERROR If error is related to ME functionality

AT+CIPSGTXT=?
• +CIPSGTXT: (0,1,2)
• OK

Reference
Description
Parameters
<mode>

0 Select first PDP context

1 Select second PDP context
2 Select WIFI context

Note:
• If select PDP context(0,1), must set multi IP connection (+CIPMUX=1) first.
• If select the WIFI context(2), the WIFI must be connect first

9.30 9.30 AT+CIPTKA Set TCP Keep-alive Parameters

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIPTKA=<mode>[,
• OK If success
<keepIdle>[,
• ERROR If error is related to ME functionality
<keepInterval>[,
<keepCount>]]]
AT+CIPTKA?
• +CIPTKA: <mode>,<keepIdle>,<keepInterval>,
<keepCount>
• OK

AT+CIPTKA=?
• +CIPTKA: (list of supported <mode>s),(list
of supported<keepIdle>s),(list of supported
<keepInterval>),(list ofsupported <keepCount>s)
• OK

Reference
Description

212 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameters
<mode> Set TCP keepalive option. 0 Disable TCP keep alive mechanism 1 Enable TCP keep alive mechanism
<keepIdle> Integer type; Idle time (in second) before TCP send the initial keepalive probe. 30-7200 Default: 7200
<keepInterval> Interval time (in second) between keepalive probesretransmission.30-600 Default: 75
<keepCount> Integer type; Maximum number of keepalive probes to be sent. 1-9 Default: 9

Note:
• NULL

9.31 9.31 AT^NETIF Show Net Interface Information

Command Possible response(s)

AT^NETIF?
• default netif: <netif>
• [<netif0>:
• inet4 addr: <ip address>
• inet6 addr0: <ip address>
• inet6 addr1: <ip address>
• gw addr: <ip address>
• mask addr <ip address>
• dns addr <ip address>
• dns2 addr <ip address>
• [...]]
• OK

Reference
Description
Parameters

Note:
• NULL

9.31. 9.31 AT^NETIF Show Net Interface Information 213

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

9.32 9.32 AT+PING Start Ping IP Address Or Host

Command Possible response(s)

• AT+PING=<IP • OK
address>, • Reply from <IP address>: bytes= <nbyte> time =
[<timeout>, < replyTime >(ms), TTL = <ttl>
<packet_length>, • Reply from <IP address>: bytes= <nbyte> time =
<ping_count>] < replyTime >(ms), TTL = <ttl>
• AT+PING=<domain • [...]
name>,[<timeout>, • Ping statistics for <IP address>:Packets: Sent
<packet_length>, = <nsendPackage>, Received = < nreceivePackage
<ping_count>] >, Lose = <nlostPackage><<lostRange>%>

AT+PING=? +PING: (DNS/IP address),(list of

supported<timeout>s),(list of supported
<packet_length>),(list of supported <ping_count>s)

Reference
Description
Parameters
<IP address> A string parameter which indicates ping IP address
<domain name> A string parameter which indicates ping domain name
<timeout> Ping ICMP package timeout (1~255)
<packet_length> Ping ICMP package size (36~1500 ipv4) (56~1500 ipv6)
<ping_count> Ping ICMP package send times (1~65535)
<nbyte> Ping package size
< replyTime > Time, in units of ms, required to receive the response
<ttl> Time to live
<nsendPackage> Send package number
< nreceivePackage > Receive package number
<nlostPackage> Lost package number
<lostRange> Lost package range

Note:
• NULL

9.33 9.33 AT+PINGSTOP Stop Ping IP Address Or Host

Command Possible response(s)

AT+PINGSTOP OK

214 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
Description
Parameters

Note:
• AT+PINGSTOP can stop AT+PING in <ping_count>

9.34 9.34 Example of TCP Client (Single IP connection)

1. AT+CIPMUX=0
OK
2. AT+CSTT="CMNET","",""
OK
3. AT+CIICR
OK
4. AT+CIPSTART="TCP","111.205.140.139",6800
OK
CONNECT OK
5. AT+CIPSEND
> Just test `Control+z`
SEND OK
6. AT+CIPCLOSE
CLOSE OK
7. AT+CIPSHUT
SHUT OK

9.35 9.35 Example of TCP Client (Multi IP connection)

1. AT+CIPMUX=1
OK
2. AT+CSTT="CMNET","",""
OK
3. AT+CIICR
OK
4. AT+CIPSTART=1,"TCP","111.205.140.139",6800

9.34. 9.34 Example of TCP Client (Single IP connection) 215

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

OK
1,CONNECT OK
5. AT+CIPSTART=2,"UDP","111.205.140.139",7000
OK
2,CONNECT OK
6. AT+CIPSEND=1
> Just test 1 `Control+z`
1,SEND OK
7. AT+CIPSEND=2
> Just test 2 `Control+z`
2,SEND OK
8. AT+CIPCLOSE=1
1,CLOSE OK
9. AT+CIPCLOSE=2
2,CLOSE OK
10. AT+CIPSHUT
SHUT OK

9.36 9.36 Example of TCP Server

1. AT+CSTT="CMNET","",""
OK
2. AT+CIICR
OK
3. AT+CIPSERVER=1,11003
OK
SERVER OK
4. AT+CIPSERVER=0
OK
SERVER CLOSED
5. AT+CIPSHUT
SHUT OK

216 Chapter 9. 9 TCP/IP Commands

 CHAPTER

TEN

10 UDP COMMANDS

Contents

• 10.1 AT+TSOCR Create DGRAM type socket

• 10.2 AT+TSOST Send UDP message
• 10.3 AT+TSORF Receive UDP message
• 10.4 AT+TSOCL Close socket
• 10.5 AT+TPING Connect between IP net and remote host

10.1 10.1 AT+TSOCR Create DGRAM type socket

Command Possible response(s)

+TSOCR=<type>,<protocol>,
• <socket>
<listen port>[,<receive
• +CME ERROR:<err>
control>]

Reference
Description
Parameters
<type> Socket type. Support DGRAM only,quotation mark is required.
<protocol> The protocol definition of standard internet. For example: UDP is 17.
<listen port> Local port, 0-65535(except 5683), this is used to send /receive message.
<receive control> when set to 1, Incoming messages will be received; while when set to 0, Incoming messages will
be ignored. The default value is 1(receive messages).
<socket> Socket id, it cannot less than 0.
Example
AT+TSOCR=”DGRAM”,17,56,1
1
OK

217
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note:
1. Before this command executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CGACT=1” to activate PDP.
2. The socket would not be created successfully with the protocol and port which have been used to create a socket
successfully before .

10.2 10.2 AT+TSOST Send UDP message

Command Possible response(s)

+TSOST=<socket>,
• <socket>,<length>
<remote_addr>,
• +CME ERROR:<err>
<remote_port>,<length>,
<data>

Reference
Description
Parameters
<socket> The socket id which +TSOCR command returned.
<remote addr> IPv4 IP address.
<remote port> Remote port, 0-65535.
<length> Decimal length of the data to be send.
<data> The data to be send, data format could be Hexadecimal or string with quotation marks.
Example
AT+TSOST=1,”111.205.140.139”,7000,7,”testrda”
1,7
OK
AT+TSOST=1,”111.205.140.139”,7000,3,1A2B3C
1,3
OK

Note:
1. Before this command executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+TSOCR”
2. This command returns the socket id and the number of bytes of sent data .The length we want to send should fit
for the data length.

218 Chapter 10. 10 UDP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

10.3 10.3 AT+TSORF Receive UDP message

Command Possible response(s)

AT+TSORF=<socket>,
• <socket>,<ip_addr>,<port>,<length>,<data>,
<req_length>, [<timeout>]
<remaining_length>
• +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
Description
Parameters
<socket> The socket id +TSOCR command returned.
<req_length> Max length of received message.
<timeout> The maximum waiting time for receiving data,unit of time(second).(optional parameters,default is 30 s)
<ip_addr> IPv4 IP address where the message send from.
<port> Remote port, 0-65535.
<length> The actual length of the received data.If the <req_length> is smaller than the length of received data ac-
tully,the length is req_length.
<data> Received data, display in Hexadecimal format.
<remaining_length> Remaining length of the received data. If the <req_length> is larger than the length we received
actually, the Remaining length is 0;if contrary, the remaining length is the length of the rest data.
Example
AT+TSORF=1,2
1,111.205.140.139,7000, 2,7465,5

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+TSOCR”,and the last parmeter of “+TSOCR”
should be 0.

10.4 10.4 AT+TSOCL Close socket

Command Possible response(s)

AT+TSOCL=<socket>
• OK
• +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
Description
Parameters

10.3. 10.3 AT+TSORF Receive UDP message 219

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<socket> The socket id +TSOCR command returned.

Example
AT+TSOCL=1
OK

Note: Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+TSOCR”

10.5 10.5 AT+TPING Connect between IP net and remote host

Command Possible response(s)

AT+TPING=<remote_address>[,
• +TPING:<remote_address>,<ttl>,<rtt>
<p_size>[,<timeout>]]
• +TPINGERR:<err>

Reference
Description
Parameters
<remote addr> IPv4 Address the data packets will be send to.
<p_size> The size of echo packet payload (8-1460), 8 is the default value.
<timeout> Max time to wait the response(ms), (10-60000), 1000 is the default.
<ttl> Receive from response packets.
<rtt> The minimum duration time from when the packets be send to when the response packets received(ms).
<err> An int value, providing some information about the reason for the failure of PING request: 1, Remote host
doesn’t respond in schedule time. 2, Ping request send fail.
Example
AT+TPING=”111.205.140.139”
OK
+TPING: 111.205.140.139, 255, 906

Note: This command will send ICMP data packet to Specified host address. If connect successful to remote host,
return a data packet as response. If connect failed, there will be no response from remote host, then try again, if still
no response in limited time , return error.

220 Chapter 10. 10 UDP Commands

 CHAPTER

ELEVEN

11 CMIOT COMMANDS

Contents

• 11.1 AT+CIOTSTART Start sending data to IoT

• 11.2 AT+CIOTDAT Send small data to IoT
• 11.3 AT+CIOTBINSET Set the information of the uploaded binary file
• 11.4 AT+CIOTBINSEND Send content of the binary file
• 11.5 AT+CIOTPING Heartbeat instruction
• 11.6 AT+CIOTQUIT Disconnect from IoT
• 11.7 AT+CIOTSEND Send small data to IoT on single time
• 11.8 AT+CIOTBINEND End the binary file
• 11.9 AT+CIOT Query params storaged in flash
• 11.10 AT+CIOTMKEY Set and Query masterkey
• 11.11 AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA Set server login params
• 11.12 AT+CIOTIP Set and Query server IP
• 11.13 AT+CIOTPORT Set server port
• 11.14 AT+CIOTPROID Set and Query product ID
• 11.15 AT+CIOTSPLIT Set split of uploaded information
• 11.16 AT+CIOTID Set and Query device ID
• 11.17 AT+CCIOTIDC Delete device ID
• 11.18 AT+CIOTKEY Set and Query device apikey
• 11.19 AT+CIOTKEYC Delete device apikey
• 11.20 AT+CIOTSTATUS Query connection status
• 11.21 AT+CIOTLOC Report loaction information
• 11.22 AT+CIOTAUTHINFO Set and Query auth_info
• 11.23 AT+CIOTINIT Set and Query device title and description
• 11.24 AT+CMHTTPSET set HTTP parameters
• 11.25 AT+CMHTTPGET Get HTTP resouces

221
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• 11.26 AT+CMHTTPPOST Post data to HTTP server

• 11.27 AT+CMHTTPDL Download data from HTTP server
• 11.28 AT^ONENETPOST Post data to ONENET server
• 11.29 AT^ONENETREGISTER Auto regist device in ONENET server
• 11.30 AT^ONENETGET Get data from ONENET server
• 11.31 AT^ONENETDELETE Delete data from ONENET server
• 11.32 AT+CMHTTPINIT Initialize HTTP service
• 11.33 AT+CMHTTPTERM Terminate HTTP service
• 11.34 AT+FTPOPEN Create a ftp connection
• 11.35 AT+FTPCLOSE Logout and disconnect a FTP
• 11.36 AT+FTPSIZE Get the file data size in bytes.
• 11.37 AT+FTPGET Download the specified file
• 11.38 AT+FTPPUT Upload data to the specified FTP file
• 11.39 AT+FTPSTAT Get the information of FTP session state
• 11.40 AT+FTPLST List the content of FTP directory
• 11.41 AT+FTPURC Used to set or get the FTP statistics report option
• 11.42 Example of EDP long connection mode

11.1 11.1 AT+CIOTSTART Start sending data to IoT

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTSTART=<encrypt>
• If success:
– OK
– CIOT CONNECT OK/CIOT ENCRYPT CONNECT OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Parameters
<encrypt>

0 don’t use encryption

1 use encryption

Note: OneNET public version only in single channel mode to use.Encryption mode takes more traffic and time.After
enable encryption,it will use the longest time for the first time to execute the encrypt instruction,and must be waiting
for the return to execute the next command.

222 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.2 11.2 AT+CIOTDAT Send small data to IoT

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTDAT=<msg_id>,
• If success:
<num>,<data>
– OK
– [+CIOTACK:<msg_id>]
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Parameters
<msg_id> range:(0-65535). if msg_id=0 or msg_id=65535,response from server,else not.
<num> msg number
<data> data content,format: key_1,time_1,value_1;key_2,. . . Value_n-1;key_n,time_n,Value_n
<key> data sampling name
<time> data sampling time
<value> data sampling value

Note: time format:2016-01-01 00:00:00 if don’t have time,format is key„value;

11.3 11.3 AT+CIOTBINSET Set the information of the uploaded bi-

nary file

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTBINSET=<msg_id>,
• If success:
<des>,<bin_lens>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
1.Set the header information sent by the binary file. Due to thelimitation of the data
buffer size, the EDP header is passed tothe server before uploading, and then the binary
file data is uploaded.(AT+CIOTBINSET,AT+CIOTBINSEND)
2.If set msg_id,return after AT+CIOTBINSEND continuous sending.
Parameters
<msg_id> range:(0-65535). if msg_id=0 or msg_id=65535,there is no response code from server.
<des> datastream of the binary file
<bin_lens> length of file

11.2. 11.2 AT+CIOTDAT Send small data to IoT 223

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note: You can use this command only if you have a non-encrypted connection with the cloud server, otherwise you
wil receive error.

11.4 11.4 AT+CIOTBINSEND Send content of the binary file

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTBINSEND=<bin_lens>,
• If success:
<bin_data>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
Correct response +OK means sending data success.When the length of data sent has been meet the setting
length of AT+CIOTBINSET,this uploading finished,print +CIOTBINSEND: SEND OVER
Parameters
<bin_len> data length that is sending this time
<bin_data> Hex data ,example:01AA55 is OX01,OXAA,OX55

11.5 11.5 AT+CIOTPING Heartbeat instruction

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTPING
• If success:
– OK
– +CIOTPING:OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Note: 1. Only after establishing connection with the cloud server,then to use this command, otherwise it will report
error.
2. The timeout of connection is 300S,the interval of sending one heatbeat packet should be less then 300S,otherwise
it may interrupt the connection.(Suggest sending a heartbeat packet interval less then 150S,and in a timeout period,it
can receive at least two heartbeat package.)

224 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.6 11.6 AT+CIOTQUIT Disconnect from IoT

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTQUIT
• If success:
– +CIOTQUIT:OK
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Note: EDP protocol don’t have the datagram to disconnect from server,AT+CIOTQUIT is to realize disconnecting
with TCP in the serverdirectly,and neead to matching use swith AT+CIOTSTART.

11.7 11.7 AT+CIOTSEND Send small data to IoT on single time

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTSEND=<encrypt>,
• If success:
<msg_id>,<num>,
– OK
<data>
– CIOT CONNECT OK/CIOT ENCRYPT CONNECT OK
– [+CIOTACK:<msg_id>]
– +CIOTQUIT:OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
1.Time format:2016-01-01 00:00:00.If don’t have time,format is key„value;
2.Separator as a comma in a data record,data record delimiter is a semicolon.
3.It is disconnected when sending finished.
Parameters
<encrypt>

0 don’t use encryption

1 use encryption

<msg_id> range:(0-65534). if msg_id=0 ,there is no response code from server.

<num> msg number
<data> data content,format: key_1,time_1,value_1;key_2,. . . Value_n-1;key_n,time_n,Value_n
<key> data sampling name
<time> data sampling time
<value> data sampling value

11.6. 11.6 AT+CIOTQUIT Disconnect from IoT 225

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note: You could use this command only when establishing connection with server.

11.8 11.8 AT+CIOTBINEND End the binary file

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTBINEND
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

11.9 11.9 AT+CIOT Query params storaged in flash

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOT
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CIOT?
OK

Note: Module need to storage three params include masterkey,deviceid and apikey. At present,the length of apikey is
28 bytes.But the length of apikey and deviceid is possibility to extend.

11.10 11.10 AT+CIOTMKEY Set and Query masterkey

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTMKEY?
• If success:
– +CIOTMKEY:<mkey>
– OK

AT+CIOTMKEY=<mkey>
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

226 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
AT+CIOTMKEY=”ycWcSOLH=afZju0HHfc4iB9Uquk=”
OK
AT+CIOTMKEY?
+CIOTMKEY:ycWcSOLH=afZju0HHfc4iB9Uquk=
OK
Parameters
<mkey> Masterkey

11.11 11.11 AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA Set server login params

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA?
• If success:
– +CIOTCONNECTPARA:<mode>,[devid]/
[projectid],[mapikey]/[authinfo]
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA=<mode>,
• If success:
[devid]/[projectid],
– OK
[mapikey]/[authinfo]

Reference
1.When mode == 0,the set command is AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA=0,”1088826”,”syp2wjH2rowlyX1H7bqwynVVnK8”;
when mode == 1,the set command is AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA=1,”40440”,”DCVgB46ZaAGAZmTlUbCvnNK=12”
2.The params that is setted by this command will be saved to flash.
3.default mode == 1
AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA=0,”10088826”,”ycWcSOLH=afZju0HHfc4iB9Uquk=”
OK
AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA?
+CIOTCONNECTPARA:0,10088826,ycWcSOLH=afZju0HHfc4iB9Uquk=
OK
AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA=1,”40440”,”rdatest”
OK
AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA?
+CIOTCONNECTPARA:1,40440,rdatest
OK
Parameters

11.11. 11.11 AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA Set server login params 227

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<Module> connection mode

<devid> device ID
<projectid> product ID
<mapikey> Master apikey
<authinfo> authentication information

11.12 11.12 AT+CIOTIP Set and Query server IP

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTIP?
• If success:
– +CIOTIP:<server>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

AT+CIOTIP=<server>
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CIOTIP=”123.22.42.65”
OK
AT+CIOTIP?
+CIOTIP:123.22.42.65
OK
Parameters
<server> The domain name of OneNET server

228 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.13 11.13 AT+CIOTPORT Set server port

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTPORT?
• If success:
– +CIOTPORT:<port>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

AT+CIOTPORT=<port>
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CIOTPORT=80
OK
AT+CIOTPORT?
+CIOTPORT:80
OK
Parameters
<port> The port number of OneNET server

11.14 11.14 AT+CIOTPROID Set and Query product ID

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTPROID?
• If success:
– +CIOTPROID:[<proid>]
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

AT+CIOTPROID=<proid>
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CIOTPROID=”12345678”
OK
AT+CIOTPROID?

11.13. 11.13 AT+CIOTPORT Set server port 229

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

+CIOTPROID:12345678
OK
Parameters
<proid> product ID

11.15 11.15 AT+CIOTSPLIT Set split of uploaded information

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTSPLIT?
• If success:
– +CIOTSPLIT:<us>,<rs>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

AT+CIOTSPLIT=<us>,
• If success:
<rs>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CIOTSPLIT=”,”,”;”
OK
AT+CIOTSPLIT?
OK
Parameters
<us> domain separator ,default is comma
<us> interdomain separator ,default is semicolon

230 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.16 11.16 AT+CIOTID Set and Query device ID

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTID?
• If success:
– +CIOTID:<dev_id>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

+CIOTID=<dev_id>
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CIOTMKEY=”IPEn1Mc=00UQ9oRwboqYPYUddng=”
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”api.heclouds.com”,80,”/devices/25797326”
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT+CIOTID? //query deviceid
+CIOTID:25797326
OK
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Parameters
<dev_id> device ID

11.17 11.17 AT+CCIOTIDC Delete device ID

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CCIOTIDC
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

11.16. 11.16 AT+CIOTID Set and Query device ID 231

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CIOTMKEY=”IPEn1Mc=00UQ9oRwboqYPYUddng=”
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”api.heclouds.com”,80,”/devices/25797326”
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT+CIOTIDC //delete deviceid
OK
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK

11.18 11.18 AT+CIOTKEY Set and Query device apikey

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTKEY?
• If success:
– +CIOTKEY:<api-key>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

AT+CIOTKEY=<api-key>
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGATT=1
+CGATT:1
OK
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CIOTMKEY=”IPEn1Mc=00UQ9oRwboqYPYUddng=”

232 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”api.heclouds.com”,80,”/keys?key=3NvQGPZ=eUNzhnlnbiZ0MfynPNI=”
OK +CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT+CIOTKEY? //query apikey
+CIOTKEY:3NvQGPZ=eUNzhnlnbiZ0MfynPNI=
OK
AT+CIOTKEY=”3NvQGPZ=eUNzhnlnbiZ0MfynPNI=” //set apikey
OK
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Parameters
<api-key> device apikey

11.19 11.19 AT+CIOTKEYC Delete device apikey

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTKEYC
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGATT=1
+CGATT:1
OK
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CIOTMKEY=”IPEn1Mc=00UQ9oRwboqYPYUddng=”
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”api.heclouds.com”,80,”/keys/3NvQGPZ=eUNzhnlnbiZ0MfynPNI=” //delete
apikey
OK
AT+CIOTKEYC
OK
AT+CMHTTPTERM

11.19. 11.19 AT+CIOTKEYC Delete device apikey 233

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

OK

11.20 11.20 AT+CIOTSTATUS Query connection status

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTSTATUS
• If success:
– +CIOTSTATUS:<state>
– OK

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”api.heclouds.com”,80,”/device/status?devIds=23085734”
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT+CIOTSTATUS
+CIOTSTATUS:0
OK
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Parameters
<state>

1 the device login in

0 the device don’t login in

234 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.21 11.21 AT+CIOTLOC Report loaction information

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTLOC
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

AT+CIOTLOC=<lon>,
• If success:
<lat>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
The execution instruction uploads the lac(location area code) and cell_id(distruct number)
The setting instruction uploads longitude and latitude which must be collected by the customer
AT+CGATT=1
+CGATT:1
OK
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT^NETIF?
default netif: GP0
GP0: sim:0 - cid:1
inet4 addr: 100.123.46.140
inet6 addr0:
inet6 addr1:
gw addr: 0.0.0.0
mask addr 0.0.0.0
dns addr 0.0.0.0
dns2 addr 0.0.0.0
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”183.230.40.33”,80,”/devices/25802952”
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT+CIOTMKEY=”IPEn1Mc=00UQ9oRwboqYPYUddng=”

11.21. 11.21 AT+CIOTLOC Report loaction information 235

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

OK
AT+CIOTLOC=55,66
OK
AT+CIOTLOC
OK
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Parameters
<lon> longitude
<lat> latitude

11.22 11.22 AT+CIOTAUTHINFO Set and Query auth_info

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTAUTHINFO?
• If success:
– +CIOTAUTHINFO:<authinfo>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

AT+CIOTAUTHINFO=<authinfo>
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”api.heclouds.com”,80,”/devices/24785888”
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT+CIOTAUTHINFO=”RDATEST”
OK
AT+CIOTAUTHINFO?
+CIOTAUTHINFO:RDATEST
OK

236 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Parameters
<authinfo> Authentication infomation(it can be used as product serial number)

11.23 11.23 AT+CIOTINIT Set and Query device title and description

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CIOTINIT?
• If success:
– +CIOTINIT:<title>,<desc>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

AT+CIOTINIT=<title>,
• If success:
<desc>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

AT+CIOTINIT
• If success:
– OK
– +CIOTID:<devid>
– +CIOTKEY:<apikey>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
(1)resgister device
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CIOTMKEY=”IPEn1Mc=00UQ9oRwboqYPYUddng=”
OK
AT+CIOTAUTHINFO=”ASDFGHJKL”
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”api.heclouds.com”,80,”/devices”
OK
AT+CIOTINIT
OK

11.23. 11.23 AT+CIOTINIT Set and Query device title and description 237
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

+CIOTID”25802952”
+CIOTKEY”3NvQGPZ=eUNzhnlnbiZ0MfynPNI=”
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
(2)Set device title and description
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”api.heclouds.com”,80,”/devices/25802952”
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT+CIOTMKEY=”IPEn1Mc=00UQ9oRwboqYPYUddng=”
OK
AT+CIOTAUTHINFO=”ASDFGHJKL”
OK
AT+CIOTPROID=”89172”
OK
AT+CIOTINIT=”TV1”,”tv1 test”
OK
AT+CIOTINIT?
+CIOTINIT:”TV1”“tv1 test”
OK
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Parameters
<title> device ID.It is unique within the user scope
<desc> device description.It provides additional infomation for the registration
<devid> the device ID applied from cloud platform
<apikey> the device ID applied from cloud platform

238 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.24 11.24 AT+CMHTTPSET set HTTP parameters

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMHTTPSET=<server>,
• If success:
<port>,<request url>[,
– OK
<delay>][,<urc>]
– +CMHTTPSET:"<IP>"
• If failed:
– +CMHTTPSET:DNS FAIL

AT+CMHTTPSET=?
• If success:
– +CMHTTPSET=<server>,<port>,<request
url>[,<delay>][,<urc>]
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”api.heclouds.com”,80,”/devices/23253561/datapoints?type=3”
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Description
Parameters
<server> The server domain name or IP address
<port> The server port
<request url> The request URL of GET or POST method.
<delay> Optionally, the period between packets get form HTTP server. default 0ms, RANGE(0-65535ms)
<urc> Optionally, weather or not to insert downloading statistics between each packet, RANGE(0 or 1)

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CMHTTPINIT”.

11.24. 11.24 AT+CMHTTPSET set HTTP parameters 239

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.25 11.25 AT+CMHTTPGET Get HTTP resouces

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMHTTPGET
• If success:
– CONNECT OK
– + CMHTTPGET:<total>,<cur>
– OK
• If failed:
– CONNECT FAIL

AT+CMHTTPGET=?
• If success:
– +CMHTTPGET
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”111.205.140.139”,1080,”/index.html”,0,1
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT+CMHTTPGET
CONNECT OK
<223>,<0>
OK
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Description
Parameters
<total> Total length of HTTP response
<cur> If urc is SET, this param shows the size of this packet, when cur == 0, it means transport done.

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CMHTTPSET”.

240 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.26 11.26 AT+CMHTTPPOST Post data to HTTP server

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMHTTPPOST = <post
• If success:
content>
– CONNECT OK
– + CMHTTPPOST:<total>,<cur>
– OK
• If failed:
– CONNECT FAIL

AT+CMHTTPPOST=?
• If success:
– +CMHTTPPOST =<post content>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”111.205.140.139”,1080,”/index.html”,0,1
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT+CMHTTPPOST=”helloworld”
CONNECT OK
<223>,<0>
OK
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Description
Parameters
<post content> Body content which needs to be posted to server
<total> Total length of HTTP response
<cur> If urc is SET, this param shows the size of this packet, when cur == 0, it means transport done.

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CMHTTPSET”.

11.26. 11.26 AT+CMHTTPPOST Post data to HTTP server 241

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.27 11.27 AT+CMHTTPDL Download data from HTTP server

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMHTTPDL
• If success:
– CONNECT OK
– + CMHTTPDL:<total>,<sum>,<cur>
– OK
• If failed:
– CONNECT FAIL

AT+CMHTTPDL=?
• If success:
– +CMHTTPDL
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”111.205.140.139”,1080,”/webdav1/put2.txt”,0,1
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”111.205.140.139”
AT+CMHTTPDL
CONNECT OK
helloworld
<10>,<10>,<10>
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Description
Parameters
<sum> Total length of all packets we get
<total> If HTTP headers include (content length), total == content length , else total == 0.
<cur> If urc is SET, this param shows the size of this packet, when cur == 0, it means transport done.

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CMHTTPSET”.

242 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.28 11.28 AT^ONENETPOST Post data to ONENET server

Command Possible response(s)

AT^ONENETPOST=<post
• If success:
content>,<api-key>
– CONNECT OK
– + <mesg>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^ONENETPOST=?
• If success:
– ^ONENETPOST=<post content>,<api-key>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”api.heclouds.com”,80,”/devices/23253561/datapoints?type=3”
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT^ONENETPOST=”{“temperature”:22.5,”humidity”:”95.2%”}”,”api-key:qnx1RqyuLFOfIiMXmwe243HUZeo=”
CONNECT OK
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
DateWed, 28 Feb 2018 07:09:11 GMT
Content-Typeapplication/json
Content-Length26
Connectionkeep-alive
ServerApache-Coyote/1.1
Pragmano-cache
{“errno”:0,”error”:”succ”}
OK
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Description
Parameters
<post content> Body content which needs to be posted to server, this param must be JSON format

11.28. 11.28 AT^ONENETPOST Post data to ONENET server 243

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<api-key> Masterkey of the product or api-key of this device

<mesg> Response from ONENET server

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CMHTTPSET”.

11.29 11.29 AT^ONENETREGISTER Auto regist device in ONENET

server

Command Possible response(s)

AT^ONENETREGISTER=<post
• If success:
content>
– CONNECT OK
– + <mesg>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^ONENETREGISTER=?
• If success:
– ^ONENETREGISTER=<post content>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”api.heclouds.com”,80,”/register_de?register_code=xTMaSHAzdAS0sR4b”
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT^ONENETREGISTER=”{“sn”:”2018030802”,”title”:”reg_test1”}”
CONNECT OK
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
DateThu, 08 Mar 2018 07:20:29 GMT
Content-Typeapplication/json
Content-Length95
Connectionkeep-alive
ServerApache-Coyote/1.1

244 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Pragmano-cache
{“errno”:0,”data”:{“device_id”:”25909988”,”key”:”UvUC33gPhwIuFKlbRET6ForXPLU=”},”error”:”succ”}
OK
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Description
Parameters
<post content> Body content which needs to be posted to server, this param must be JSON format
<mesg> Response from ONENET server

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CMHTTPSET”.
2. In the step AT+CMHTTPSET, xTMaSHAzdAS0sR4b is <register_code>. It is your product <register_code> in
onenet server and should be replaced by yours.

11.30 11.30 AT^ONENETGET Get data from ONENET server

Command Possible response(s)

AT^ONENETGET=<api-key>
• If success:
– CONNECT OK
– + <mesg>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^ONENETGET=?
• If success:
– ^ONENETGET=<api-key>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”api.heclouds.com”,80,”/devices/23253561/datapoints?type=3”
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT^ONENETGET=”api-key:qnx1RqyuLFOfIiMXmwe243HUZeo=”

11.30. 11.30 AT^ONENETGET Get data from ONENET server 245

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

CONNECT OK
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
DateWed, 28 Feb 2018 07:08:39 GMT
Content-Typeapplication/json
Content-Length661
Connectionkeep-alive
ServerApache-Coyote/1.1
Pragmano-cache
{“errno”:0,”data”:{“count”:8,”datastreams”:[{“datapoints”:[{“at”:”2017-12-
14 17:55:06.970”,”value”:66}],”id”:”qq”},{“datapoints”:[{“at”:”2017-12-
14 15:43:36.899”,”value”:22.5}],”id”:”1”},{“datapoints”:[{“at”:”2017-12-
14 15:43:36.901”,”value”:”95.2%”}],”id”:”2”},{“datapoints”:[{“at”:”2017-
12-14 17:10:24.000”,”value”:67}],”id”:”3”},{“datapoints”:[{“at”:”2018-01-17
10:34:14.981”,”value”:22.5}],”id”:”temperature”},{“datapoints”:[{“at”:”2018-01-
17 10:34:15.012”,”value”:”95.2%”}],”id”:”humidity”},{“datapoints”:[{“at”:”2017-
12-15 15:55:56.561”,”value”:”temp”}],”id”:”id”},{“datapoints”:[{“at”:”2017-12-15
15:55:56.564”,”value”:1}],”id”:”value”}]},”error”:”succ”}
OK
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Description
Parameters
<api-key> Masterkey of the product or api-key of this device
<mesg> Response from ONENET server

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CMHTTPSET”.

246 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.31 11.31 AT^ONENETDELETE Delete data from ONENET server

Command Possible response(s)

AT^ONENETDELETE=<api-key>
• If success:
– CONNECT OK
– + <mesg>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^ONENETDELETE=?
• If success:
– ^ONENETDELETE=<api-key>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
AT+CMHTTPSET=”api.heclouds.com”,80,”/devices/23253561/datapoints?type=3”
OK
+CMHTTPSET:”183.230.40.33”
AT^ONENETDELETE=”api-key:qnx1RqyuLFOfIiMXmwe243HUZeo=”
CONNECT OK
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
DateWed, 28 Feb 2018 07:11:17 GMT
Content-Typeapplication/json
Content-Length26
Connectionkeep-alive
ServerApache-Coyote/1.1
Pragmano-cache
{“errno”:0,”error”:”succ”}
OK
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Description
Parameters
<api-key> Masterkey of the product or api-key of this device

11.31. 11.31 AT^ONENETDELETE Delete data from ONENET server 247

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<mesg> Response from ONENET server

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CMHTTPSET”.

11.32 11.32 AT+CMHTTPINIT Initialize HTTP service

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMHTTPINIT
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CMHTTPINIT=?
• If success:
– +CMHTTPINIT
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CMHTTPINIT
OK
Description
Parameters
NULL

Note:
1. Before this command executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CGACT”.
2. AT+CMHTTPINIT should first be executed to initialize the HTTP service.

248 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.33 11.33 AT+CMHTTPTERM Terminate HTTP service

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMHTTPTERM
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CMHTTPTERM=?
• If success:
– +CMHTTPTERM
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CMHTTPTERM
OK
Description
Parameters
NULL

Note:
1. Before this command executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CMHTTPINIT”.
2. AT+CMHTTPTERM should last be executed to terminate the HTTP service.

11.34 11.34 AT+FTPOPEN Create a ftp connection

Command Possible response(s)

AT+FTPOPEN=<pdp_id>,
• If success:
<server_ip/
– OK
url:port@user:pwd>,
– +FTPOPEN: 1
<username>,
• If failed:
<password>,<mode>,
– +CME ERROR:<err>
<timeout>,<datatype>
AT+FTPOPEN?
• If success:
– +FTPOPEN: <state>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference

11.33. 11.33 AT+CMHTTPTERM Terminate HTTP service 249

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• AT+FTPOPEN=1,”183.230.40.150:36003”,”ftptest”,”wk_ftp_123”,1,30,1
• OK
• +FTPOPEN: 1
Description The command is used to read FTP state or set the FTP parameters, to create FTP connection and log in
FTP server
Parameters
<pdp_id>: The pdp id is used for FTP connection, range 1-7
<server_ip/url:port@user:pwd>: The remote site FTP ip address or URL, the max length of URL is 255B, the
default port for FTP is 21
<username> The username for FTP login
<password> The password for FTP login
<mode>: 0 : Active FTP mode, 1 : Passive FTP mode (default)
<timeout> The timeout of FTP (5-180s), 30s is default
<datatype>: 0 : Binary, 1 : Text
<state>: 0 : Close, 1 : Open

Note: 1, You cann’t use the following FTP command if the return value of FTPOPEN is not OK

11.35 11.35 AT+FTPCLOSE Logout and disconnect a FTP

Command Possible response(s)

AT+FTPCLOSE
• If success:
– OK
– +FTPQUIT: 1
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
• AT+FTPCLOSE
• OK
• +FTPQUIT: 1

250 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.36 11.36 AT+FTPSIZE Get the file data size in bytes.

Command Possible response(s)

AT+FTPSIZE=<file_path>
• If success:
– +FTPSIZE: <size>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
• AT+FTPSIZE=”test_dn.txt”
• +FTPSIZE: 10
• OK
Parameters
<file_path>: The file path in FTP server
<size>: The file data size in bytes

11.37 11.37 AT+FTPGET Download the specified file

Command Possible response(s)

AT+FTPGET=<file_path>[,
• If success:
<file_offset>,
– +FTPGET: <revLen>
<data_length>]
– <data>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
• AT+FTPGET=”test_dn.txt”
• +FTPGET: 10
• 1234567890
• OK
Parameters
<file_path>: The file path in FTP server
<file_offset>: The address of file offset , you can download file from the offset, default is the beginning of the
file.(Optional)
<data_length>: The data length to download, default is download the whole file.(Optional)
<revLen>: The data length had been received.(bytes)

11.36. 11.36 AT+FTPSIZE Get the file data size in bytes. 251
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

11.38 11.38 AT+FTPPUT Upload data to the specified FTP file

Command Possible response(s)

AT+FTPPUT=<file_path>,
• If success:
<data_length>,<EOF>
– > Waiting for input
– +FTPPUT: <sentLen> or +FTPPUT: DONE
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
• AT+FTPPUT=”test_up.txt”,10,0
• > 1234567890
• +FTPPUT: 10
• AT+FTPPUT=”test_up.txt”,10,1
• > 1234567890
• +FTPPUT: DONE
Parameters
<file_path>: The file path in FTP server
<data_length>: The data length to upload
<EOF>: End Of File, 0 means uploading is to be continue, 1 means uploading will be over
<sentLen> The length of data had been uploaded successfully

11.39 11.39 AT+FTPSTAT Get the information of FTP session state

Command Possible response(s)

AT+FTPSTAT=[<file_path>]
• If success:
– +FTPSTAT:
– <status>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
• AT+FTPSTAT=”“
• +FTPSTAT:
• 211 - FTP server status:
– Connected to 117.136.43.146
– Logged in as ftptest
– TYPE: ASCII

252 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

– No session bandwidth limit

– Session timeout in seconds is 300
– Control connection is plain text
– Data connections will be plain text
– At session startup, client count was 1
– vsFTPd 2.2.2 - secure, fast, stable
• 211 End of status
• OK
•
• AT+FTPSTAT=”test_up.txt”
• +FTPSTAT:
• 213-Status follows:
– -rw-r–r– 1 519 519 110 May 19 02:51 test_up.txt
• 213 End of status
• OK
Parameters
<file_path>: The file path in FTP server(Optional). Return the state of server if null. Return the file state if non-null.
<status>: The information of state

11.40 11.40 AT+FTPLST List the content of FTP directory

Command Possible response(s)

AT+FTPLST=<dir_path>
• If success:
– <list_info>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
• AT+FTPLST=”“
• -rw-r–r– 1 519 519 10 May 16 09:04 test_dn.txt
• -rw-r–r– 1 519 519 110 May 19 02:51 test_up.txt
• OK
•
• AT+FTPLST=”../”
• drwxr-xr-x 2 519 519 4096 May 16 09:07 ftp
• OK

11.40. 11.40 AT+FTPLST List the content of FTP directory 253

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameters
<file_path>: The file path in FTP server(Optional). Return the current directory if null.
<list_info>: The list of file information.

11.41 11.41 AT+FTPURC Used to set or get the FTP statistics report
option

Command Possible response(s)

AT+FTPURC=<urc_en>[,
• If success:
<delay>]
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

AT+FTPURC?
• If success:
– +FTPURC: <urc_en>,<delay>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
• AT+FTPURC=0
• OK
•
• AT+FTPURC?
• +FTPURC: 0,200
• OK
Parameters
<urc_en>: 0 is close the FTP statistics report, 1 is open
<delay>: Interval time of output data

11.42 11.42 Example of EDP long connection mode

1) Activate net
1. AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
2) Set module end parameters according to the registration information of the platform end
1. AT+CIOTIP=”183.230.40.39”
2. AT+CIOTPORT=876
3. AT+CIOTMKEY=”=ZF38ygYRfnPbCMvFjYOK4kj1jA=” //set Masterkey

254 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

4. AT+CIOTINIT=”TV1”,”tv1 test” //set device name and description

5. AT+CIOTID=”7377439” //set device ID
6. AT+CIOTKEY=”dH=Z8tXZVT3ODYrf0nddhDQ77HA=” //set device APIKEY
3) Set connection mode and relative parameters
Mode one :
AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA=0,”7377439”,”=ZF38ygYRfnPbCMvFjYOK4kj1jA=” //devid+mapikey
mode
Mode two :
AT+CIOTCONNECTPARA=1,”89172”,”ASDFGHJKL”//projectid +authinfo mode
4) Short connection upload small data on single time
1. AT+CIOTSEND=1,361,3,”teet1„22.5;teet2„35%;teet3„89”//encryption, response mode, response code: 361
OK
+CIOT CONNECT OK
+CIOTACK:361
+CIOTQUIT:OK
OK
2. AT+CIOTSEND=0,0,3,”teet1„22.5;teet2„35%;teet3„89”//unencryption, non response mode
OK
+CIOT CONNECT OK
+CIOTQUIT:OK
OK
5) Long connection upload small data circultary
1. AT+CIOTSTART=0 //start data transmission
OK
+CIOT CONNECT OK
2. AT+CIOTDAT=0,3,”te„22.5;hy„35%;pm„89” //upload small data in NON response mode
OK
OR
2. AT+CIOTDAT=65534,3,”te„10.5;hy„12%;pm„9” //upload small data in response mode, response code 65534
OK
+CIOTACK:65534
3. AT+CIOTQUIT//stop data transmission
+CIOTQUIT:OK
OK

11.42. 11.42 Example of EDP long connection mode 255

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note: In this process , user can continue to upload data, If want EDP connection to be maintained, AT+CIOTPING
shouled be used.Or the connection will be closed after the max connection hold time.

6) Upload binary file

1. AT+CIOTSTART=0 //non encrypted mode
2. AT+CIOTBINSET=0,”test”,3 //set the binary file, NON response mode
OK
OR
2. AT+CIOTBINSET=1,”test”,3 //set the binary file, response mode, response code 1
OK
3. AT+CIOTBINSEND=1,1a
AT+CIOTBINSEND=1,2b
AT+CIOTBINSEND=1,3c
+CIOTBINSEND: SEND OVER
+CIOTACK:1

256 Chapter 11. 11 CMIOT Commands

 CHAPTER

TWELVE

12 HTTP COMMANDS

Contents

• 12.1 HTTP COMMANDS OVERVIEW

• 12.2 AT+HTTPINIT Initialize HTTP service
• 12.3 AT+HTTPTERM Terminate HTTP service
• 12.4 AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP parameters value
• 12.5 AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP data
• 12.6 AT+HTTPSSETCRT Set HTTPS certificates
• 12.7 AT+HTTPACTION HTTP method action
• 12.8 AT+HTTPREAD Read the HTTP server response
• 12.9 AT+HTTPSTATUS Read HTTP status
• 12.10 AT+HTTPGET Get HTTP resouces
• 12.11 AT+HTTPDOWNLOAD Download files from HTTP server
• 12.12 Example for chapter2~9
• 12.13 Example for HTTPS
• 12.14 AT+INITHTTP Initialize HTTP service
• 12.15 AT+TERMHTTP Terminate HTTP service
• 12.16 AT+HTTPAUTHOR Set HTTP authority
• 12.17 AT+HTTPPOST Post data to HTTP server
• 12.18 AT+HTTPPUT Put data to files on HTTP server
• 12.19 AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP header information of server
• 12.20 AT+HTTPOPTIONS Query HTTP supported methods
• 12.21 AT+HTTPTRACE Get the requested path of HTTP server
• 12.22 AT+HTTPDELETE Delete HTTP resources

257
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

12.1 12.1 HTTP COMMANDS OVERVIEW

Description Two sets of HTTP Commands is provided in this chapter. One form chapter2~10, the Other is chap-
ter11~21. Before the AT Commands in chapter2~9 is executed, AT+HTTPINIT should be executed first.
The Commands in chapter2~9 should be used in combination, a complete example is show in chapter10. Before
the AT Commands in chapter10~20 is executed, AT+INITHTTP should be executed first. The
Commands in chapter11~21 can be used in separate, every chapter has its own example.
If need to use https,see the example in chapter 12.11 .

12.2 12.2 AT+HTTPINIT Initialize HTTP service

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPINIT
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPINIT=?
• If success:
– +HTTPINIT
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+HTTPINIT
OK
Description
Parameters
NULL

Note:
1. Before this command executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CGACT”.
2. HTTPINIT should first be executed to initialize the HTTP service.

258 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

12.3 12.3 AT+HTTPTERM Terminate HTTP service

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPTERM
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPTERM=?
• If success:
– +HTTPTERM
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+HTTPTERM
OK
Description
Parameters
NULL

Note:
1. Before this command executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+HTTPINIT”.
2. HTTPTERM should last be executed to terminate the HTTP service.

12.4 12.4 AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP parameters value

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPPARA=<HTTPParamTag>,
• If success:
<HTTPParamValue>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPPARA=?
• If success:
– +HTTPPARA=<HTTPParamTag>,
<HTTPParamValue>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference

12.3. 12.3 AT+HTTPTERM Terminate HTTP service 259

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+HTTPPARA=”CID”,”1”
OK
Description
Parameters
<HTTPParamTag> Name of HTTP parameter. parameter list:
“CID” (Mandatory Parameter) Bearer profile identifier
“URL” (Mandatory Parameter) HTTP client URL: “http://’server’/’path’:’tcpPort’”. “server”: FQDN or IP-
address, “path”: path of file or directory, “tcpPort”: default value is 80. Refer to “IETF-RFC 2616”.
“UA” The user agent string which is set by the application to identify the mobile. Usually this parameter is set
as operation system and software version information. Default value is “RDA8955”.
“PROIP” The IP address of HTTP proxy server
“PROPORT” The port of HTTP proxy server
“REDIR” This flag controls the redirection mechanism of the RDA8955 when it is acting as HTTP client
(numeric). If the server sends a redirect code (range 30x), the client will automatically send a new HTTP
request when the flag is set to (1).
“BREAK” Parameter for HTTP method “GET”, used for resuming broken transfer.
“BREAKEND” Parameter for HTTP method “GET”, used for resuming broken transfer. which is used to-
gether with “BREAK”,If the value of “BREAKEND” is bigger than “BREAK”, the transfer scope is from
“BREAK” to “BREAKEND”. If the value of “BREAKEND” is smaller than “BREAK”, the transfer scope
is from “BREAK” to the end of the file.
“TIMEOUT” If both “BREAKEND” and “BREAK” are 0, the resume broken transfer function is disabled.
HTTP session timeout value, scope: 30-1000 second.Default value is 120 seconds. HTTP Parameter value.
Type and supported content depend on related <HTTPParamTag>.
“CONTENT” Used to set the “Content-Type” field in HTTP header.
“USERDATA” User data
<HTTPParamValue> HTTP Parameter value.Type and supported content depend on related <HTTPParamTag>.

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+HTTPINIT”.
2. Not all the HTTP Server supports “BREAK” and “BREAKEND” parameters.

260 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

12.5 12.5 AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP data

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPDATA
• If success:
– >
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPDATA=?
• If success:
– +HTTPDATA
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+HTTPDATA
>
1234567
->
OK
Description
Parameters
<’>’> When receive this parameters, you can enter your data in send box and send out. When you send out your data,
you should focus your cursor in receive box and use combination key: “CTRL+Z” to finish this command.

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+HTTPINIT”

12.5. 12.5 AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP data 261

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

12.6 12.6 AT+HTTPSSETCRT Set HTTPS certificates

Command Possible response(s)

AT+ HTTPSSETCRT=
• If success:
<crtFlag>
– OK
– <response_data>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPSSETCRT=?
• If success:
– + HTTPSSETCRT= <crtFlag>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+ HTTPSSETCRT= 0
OK
Description
Parameters
<crtFlag> 0 Set CA certificate 1 Set client certificate 2 Set client private key

Note: 1.After this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+HTTPDATA” to finish set CRT.

12.7 12.7 AT+HTTPACTION HTTP method action

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPACTION=<method_code>
• If success:
– OK
– <method_code>,<status_code>,
<content_length>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPACTION=?
• If success:
– +HTTPACTION=<method_code>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference

262 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+HTTPACTION=0
OK
0,200,10
Description
Parameters
<method_code> HTTP methods. 0 GET 1 POST 2 HEAD 3 DELETE 4 DELETE(for onenet) 5 PUT(for onenet)
<status_code> HTTP Status Code responded by remote server, it identifier refer to HTTP1.1(RFC2616) 100 Continue
101 Switching Protocols
200 OK
201 Created
202 Accepted
203 Non-Authoritative Information
204 No Content
205 Reset Content
206 Partial Content
300 Multiple Choices
301 Moved Permanently
302 Found
303 See Other
304 Not Modified
305 Use Proxy
307 Temporary Redirect
400 Bad Request
401 Unauthorized
402 Payment Required
403 Forbidden
404 Not Found
405 Method Not Allowed
406 Not Acceptable
407 Proxy Authentication Required
408 Request Time-out
409 Conflict
410 Gone
411 Length Required
412 Precondition Failed
413 Request Entity Too Large

12.7. 12.7 AT+HTTPACTION HTTP method action 263

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

414 Request-URI Too Large

415 Unsupported Media Type
416 Requested range not satisfiable
417 Expectation Failed
500 Internal Server Error
501 Not Implemented
502 Bad Gateway
503 Service Unavailable
504 Gateway Time-out
505 HTTP Version not supported
600 Not HTTP PDU
601 Network Error
602 No memory
603 DNS Error
604 Stack Busy
<content_length> HTTP content_length responded by remote server.

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+HTTPPARA”
2. The <content_length> will be 0 except GET method.

12.8 12.8 AT+HTTPREAD Read the HTTP server response

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPREAD=<start_address>,
• If success:
<byte_size>
– OK
– +HTTPREAD:<data_len>,<data>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPREAD=?
• If success:
– AT+HTTPREAD=<start_address>,
<byte_size>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference

264 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+HTTPREAD=2,8
OK
+HTTPREAD:8
12345678
Description
Parameters
<start_address> The starting point for data output. 0-319488 (bytes)
<byte_size> The length for data output.1-319488 (bytes)
<data_len> The actual length for data output.
<data> Data from HTTP server or user input.

Note:
1. Read data when AT+HTTPACTION=0 or AT+HTTPDATA is executed. If<byte_size> is bigger than the data
size received, module will only Return actual data size.
2. It is strongly recommended to set enough time to input all data with the length of <byte_size>.

12.9 12.9 AT+HTTPSTATUS Read HTTP status

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPSTATUS
• If success:
– OK
– +HTTPSTATUS: <mode>,<status>,
<finish>,<remain>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPSTATUS=?
• If success:
– +HTTPSTATUS: <mode>,<status>,
<finish>,<remain>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+HTTPSTATUS
GET,1,210,0
OK
Description
Parameters

12.9. 12.9 AT+HTTPSTATUS Read HTTP status 265

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<mode> GET POST HEAD

<status> 0 idle 1 receiving 2 sending
<finish> The amount of data which have been transmitted
<remain> The amount of data remaining to be sent or received

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+HTTPACTION”

12.10 12.10 AT+HTTPGET Get HTTP resouces

Command Possible response(s)

AT+ HTTPGET
• If success:
– OK
– <response_data>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPGET=?
• If success:
– +HTTPGET
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+HTTPINIT
OK
AT+HTTPPARA=”CID”,”1”
OK
AT+HTTPPARA=”URL”,”http://111.205.140.139:1080/”
OK
AT+HTTPGET
Date
Wed, 28 Feb 2018 03:23:38 GMT
Server
Apache/2.4.25 (Win64) OpenSSL/1.0.2k
Last-Modified

266 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Thu, 20 Apr 2017 08:19:31 GMT

ETag
“df-54d94cce976c8”
Accept-Ranges
bytes
Content-Length
223
Content-Type
text/html
<html>
<head>
<title>RDA POST TEST!</title>
</head>
<body>
<form> login
<input name = “post” type = “text” maxlength = “8” size = “5” value = “typeing. . . ”>
</form>
<h1>http test. It works!</h1>
</body>
</html>
OK
AT+HTTPTERM
OK
Description
Parameters
<response_data> Response from HTTP server

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CGACT”

12.10. 12.10 AT+HTTPGET Get HTTP resouces 267

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

12.11 12.11 AT+HTTPDOWNLOAD Download files from HTTP server

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPDOWNLOAD
• If success:
– OK
– <response_data>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPDOWNLOAD
• If success:
– +HTTPDOWNLOAD
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+HTTPINIT
OK
AT+HTTPPARA=”CID”,”1”
OK
AT+HTTPPARA=”URL”,”http://111.205.140.139:1080/webdav1/put2.txt”
OK
AT+HTTPDOWNLOAD
helloworld
OK
AT+HTTPTERM
OK
Description
Parameters
<response_data> Response from HTTP server

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CGACT”

12.12 12.12 Example for chapter2~9

1) Activate net

268 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
2) Init HTTP DATA structure
AT+HTTPINIT
OK
3) Set parameters according to the app info
AT+HTTPPARA = “CID”,”1”
OK
AT+HTTPPARA = “URL”,”http://api.heclouds.com/devices/25336211/datapoints?type=5”
OK
AT+HTTPPARA=”CONTENT”,”application/json”
OK
AT+HTTPPARA=”API_KEY”,”qnx1RqyuLFOfIiMXmwe243HUZeo=”
OK
AT+HTTPDATA
>
,;temperature,2015-03-22T22:31:12,22.5;102;pm2.5,89;10
->
OK
4) executed HTTP action
AT+HTTPACTION =1
OK
1 200 26
5) Read the response data
AT+HTTPREAD = “0”,”26”
OK
+HTTPREAD: 26
{“errno”:0,”error”:”succ”}
6) Term HTTP DATA structure
AT+HTTPTERM
OK
Another HTTP ACTION in step 4
AT+HTTPACTION = 0
0 200 223
OK
After this action we can get the action status use AT+HTTPSTATUS, the HTTPSTATUS only support action 0~3

12.12. 12.12 Example for chapter2~9 269

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+HTTPSTATUS
GET 1 223 0
OK

12.13 12.13 Example for HTTPS

1) active network
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
2) set ca certificate,send by ctrl+z
AT+HTTPSSETCRT=0
>
—–BEGIN CERTIFICATE—–
MIICvTCCAiagAwIBAgIJAP60GSWlAKIAMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBCwUAMHYxCzAJBgNV BAY-
TAkNOMQswCQYDVQQIDAJUSjEQMA4GA1UEBwwHdGlhbmppbjEMMAoGA1UECgwD UkRB-
MQwwCgYDVQQLDANSREExDDAKBgNVBAMMA1JEQTEeMBwGCSqGSIb3DQEJARYP
Y2FAcmRhbWljcm8uY29tMB4XDTE4MDEwMzA5MjQzM1oXDTI4MDEwMTA5MjQzM1ow djEL-
MAkGA1UEBhMCQ04xCzAJBgNVBAgMAlRKMRAwDgYDVQQHDAd0aWFuamluMQww CgY-
DVQQKDANSREExDDAKBgNVBAsMA1JEQTEMMAoGA1UEAwwDUkRBMR4wHAYJKoZI
hvcNAQkBFg9jYUByZGFtaWNyby5jb20wgZ8wDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEBBQADgY0AMIGJ
AoGBAOAb6LrGRRSYO6ckemz597tx1tH+TSykIDUISHZYo8n50rEm6plCB8fp4rUQ
vbi8oMm5bqgKHOyGoYUJJ8yFHeNxllGaDhe4ZxyFhgVeQDBZ8vl1MYpAnliMeVGZ
dFOItdTQ6XmIKgMi5gOX++/Guwyvq3Si9L5L3kTC2luOieeVAgMBAAGjUzBRMB0G
A1UdDgQWBBSniKsXob3VbrPQzv58g9mXd57hjjAfBgNVHSMEGDAWgBSniKsXob3V br-
PQzv58g9mXd57hjjAPBgNVHRMBAf8EBTADAQH/MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBCwUAA4GB
AEDx50ZilQDhfBV6qVBmqR6iQC+uOwyORpCrGytSyAKgFzxeu01YbJkV/wkrhEJo
QMSu+GltzriVaJNhCz0vrdhZliDhIZD2gSgwOzapZeyCF4udxTbIMlRV7IOqb1XD
yCaGbj2MfmuLSlXJ3nWS3y/f7zVEPWmSj5vEhVSp0fBj
—–END CERTIFICATE—–
OK
3) set client certificate,send by ctrl+z
AT+HTTPSSETCRT=1
>
Certificate:
Data: Version: 3 (0x2) Serial Number: 18 (0x12)
Signature Algorithm: sha256WithRSAEncryption Issuer: C=CN, ST=TJ, L=tianjin, O=RDA, OU=RDA,
CN=RDA/[email protected] Validity
Not Before: Sep 15 00:00:00 2017 GMT
Not After : Sep 15 00:00:00 2018 GMT
Subject: C=CN, ST=TJ, O=RDA, OU=RDA, CN=RDA/[email protected]
Subject Public Key Info:

270 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Public Key Algorithm: rsaEncryption Public-Key: (1024 bit) Modulus:

00:ac:03:cd:98:fb:81:95:e9:7b:31:00:ed:00:24: 39:6c:e4:2b:cb:73:f6:ed:15:a8:9e:41:18:6b:2b:
74:f1:24:a7:b4:c4:2a:48:c2:90:90:0e:fc:c8:69: cd:68:55:c8:38:18:43:cd:de:f4:cd:ef:33:06:42:
47:74:12:18:5d:7e:be:c2:9c:0d:6f:b4:48:2f:10: 3e:37:3b:7e:be:0f:27:7c:c6:59:45:39:19:7c:5c:
88:76:9e:ad:47:2e:fa:55:d5:70:05:13:b5:0a:6b: 67:b9:a9:48:c1:ab:8a:fe:db:ee:fa:25:eb:15:52:
4a:2a:09:10:a7:2b:8f:0a:15
Exponent: 65537 (0x10001)
X509v3 extensions:
X509v3 Basic Constraints: CA:FALSE
Netscape Comment: OpenSSL Generated Certificate
X509v3 Subject Key Identifier: 56:1C:4A:BD:64:1A:32:EC:4B:19:8B:3B:E9:36:19:8D:27:79:6C:EB
X509v3 Authority Key Identifier: keyid:A7:88:AB:17:A1:BD:D5:6E:B3:D0:CE:FE:7C:83:D9:97:77:9E:E1:8E
Signature Algorithm: sha256WithRSAEncryption 5c:31:31:47:a7:aa:3d:87:14:97:11:2e:69:7e:66:dd:bf:87:
8d:42:3f:9e:be:c3:d7:40:aa:fb:af:c7:25:37:a5:9c:d9:ee: da:a7:a8:6d:66:44:c4:0d:71:88:3c:3d:73:ac:4a:7a:7b:10:
e9:4b:c8:fa:d6:9a:9b:7a:63:d1:93:b3:6c:e1:e3:89:58:1b: d0:3c:a9:e7:bd:56:bc:c3:86:e8:61:51:4c:fd:90:8b:31:b3:
80:0a:bc:f3:12:35:1f:ef:b0:e7:ce:77:34:d9:bc:13:30:b0: b5:fb:f6:7e:04:87:7b:5a:f8:ed:7a:00:b5:83:ae:4a:48:01:
b4:5c
—–BEGIN CERTIFICATE—–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 wp-
wNb7RILxA+Nzt+vg8nfMZZRTkZfFyIdp6tRy76VdVwBRO1CmtnualIwauK/tvu +iXr-
FVJKKgkQpyuPChUCAwEAAaN7MHkwCQYDVR0TBAIwADAsBglghkgBhvhCAQ0E
HxYdT3BlblNTTCBHZW5lcmF0ZWQgQ2VydGlmaWNhdGUwHQYDVR0OBBYEFFYcSr1k
GjLsSxmLO+k2GY0neWzrMB8GA1UdIwQYMBaAFKeIqxehvdVus9DO/nyD2Zd3nuGO
MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBCwUAA4GBAFwxMUenqj2HFJcRLml+Zt2/h41CP56+w9dAqvuv
xyU3pZzZ7tqnqG1mRMQNcYg8PXOsSnp7EOlLyPrWmpt6Y9GTs2zh44lYG9A8qee9 VrzDhuh-
hUUz9kIsxs4AKvPMSNR/vsOfOdzTZvBMwsLX79n4Eh3ta+O16ALWDrkpI AbRc
—–END CERTIFICATE—–
OK
4) set client private key,send by ctrl+z
AT+HTTPSSETCRT=2
>
—–BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY—–
MIICXQIBAAKBgQCsA82Y+4GV6XsxAO0AJDls5CvLc/btFaieQRhrK3TxJKe0xCpI
wpCQDvzIac1oVcg4GEPN3vTN7zMGQkd0Ehhdfr7CnA1vtEgvED43O36+Dyd8xllF
ORl8XIh2nq1HLvpV1XAFE7UKa2e5qUjBq4r+2+76JesVUkoqCRCnK48KFQIDAQAB AoG-
BAKUZSV5KF4iBfmH8V31JR2zCW159QUUxApRSOlOydB13ZxfTKBqJ1CLQn8Lj +ejoXLGqaHnSQvjd-
WwXo25gGPib7x+hI1cNhdz6I6hzSxvJ4on8dLpm7Jni4Hv6T GeMJklCtcR4+p6L30UyKM1/YUg61G+k34DQDSHRmraTGhuNJAkE
Fo61RmrH1/JgR8nBEn8i8ye0kSqHS2i18kIAOqOm8bisv8CHnVHujGTOR+6wRgFJ

12.13. 12.13 Example for HTTPS 271

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Nal4bqSr6wJBANBxHVRJAuBHyUgugvieocCTilUCRfsva1UtMManOxvuLfEGsH9p
A24CrPr73+sZyXmJrGrccnKr37bVLQL7of8CQH11FOPRrW8KkajdsKsTqIAGUMTw
/DZGx/OMRb/beKMAmOQ367jnDLIJkJUC+cYkLLy09IdlKMs54kb60Ckso2cCQQC4
VI+/TaHBfTo/HwKron0gtFkMvCnu7AxbEs+jnZfkJ0lxcJz8z308+BjJC50FZ5SI anuTNM-
fxKJV6NiLMFIM5AkA/5LD4+6NXK9AWYwfZTCY26FwqIxFYz/2HDcW+xzvw
Hzh5qIBqlc9XGyOP0+2uuHn+b5D7czwEVOFEHZ98AK0k
—–END RSA PRIVATE KEY—–
OK
5) get from https url
AT+INITHTTP
OK
AT+HTTPGET=”https://111.205.140.139:1443/”
Date
Thu, 01 Mar 2018 07:52:10 GMT
Server
Apache/2.4.25 (Win64) OpenSSL/1.0.2k
Last-Modified
Tue, 21 Feb 2017 01:25:24 GMT
ETag
“3a-549004119e375”
Accept-Ranges
bytes
Content-Length
58
Content-Type
text/html
<html><body><h1>https test. It works!</h1></body></html>
OK
AT+TERMHTTP
OK

272 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

12.14 12.14 AT+INITHTTP Initialize HTTP service

Command Possible response(s)

AT+INITHTTP
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+INITHTTP=?
• If success:
– +INITHTTP
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+INITHTTP
OK
Description
Parameters
NULL

Note:
1. Before this command executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CGACT”.
2. INITHTTP should first be executed to initialize the HTTP service.

12.15 12.15 AT+TERMHTTP Terminate HTTP service

Command Possible response(s)

AT+TERMHTTP
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+TERMHTTP=?
• If success:
– +TERMHTTP
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference

12.14. 12.14 AT+INITHTTP Initialize HTTP service 273

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+TERMHTTP
OK
Description
Parameters
NULL

Note:
1. Before this command executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+HTTPINIT”.
2. TERMHTTP should last be executed to terminate the HTTP service.

12.16 12.16 AT+HTTPAUTHOR Set HTTP authority

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPAUTHOR = <url>,
• If success:
<username>,<password>
– OK
– <response_data>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPAUTHOR=?
• If success:
– +HTTPAUTHOR: <url>,<username>,
<password>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+INITHTTP
OK
AT+HTTPAUTHOR=”http://111.205.140.139:1080/webdav/index.html”,”crethdom”,”123456”
OK
Date
Wed, 28 Feb 2018 03:17:27 GMT
Server
Apache/2.4.25 (Win64) OpenSSL/1.0.2k
Last-Modified
Tue, 01 Aug 2017 06:54:36 GMT

274 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

ETag
“e3-555ab9ee0f9cb”
Accept-Ranges
bytes
Content-Length
227
Content-Type
text/html
<html>
<head>
<title>RDA Author TEST!</title>
</head>
<body>
<form> login
<input name = “post” type = “text” maxlength = “8” size = “5” value = “typeing. . . ”>
</form>
<h1>Author test. It works!</h1>
</body>
</html>
AT+TERMHTTP
OK
Description
Parameters
<url> HTTP client URL: “http://’server’/’path’:’tcpPort’”. “server”: FQDN or IP-address, “path”: path of file or
directory, “tcpPort”: default value is 80. Refer to “IETF-RFC 2616”.
<username> Your username
<password> Your password
<response_data> Response from HTTP server

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CGACT”

12.16. 12.16 AT+HTTPAUTHOR Set HTTP authority 275

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

12.17 12.17 AT+HTTPPOST Post data to HTTP server

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPPOST = <url>,
• If success:
<content_type>,
– OK
<body_content>
– <response_data>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPPOST=?
• If success:
– +HTTPPOST: <url>,<content_type>,
<body_content>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+INITHTTP
OK
AT+HTTPPOST=”http://111.205.140.139:1080/”,”text/plain”,”helloworld”
Date
Wed, 28 Feb 2018 02:46:56 GMT
Server
Apache/2.4.25 (Win64) OpenSSL/1.0.2k
Last-Modified
Thu, 20 Apr 2017 08:19:31 GMT
ETag
“df-54d94cce976c8”
Accept-Ranges
bytes
Content-Length
223
Content-Type
text/html
<html>
<head>
<title>RDA POST TEST!</title>

276 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

</head>
<body>
<form> login
<input name = “post” type = “text” maxlength = “8” size = “5” value = “typeing. . . ”>
</form>
<h1>http test. It works!</h1>
</body>
</html>
Content_Type: text/plain
Content_Length: 10
helloworld
OK
AT+TERMHTTP
OK
Description
Parameters
<url> HTTP client URL: “http://’server’/’path’:’tcpPort’”. “server”: FQDN or IP-address, “path”: path of file or
directory, “tcpPort”: default value is 80. Refer to “IETF-RFC 2616”.
<content_type> type of HTTP body_content
<body_content> HTTP body_content
<response_data> Response from HTTP server

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CGACT”
2. HTTPPOST: send data to HTTP server.

12.17. 12.17 AT+HTTPPOST Post data to HTTP server 277

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

12.18 12.18 AT+HTTPPUT Put data to files on HTTP server

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPPUT=<url>,
• If success:
<content_type>,
– OK
<content_name>,
– <response_data>
<body_content>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPPUT=?
• If success:
– +HTTPPUT=<url>,<content_type>,
<content_name>,<body_content>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+INITHTTP
OK
AT+HTTPPUT=”http://111.205.140.139:1080/webdav1/”,”text/plain”,”put2.txt”,”helloworld”
success,file created
OK
AT+TERMHTTP
OK
Description
Parameters
<url> HTTP client URL: “http://’server’/’path’:’tcpPort’”. “server”: FQDN or IP-address, “path”: path of file or
directory, “tcpPort”: default value is 80. Refer to “IETF-RFC 2616”.
<content_type> type of HTTP body_content
<content_name> file name (body_content will be write in this file in server)
<body_content> HTTP body_content
<response_data> Response from HTTP server

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CGACT”
2. HTTPPUT: send data to file which on the server

278 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

12.19 12.19 AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP header information of

server

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPHEAD = <url>
• If success:
– OK
– <response_data>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPHEAD=?
• If success:
– +HTTPHEAD = <url>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+INITHTTP
OK
AT+HTTPHEAD=”http://111.205.140.139:1080/webdav/index.html”
OK
Date
Wed, 28 Feb 2018 03:21:07 GMT
Server
Apache/2.4.25 (Win64) OpenSSL/1.0.2k
WWW-Authenticate
Basic realm=”DAV-upload”
Content-Type
text/html; charset=iso-8859-1
AT+TERMHTTP
OK
Description
Parameters
<url> HTTP client URL: “http://’server’/’path’:’tcpPort’”. “server”: FQDN or IP-address, “path”: path of file or
directory, “tcpPort”: default value is 80. Refer to “IETF-RFC 2616”.
<response_data> Response from HTTP server

12.19. 12.19 AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP header information of server 279
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CGACT”

12.20 12.20 AT+HTTPOPTIONS Query HTTP supported methods

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPOPTIONS = <url>
• If success:
– OK
– <response_data>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPOPTIONS=?
• If success:
– +HTTPOPTIONS = <url>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+INITHTTP
OK
AT+HTTPOPTIONS=”http://111.205.140.139:1080/”
OK
Date
Wed, 28 Feb 2018 03:21:44 GMT
Server
Apache/2.4.25 (Win64) OpenSSL/1.0.2k
Allow
GET,HEAD,POST,OPTIONS,HEAD,HEAD,TRACE
Content-Length
0
Content-Type
text/html
AT+TERMHTTP
OK

280 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Description
Parameters
<url> HTTP client URL: “http://’server’/’path’:’tcpPort’”. “server”: FQDN or IP-address, “path”: path of file or
directory, “tcpPort”: default value is 80. Refer to “IETF-RFC 2616”.
<response_data> Response from HTTP server

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CGACT”

12.21 12.21 AT+HTTPTRACE Get the requested path of HTTP server

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPTRACE = <url>
• If success:
– OK
– <response_data>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPTRACE=?
• If success:
– +HTTPTRACE = <url>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+INITHTTP
OK
AT+HTTPTRACE=”http://111.205.140.139:1080/webdav/index.html”
OK
Date
Wed, 28 Feb 2018 03:20:33 GMT
Server
Apache/2.4.25 (Win64) OpenSSL/1.0.2k
Transfer-Encoding
chunked
Content-Type
message/http

12.21. 12.21 AT+HTTPTRACE Get the requested path of HTTP server 281
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Content-Length
95
TRACE /webdav/index.html HTTP/1.1
HOST: 111.205.140.139:1080
User-Agent: mUPnP-HTTP/3.0.2
AT+TERMHTTP
OK
Description
Parameters
<url> HTTP client URL: “http://’server’/’path’:’tcpPort’”. “server”: FQDN or IP-address, “path”: path of file or
directory, “tcpPort”: default value is 80. Refer to “IETF-RFC 2616”.
<response_data> Response from HTTP server

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CGACT”

12.22 12.22 AT+HTTPDELETE Delete HTTP resources

Command Possible response(s)

AT+HTTPDELETE = <url>
• If success:
– OK
– <response_data>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+HTTPDELETE=?
• If success:
– +HTTPDELETE = <url>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+INITHTTP
OK
AT+HTTPDELETE=”http://111.205.140.139:1080/webdav1/”,”put.txt”
success,file deleted
OK

282 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+TERMHTTP
OK
Description
Parameters
<url> HTTP client URL: “http://’server’/’path’:’tcpPort’”. “server”: FQDN or IP-address, “path”: path of file or
directory, “tcpPort”: default value is 80. Refer to “IETF-RFC 2616”.
<response_data> Response from HTTP server

Note:
1. Before this command is executed, it is necessary to process ”AT+CGACT”

12.22. 12.22 AT+HTTPDELETE Delete HTTP resources 283

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

284 Chapter 12. 12 HTTP Commands

 CHAPTER

THIRTEEN

13 ONENET MIPL COMMANDS

Contents

• 13.1 AT+MIPLCREATE Create a basic communication suite instance

• 13.2 AT+MIPLDELETE Delete a basic communication suite instance
• 13.3 AT+MIPLOPEN Register to the OneNet platform
• 13.4 AT+MIPLCLOSE Send a de-register request to the OneNet platform
• 13.5 AT+MIPLADDOBJ Add a dynamic object for communication suite instance
• 13.6 AT+MIPLDELOBJ Delete a dynamic object for communication suite instance
• 13.7 AT+MIPLNOTIFY Notify OneNet platform a value change
• 13.8 AT+MIPLREADRSP Read specific object resource value
• 13.9 AT+MIPLWRITERSP Change specific object resource value
• 13.10 AT+MIPLEXECUTERSP Perform on individual resources
• 13.11 AT+MIPLOBSERVERSP Determine whether the observation command is valid
• 13.12 AT+MIPLDISCOVERRSP Discover all attributes attached to an Object
• 13.13 AT+MIPLPARAMETERRSP Notify the result for communication suite instances
• 13.14 AT+MIPLUPDATE Update register informaton
• 13.15 AT+MIPLVER Get communication suite instances version information
• 13.16 Example of OneNet lwm2m

13.1 13.1 AT+MIPLCREATE Create a basic communication suite in-

stance

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLCREATE +MIPLCREATE:0 OK
AT+MIPLCREATE=<totalsize>, OK or +CME ERROR: <err>
<config>,<index>,
<currentsize>,<flag>
AT+MIPLCREATE=? OK
OTHER +CME ERROR: 52

285
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameters
<totalsize> Config file total length
<config> Config file
<index> Config file index
<currentsize> Current config file length
<flag> Message flag
0 Last config file
1 First config file
2 Middle config file

Note: 1.AT+MIPLCREATE is the standard command, it stores the host address and port data at code, if suite has
beed created, an error will be returned 2.AT+MIPLCREATE=<totalsize>,<config>,<index>,<currentsize>,<flag> is
the old standard at command, but we always keep it

13.2 13.2 AT+MIPLDELETE Delete a basic communication suite in-

stance

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLDELETE=<ref> If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<ref> Basic communication suite instance index

Note: 1.Ref must be a unsigned integer

13.3 13.3 AT+MIPLOPEN Register to the OneNet platform

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLOPEN=<ref>, If success it returns OK, +MIPLEVENT: 0,4,
<lifetime>[,<timeout>] +MIPLEVENT: 0,6, +MIPLDISCOVER:0,msgid,objectid,
+MIPLOBSERVE:0,msgid,1,objectid,instanceid,-1,
if error ir returns +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<ref> Basic communication suite instance index
<lifetime> Client register lifetime, the lifetime must be greater than or equal to 15s
<timeout> Timeout duration of registration, it is not set, the default value is 60, min value is 15

286 Chapter 13. 13 OneNet mipl Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

13.4 13.4 AT+MIPLCLOSE Send a de-register request to the OneNet

platform

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLCLOSE=<ref> If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
+CME ERROR: <err>

13.5 13.5 AT+MIPLADDOBJ Add a dynamic object for communica-

tion suite instance

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLADDOBJ=<ref>, If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
<objectid>, +CME ERROR: <err>
<instancecount>,
<instancebitmap>,
<attributecount>,
<actioncount>

Parameters
<ref> Basic communication suite instance index
<objectid> Object id
<objectid> Object instance id
<instancecount> Object instance count
<instancebitmap> How many instance the object need to create
<attributecount> The attrubute count of writable and readable resource
<actioncount> The attrubute count of executable resource

13.6 13.6 AT+MIPLDELOBJ Delete a dynamic object for communica-

tion suite instance

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLDELOBJ=<ref>, If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
<objectid> +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<ref> Basic communication suite instance index

13.4. 13.4 AT+MIPLCLOSE Send a de-register request to the OneNet platform 287
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

13.7 13.7 AT+MIPLNOTIFY Notify OneNet platform a value change

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLNOTIFY=<ref>, If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
<msgid>,<objectid>, +CME ERROR: <err>
<instanceid>,
<resourceid>,<valuetype>,
<len>,<value>,<index>,
<flag>[,<ackid>]

Parameters
<ref> Basic communication suite instance index
<objectid> Message id
<objectid> Object id
<instanceid> Object instance id
<resourceid> Object instance resource id
<valuetype> Resource data type
1 String
2 Opaque
3 Integer
4 Float
5 Bool
<len> Resource data length
<value> Resource data
<index> The N message combination is a complete instruction, and the index is numbered from N-1 to 0, and when
the index number is 0, the local Notify instruction is finished.
<flag> Message flag
0 Last config file
1 First config file
2 Middle config file
<ackid> MCU will report message by CON

13.8 13.8 AT+MIPLREADRSP Read specific object resource value

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLREADRSP=<ref>, If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
<msgid>,<result>, +CME ERROR: <err>
<objectid>,<instanceid>,
<resourceid>,<valuetype>,
<len>,<value>,<index>,
<flag>

288 Chapter 13. 13 OneNet mipl Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameters
<ref> Basic communication suite instance index
<result> 2.05 Content read success
11 4.00 Bad Request
12 4.01 Unauthorized
13 4.04 Not Found
14 4.05 Method Not Allowed
15 4.06 Not Acceptable
<msgid> Message id
<objectid> Message id
<instanceid> Object instance id
<resourceid> Object instance resource id
<valuetype> Resource data type
1 String
2 Opaque
3 Integer
4 Float
5 Bool
<len> Resource data length
<value> Resource data
<index> The N message combination is a complete instruction, and the index is numbered from N-1 to 0, and when
the index number is 0, the local Notify instruction is finished.
<flag> Message flag 0 Last config file
1 First config file
2 Middle config file

Note: 1.After receive the report command +MIPLREAD, it will send this AT command

13.9 13.9 AT+MIPLWRITERSP Change specific object resource value

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLWRITERSP=<ref>, If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
<msgid>,<result> +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<ref> Basic communication suite instance index
<msgid> Message id

13.9. 13.9 AT+MIPLWRITERSP Change specific object resource value 289

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<result> Write resource result

2 2.04 Changed
11 4.00 Bad Request
12 4.01 Unauthorized
13 4.04 Not Found
14 4.05 Method Not Allowed

Note: 1.After receive the report command +MIPLWRITE, it will send this AT command

13.10 13.10 AT+MIPLEXECUTERSP Perform on individual resources

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLEXECUTERSP=<ref>, If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
<msgid>,<result> +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<ref> Basic communication suite instance index
<msgid> Message id
<result> Execute resource result
0 error
1 success

Note: 1.After receive the report command +MIPLEXECUTE, it will send this AT command

13.11 13.11 AT+MIPLOBSERVERSP Determine whether the obser-

vation command is valid

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLOBSERVERSP=<ref>, If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
<msgid>,<result> +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<ref> Basic communication suite instance index
<msgid> Message id
<result> Observe resource result
0 error
1 success

290 Chapter 13. 13 OneNet mipl Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note: 1.After receive the report command +MIPLOBSERVERSP, it will send this AT command 2.The new msgid
will overwrite the old msgid

13.12 13.12 AT+MIPLDISCOVERRSP Discover all attributes attached

to an Object

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLDISCOVERRSP=<ref>, If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
<msgid>,<result>, +CME ERROR: <err>
<length>,<valuestring>

Parameters
<ref> Basic communication suite instance index
<msgid> Message id
<result> the discover result
1 2.05 Content
11 4.00 Bad Request
12 4.01 Unauthorized
13 4.04 Not Found
14 4.05 Method Not Allowed
15 4.06 Not Acceptable
<length> Valuestring length
<valuestring> Object property requirements, comma partition, for example “1101;1102;1103”

Note: 1.After receive the report command +MIPLDISCOVER, it will send this AT command 2.The count of discov-
ering resource must not be more than the actual resource count, but it can less than the actual resource count

13.13 13.13 AT+MIPLPARAMETERRSP Notify the result for commu-

nication suite instances

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLPARAMETERRSP=<ref>, If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
<msgid>,<result> +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<ref> Basic communication suite instance index
<msgid> Message id

13.12. 13.12 AT+MIPLDISCOVERRSP Discover all attributes attached to an Object 291

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<result> The operation result

0 error
1 success

Note: 1.After receive the report command +MIPLPARAMETERRSP, it will send this AT command

13.14 13.14 AT+MIPLUPDATE Update register informaton

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLUPDATE=<ref>, If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
<lifetime>, +CME ERROR: <err>
<withObjectFlag>

Parameters
<ref> Basic communication suite instance index
<lifetime> new lifetime
<withObjectFlag> Whether or not update the registered object

13.15 13.15 AT+MIPLVER Get communication suite instances ver-

sion information

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MIPLVER? +MIPLVER:VER <err>

13.16 13.16 Example of OneNet lwm2m

1) Activate net
1. AT+CGATT=1
OK
2. AT+CGDCONT=1,”IP”,”cmnet”
OK
3. AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
2) Get device IMEI and IMSI
1. at+egmr=1,7,”862391039046100” // set device IMEI, if the IMET exists, ignore this step
OK
2. at+egmr=2,7 // get device IMEI

292 Chapter 13. 13 OneNet mipl Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

+EGMR:862391039046100
OK
3. at+cimi // get device IMSI
460111175062972
OK

Note: After we get the IMEI and IMSI, we should create device in the ONENET platform with the IMEI and IMSI

3) Create a basic communication suite instance

1. AT+MIPLCREATE
+MIPLCREATE:0
OK
4) Add a dynamic object for communication suite instance
1. AT+MIPLADDOBJ=0,3303,2,”11”,6,1
OK
2. AT+MIPLADDOBJ=0,3306,1,”1”,5,0
OK
5) Register to the OneNet platform
1. AT+MIPLOPEN=0,3600,30
OK
+MIPLEVENT: 0, 0x06 // Register success
2. +MIPLDISCOVER:0,61350,3303 // Get object 3303 resource id
AT+MIPLDISCOVERRSP=0,61350,1,34,”5700;5601;5602;5603;5604;5701;5605”
OK
3. +MIPLDISCOVER:0,61351,3306
AT+MIPLDISCOVERRSP=0,61351,1,24,”5850;5851;5852;5853;5750”
OK
4. +MIPLOBSERVE:0,4937,1,3303,0,-1
AT+MIPLOBSERVERSP=0,4937,1
OK
5. +MIPLOBSERVE:0,4938,1,3306,0,-1
AT+MIPLOBSERVERSP=0,4938,1
OK

Note: +MIPLDISCOVER and +MIPLOBSERVE are report command, and after receive these commands, MCU will
send AT+MIPLDISCOVERRSP and AT+MIPLOBSERVERSP command.

6) Read resource value

13.16. 13.16 Example of OneNet lwm2m 293

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

1. +MIPLREAD:0,39279,3303,0,5700 // Read one resource

AT+MIPLREADRSP=0,39279,1,3303,0,5700,4,13,”6.92655815081”,0,0
OK
2. +MIPLREAD:0,39280,3303,0,-1,7 // Read one instance resources
AT+MIPLREADRSP=0,39280,1,3303,0,5700,4,13,”7.57421538099”,6,0
AT+MIPLREADRSP=0,39280,1,3303,0,5601,4,13,”5.67451324594”,5,0
AT+MIPLREADRSP=0,39280,1,3303,0,5602,4,13,”5.58077212636”,4,0
AT+MIPLREADRSP=0,39280,1,3303,0,5603,4,13,”6.73103056235”,3,0
AT+MIPLREADRSP=0,39280,1,3303,0,5604,4,13,”3.28244762159”,2,0
AT+MIPLREADRSP=0,39280,1,3303,0,5701,1,5,”9Y5FC”,1,0
AT+MIPLREADRSP=0,39280,1,3303,0,5605,1,5,”UXDPF”,0,0

Note: +MIPLREAD is report command, when server wants to read object all resources, it will read every instance
resources like step two, it will send different instance id

7) Write resource
1. +MIPLWRITE:0,43357,3306,0,5850,2,1,01,0,0
AT+MIPLWRITERSP=0,43357,2

Note: The value must be hex string

8) Observe resource value

1. +MIPLPARAMETER:0,41208,3303,0,5700,34,pmin=15; pmax=60; gt=0; lt=0; st=0
AT+MIPLPARAMETERRSP=0,41208,3303,0,5700,”pmin=15; pmax=60; gt=0; lt=0; st=0”,34
OK
2. +MIPLOBSERVE:0,39283,0,3303,0,5700 // one resource
AT+MIPLOBSERVERSP=0,39283,1
OK
3. +MIPLOBSERVE:0,39284,0,3303,0,-1 // instance resource
AT+MIPLOBSERVERSP=0,39284,1
OK
4. +MIPLOBSERVE:0,39285,0,3303,-1,-1 // object resource
AT+MIPLOBSERVERSP=0,39285,1
OK
9) Cancel observe
1. +MIPLOBSERVE:0,1063,0,3303,0,5700
AT+MIPLOBSERVERSP=0,1063,1
OK

294 Chapter 13. 13 OneNet mipl Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2. +MIPLOBSERVE:0,1064,0,3303,0,-1
AT+MIPLOBSERVERSP=0,1064,1
OK
3. +MIPLOBSERVE:0,1065,0,3303,-1,-1
AT+MIPLOBSERVERSP=0,1065,1
10) Notify data
1. AT+MIPLNOTIFY=0,5555,3303,0,5700,4,3,”9.8”,0,0,15
OK
+MIPLEVENT:0,0x0b,15

Note: After we change resource value, and it has a watcher, it will read the value, and report to server

11) Update register

1. AT+MIPLUPDATE=0,3600,0
+MIPLEVENT:0,0x0a
OK
12) Delete object
1. AT+MIPLDELOBJ=0,3306
OK
13) De-register
1. AT+MIPLCLOSE=0
OK
14) Delete combination suite
1. AT+MIPLDELETE=0
OK
15) Data report
1. AT+MIPLNOTIFY=0,5555,3303,0,5700,4,3,8.8,0,0,15
OK
16) BootStrap
1. AT+MIPLCREATE=”-n sda18810;da18810 -h 183.230.40.39 -b -p 5683 -4 -t 60”
0
OK
+MIPLEVENT: 0,0x01
+MIPLEVENT: 0,0x02
+MIPLEVENT: 0,0x04
+MIPLEVENT: 0,0x06

13.16. 13.16 Example of OneNet lwm2m 295

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note: other operation refer to step 1

296 Chapter 13. 13 OneNet mipl Commands

 CHAPTER

FOURTEEN

14 WIFI COMMANDS

Contents

• 14.1 AT^WOPEN Open Or Close WiFi

• 14.2 AT^WROLE Set WiFi Work Mode
• 14.3 AT^WSCAN Scan WiFi Network
• 14.4 AT^WJOIN Join AP
• 14.5 AT^WLEAV Quit AP
• 14.6 AT^WMODE Set WiFi auto open and auto join
• 14.7 AT^WMAC Check Mac Address
• 14.8 AT^WADDR Set ip address
• 14.9 AT^WSTATUS Check WiFi Status
• 14.10 AT^WSMARTCONFIG Start WiFi Smartconfig
• 14.11 AT^WSCONT Check WiFi Settings

14.1 14.1 AT^WOPEN Open Or Close WiFi

Command Possible response(s)

^WOPEN=<enable>
• If success
– OK
• If failed
– +CME ERROR <err>

^WOPEN?
• +WOPEN: <enable>
• OK

Reference:
AT^WOPEN=1
OK

297
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT^WOPEN?
+WPOWER: 1
OK
Description
Open or close wifi
Parameters
<enable> Open or close wifi

0 Open wifi
1 Close wifi

Note:
• NULL

14.2 14.2 AT^WROLE Set WiFi Work Mode

Command Possible response(s)

^WROLE=<role>
• If success
– OK
• If failed
– +CME ERROR <err>

^WROLE?
• +WROLE: <role>
• OK

^WROLE=?
• +WROLE: <role> value list
• OK

Reference:
AT^WROLE=0
OK
AT^WROLE?
+WROLE: 0
OK
AT^WROLE=?
+WROLE:
0
1

298 Chapter 14. 14 WIFI Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2
OK
Description
Set wifi work mode
Parameters
<role> Wifi work mode

0 Station Mode
1 SoftAP Mode
2 Station + SoftAP Mode

Note:
• NULL

14.3 14.3 AT^WSCAN Scan WiFi Network

Command Possible response(s)

^WSCAN=?
• OK

^WSCAN
• If success:
– +WSCAN:<count>
– <ssid>,<ecn>,<rssi>,<mac>,<channel>
– ......
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Reference:
AT^WSCAN
+WSCAN:5
RDA-Proxy,3,178,a8:9d:21:ee:03:74,1
videotest2,0,176,60:d8:19:cf:e6:7f,1
RDA-Visitor,3,177,a8:9d:21:ee:03:72,1
RDA-Employee,3,176,a8:9d:21:ee:03:73,1
RDA-zhizhen7F,3,172,a8:9d:21:ee:03:71,1
OK
AT^WSCAN=?
OK

14.3. 14.3 AT^WSCAN Scan WiFi Network 299

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Description
Scan wifi network
Parameters
<count> Available ap number
<ssid> Service set identifier
<ecn> encryption

0 open
1 wep
2 wpa_psk(trip)
3 wpa2_psk(aes)
4 wpa_wpa2_psk

<rssi> signal strength

<mac> mac address
<channel> wifi channel

Note:
• NULL

14.4 14.4 AT^WJOIN Join AP

Command Possible response(s)

^WJOIN=<ssid>,
• If success
<pwd>[,<bssid>]
– OK
• If failed
– +CME ERROR <err>

^WJOIN?
• If success
– +WJOIN: <ssid>,<bssid>,<rssi>,<channel>
– OK
• If failed
– +CME ERROR <err>

^WJOIN=?
• If success
– +WJOIN:<ssid>,<pwd>,<bssid>
– OK
• If failed
– +CME ERROR <err>

Reference:
AT^WJOIN=”RDA-Visitor”,”H1guest#RDA”

300 Chapter 14. 14 WIFI Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

OK
AT^WJOIN?
+WJOIN: RDA-Visitor,a8:9d:21:ee:03:72,185,1
OK
AT^WJOIN=?
+WJOIN: RDA-Vistor,H1guest#RDA,a8:9d:21:ee:03:72
OK
Description
Join ap
Parameters
<ssid> Service set identifier
<bssid> Ssid’s mac address
<rssi> signal strength
<channel> wifi channel

Note:
• NULL

14.5 14.5 AT^WLEAV Quit AP

Command Possible response(s)

^WLEAV
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Reference:
AT^WLEAV
OK
Description
Quit ap
Parameters

Note:
• NULL

14.5. 14.5 AT^WLEAV Quit AP 301

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

14.6 14.6 AT^WMODE Set WiFi auto open and auto join

Command Possible response(s)

^WMODE=<autoon>,
• If success:
<autojoin>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

^WMODE?
• +WMODE:<autoon>,<autojoin>
• OK

^WMODE=?
• +WMODE:<autoon>,<autojoin>
• OK

Reference:
AT^WMODE=1,1
OK
AT^WMODE?
+WMODE: 0,0
OK
AT^WMODE=?
+WMODE: 0,0
OK
Description
Set wifi auto open and auto join
Parameters
<autoon> Auto open wifi

0 disable auto open wifi

1 enable auto open wifi

<autojoin> Auto join wifi

0 disable auto join wifi

1 enable auto join wifi

Note:
• NULL

302 Chapter 14. 14 WIFI Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

14.7 14.7 AT^WMAC Check Mac Address

Command Possible response(s)

^WMAC=?
• OK

^WMAC
• +WMAC:<mac>
• OK

Reference:
AT^WMAC
+WMAC: 0050c25e1066
OK
AT^WMAC=?
OK
Description
Check mac address
Parameters
<mac> mac address

Note:
• NULL

14.7. 14.7 AT^WMAC Check Mac Address 303

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

14.8 14.8 AT^WADDR Set ip address

Command Possible response(s)

^WADDR=<ipmode>,
• If success:
<ip>[,<gateway>,
– OK
<netmask>]
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

^WADDR?
• If success:
– +WADDR:<ip>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

^WADDR
• gateway: <gateway>
• ipaddr: <ip>
• netmask: <netmask>
• dns: <dns>
• OK

^WADDR=?
• +WADDR:<ipmode>
• OK

Reference:
AT^WADDR
gateway: 10.250.192.1 ipaddr: 10.250.193.139 netmask: 255.255.254.0 dns: 202.106.0.20
OK
AT^WADDR?
+WADDR: 10.250.193.139
OK
AT^WADDR=?
+WADDR:0
OK
AT^WADDR=1,”10.250.193.149”,”10.250.192.1”,”255.255.254.0”
OK
AT^WADDR=0
OK
Description
Set ip address
Parameters

304 Chapter 14. 14 WIFI Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<ipmode> ip mode

0 automatic alloction
1 manual alloction

<ip> ip address
<gateway> gateway
<network> netmask

Note:
• NULL

14.9 14.9 AT^WSTATUS Check WiFi Status

Command Possible response(s)

^WSTATUS
• If success:
– <status>[,<ssid>,<bssid>[,<rssi>,
<channel>]]
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Reference:
AT^WSTATUS
+WSTATUS:5, RDA-Visitor,a8:9d:21:ee:03:72,184,1
OK
Description
Check wifi status
Parameters
<status> wifi current status

0 closed
1 opened
2 scanning
3 scan done
4 joining ap
5 join ap success
6 join ap fail

Note:
• NULL

14.9. 14.9 AT^WSTATUS Check WiFi Status 305

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

14.10 14.10 AT^WSMARTCONFIG Start WiFi Smartconfig

Command Possible response(s)

^WSMARTCONFIG=<mode>
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

^WSMARTCONFIG?
• +WSMARTCONFIG:<mode>
• OK

Reference:
AT^WSMARTCONFIG=1
OK
AT^WSMARTCONFIG?
+WSMARCONFIG:1
OK
Description
Start wifi smartconfig, currently we support CHEERZING only.
Parameters
<mode> smartconfig mode

1 CHEERZING
2 AirKiss
3 CHEERZING + AirKiss

Note:
• NULL

306 Chapter 14. 14 WIFI Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

14.11 14.11 AT^WSCONT Check WiFi Settings

Command Possible response(s)

^WSCONT
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

^WSCONT?
• +WSCONT:<autoon>,<autojoin>,<role>,<ipmode>[,
<ip>,<gateway>,<netmask>]
• OK

Reference:
AT^WSCONT
OK
AT^WSCONT?
+WSCONT:1,1,0,0,10.250.193.139,10.250.192.1,255.255.254.0
OK
Description
Check wifi Settings
Parameters
<autoon> see AT^WMODE command
<autojoin> see AT^WMODE command
<role> see AT^WROLE command
<ipmode> see AT^WADDR command
<ip> see AT^WADDR command
<gateway> see AT^WADDR command
<netmask> see AT^WADDR command

Note:
• NULL

14.11. 14.11 AT^WSCONT Check WiFi Settings 307

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

308 Chapter 14. 14 WIFI Commands

 CHAPTER

FIFTEEN

15 FILESYSTEM COMMANDS

Contents

• 15.1 AT+FSDWNFILE Write File

• 15.2 AT+FSLSTFILE List Files Information
• 15.3 AT+FSRDFILE Read File
• 15.4 AT+FSRDBLOCK Partial Read File
• 15.5 AT+FSDELFILE Delete File

15.1 15.1 AT+FSDWNFILE Write File

Command Possible response(s)

+FSDWNFILE=<filename>, OK
<size>[,<tag>] > text
+FSDWNFILE=? +FSDWNFILE: filename,size[,tag]

Example:

AT+FSDWNFILE="test",10

> 1234567890

OK

Description
Stores(writes) a file into the file system. The stream of bytes can be entered after the > prompt has been provided to
the user. The file transfer is terminated exactly when <size> bytes have been sent entered and either “OK” final result
code or an error result code is returned. The feed process cannot be interrupted i.e. the command mode is re-entered
once the user has provided the declared the number of bytes.
In implementation, <size> is limited to AT_CMD_LINE_BUFF_LEN (5KB by default). When <size> is larger than
AT_CMD_LINE_BUFF_LEN, it will return error.
Parameters
<filename> File’s name
<size> File size expressed in bytes, must larger than zero, and smaller than AT_CMD_LINE_BUFF_LEN.

309
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<tag> Option parameter that specifies the application file type

<text> Stream of bytes

15.2 15.2 AT+FSLSTFILE List Files Information

Command Possible response(s)

List files stored on file system: +FSLSTFILE:[<filename1>[,<filename2>[...[,
+FSLSTFILE=[0[,<tag>]] <filenameN>]]]] OK
Remaining file system free space in bytes: +FSLSTFILE:<free_fs_space> OK
+FSLSTFILE=1[,<tag>]
Size of specified file: +FSLSTFILE:<file_size> OK
+FSLSTFILE=2,<filename>[,
<tag>]
+FSLSTFILE=? +FSLSTFILE: [(0,1,2)[,param1[,param2]]

Example:

AT+FSLSTFILE=0

+FSLSTFILE: AT_CFG_TCPIP.BIN,AT_CFG_0.BIN,AT_CFG_AUTOSAVE.BIN,sms_dm_nv.bin,cfw_nv.bin

OK

AT+FSLSTFILE=1

+FSLSTFILE:353408

OK

AT+FSLSTFILE=2,"cfw_nv.bin"

+FSLSTFILE: 2468

OK

Description
Retrieves some information about the file system. Depending on the specified <op_code>, it can print:
• List of files stored into the file system
• Remaining free file system space expressed in bytes
• Size of the specified file expressed in bytes
Parameters
<op_code> Option code

0 lists the files belonging to <tag> file type

1 gets the free space for the specific <tag> file type
2 gets the file size expressed in bytes,belonging to <tag> type(if specified)

310 Chapter 15. 15 Filesystem Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<tag> Specifies the application file type

<filename(1~N)> File name
<free_fs_space> Available free space on FS in bytes
<file_size> Size of the file specified with the <filename> parameter

15.3 15.3 AT+FSRDFILE Read File

Command Possible response(s)

+FSRDFILE=<filename>[,<tag>] +FSRDFILE:<filename>,<size>,<data> OK
+FSRDFILE=? +FSRDFILE: filename[,tag]

Example:

AT+FSRDFILE="test"

+FSRDFILE: test,10,1234567890

OK

AT+FSRDFILE="test2"

+FSRDFILE: test2,100000,

OK

Description
Retrieves a file from the file system. When the file size is larger than AT_CMD_LINE_BUFF_LEN, only the file name
and size will be output, and the file data will be ignored.
Parameters
<tag> Specifies the application file type
<filename> File name
<data> File content
<size> File size, in bytes

15.4 15.4 AT+FSRDBLOCK Partial Read File

Command Possible response(s)

+FSRDBLOCK=<filename>, +FSRDBLOCK:<filename>,<size>,<data> OK
<offset>,<size>[,<tag>]
+FSRDBLOCK=? +FSRDBLOCK: filename,offset,size[,tag]

Example:

15.3. 15.3 AT+FSRDFILE Read File 311

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+FSRDBLOCK="test",5,5

+FSRDBLOCK: test,5,67890

OK

Description
Retrieves a file from the file system. this command allows the user to read only a portion of the file. <size> should be
larger than zero, and smaller than AT_CMD_LINE_BUFF_LEN.
When <offset> is larger than or equal to file size, it will return error.
The returned <size> is the real data size. It may less than the <size> in parameter.
Parameters
<filename> File name
<offset> Offset in bytes from the beginning of the file
<size> Number of bytes to be read starting from the <offset>
<data> Content of the file read
<tag> Specifies the application file type

15.5 15.5 AT+FSDELFILE Delete File

Command Possible response(s)

+FSRDELFILE=<filename>[, OK
<tag>]
+FSRDELFILE=? +FSRDELFILE: filename[,tag]

Example:

AT+FSDELFILE="test"

OK

Description
Deletes a stored file from the file system.
Parameters
<filename> File name
<tag> Specifies the application file type

312 Chapter 15. 15 Filesystem Commands

 CHAPTER

SIXTEEN

16 FTP COMMANDS

Contents

• 16.1 AT^FTPOPEN Open ftp connect

• 16.2 AT^FTPCLOSE Close ftp connect
• 16.3 AT^FTPGETSET Set GET Params
• 16.4 AT^FTPGET Get file
• 16.5 AT^FTPPUTSET Set PUT Params
• 16.6 AT^FTPPUT Put file
• 16.7 AT^FTPSIZE Get file size
• 16.8 AT^FTPSSETCERT Set FTPS certificates
• 16.9 AT^FTPSOPEN Open ftps connect
• 16.10 AT^FTPSCLOSE Close ftps connect
• 16.11 AT^FTPSGETSET Set GET Params
• 16.12 AT^FTPSGET Get file
• 16.13 AT^FTPSPUTSET Set PUT Params
• 16.14 AT^FTPSPUT Put file
• 16.15 AT^FTPSSIZE Get file size

313
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

16.1 16.1 AT^FTPOPEN Open ftp connect

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPOPEN=<url>,
• If success:
<username>,<password>,
– OK
<mode>,<tout>,<type>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^FTPOPEN?
• Get the opened status, If had opened:
– ^FTPOPEN:1
• Get the opened status, If not opened yet:
– ^FTPOPEN:0

AT^FTPOPEN=?
• If success:
– ^FTPOPEN:<url>,<username>,<password>,
<mode>,<tout>,<type>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<url> <string> Server address (ex. “192.168.1.101:21”).
<username> <string> The username for FTP authentication.
<password> <string> The password for FTP authentication.
<mode> <int> 0 Active FTP mode, 1 Passive FTP mode
<tout> <int> 5~180(s) The device will logout in background when no FTP operation during the “tout”.
<type> <int> 1 for FTP Binary sessions, 0 for ascii session.
Reference
• AT^FTPOPEN=”192.168.1.101:21”,”username”,”passwd”,0,180,0
• OK
•
• AT^FTPOPEN?
• ^FTPOPEN:1
• OK
•
• AT^FTPOPEN=?
• ^FTPOPEN:<url>,<username>,<password>,<mode>,<tout>,<type>
• OK

Note:

314 Chapter 16. 16 Ftp Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

1. The commands executed before, must connect to net with “GPRS” or “WIFI”

16.2 16.2 AT^FTPCLOSE Close ftp connect

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPCLOSE
• If success:
– OK
– “^URCFTP:0”
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
NULL
Reference
• AT^FTPCLOSE
• OK
• ^URCFTP:0

Note: NULL

16.2. 16.2 AT^FTPCLOSE Close ftp connect 315

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

16.3 16.3 AT^FTPGETSET Set GET Params

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPGETSET=<filename>,
• If success:
[offset, [size]]
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^FTPGETSET?
• If success:
– ^FTPGETSET:<filename>, <offset>,
<size>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^FTPGETSET=?
• If success:
– ^FTPGETSET:<filename>, [offset,
[size]]
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<filepath> <string> The file with full path in FTP server.
<offset> <int> Download offset from the file, if this parameter is empty, download from file begin (optional).
<size> <int> Download length from the file <offset> or begin. if this parameter is empty, download file from <offset>
or begin to end (optional).
Reference
• AT^FTPGETSET=”/file.1M”,1024,256
• OK
•
• AT^FTPGETSET?
• ^FTPGETSET:”/file.1M”,1024,256
• OK
•
• AT^FTPGETSET=?
• ^FTPGETSET:<filename>, [offset, [size]]
• OK

Note:
• 1. If run the command AT^FTPGETSET with 1 parameter, then the parameter must be <filepath> value.

316 Chapter 16. 16 Ftp Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• 2. If run the command AT^FTPGETSET with 2 parameters, then the parameter must be <filepath> and <off-
set> value.
• 3. You cannot use the command such as AT^FTPGETSET=”/file.1M”„256 to skip the sec-
ond parameter. Instead of you can run the command AT^FTPGETSET with 3 parameters
AT^FTPGETSET=”/file.1M”,0,256.

16.4 16.4 AT^FTPGET Get file

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPGET=<mode>[,
• If success, when "mode = 1":
reqlength]
– OK
– ^FTPGET:1,1
– ^FTPGET=2,reqlength
– ... //output data
– ^FTPGET=2,0
• If success, when "mode = 2 & reqlength = 0":

– OK
– ^FTPGET=2,0
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<mode>: <int>
• 1: if mode is 1, reqlength is unused, to start the transfer
• 2: if mode is 2, reqlength must be 0, to stop the transfer
<reqlength>: <int> when mode is 2, requlength is 0, stop the transfers
Reference
• AT^FTPGET=1
• OK
• ^FTPGET:1,1
• ^FTPGET=2,1440
• . . . //output data
• ^FTPGET=2,1440
• . . . //output data
• ^FTPGET=2,1440
• . . . //output data
• ^FTPGET=2,0 // finish
•
• AT^FTPGET=2,0

16.4. 16.4 AT^FTPGET Get file 317

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• OK
• ^FTPGET=2,0 // finish

Note:
• 1. The info “^FTPGET=2,1440” means received the 1440 bytes data from server.
• 2. The command “AT^FTPGET=2,0” must be run when data is received now. If the transfers is over, running
this command will return fails.

16.5 16.5 AT^FTPPUTSET Set PUT Params

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPPUTSET=<filename>
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^FTPPUTSET?
• If success:
– ^FTPPUTSET:<filename>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^FTPPUTSET=?
• If success:
– ^FTPPUTSET:<filename>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<filename> : <string> The file name with full path will stored in FTP server.
Reference
• AT^FTPPUTSET=”/put.txt”
• OK
•
• AT^FTPPUTSET?
• ^FTPPUTSET:”/put.txt”
• OK
•
• AT^FTPPUTSET=?
• ^FTPPUTSET:<filename>

318 Chapter 16. 16 Ftp Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• OK

Note: NULL

16.6 16.6 AT^FTPPUT Put file

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPPUT= :<mode>[,
• If success, when "mode = 1":
<reqlength>]
– OK
– ^FTPPUT:1,3072
• If success, when "mode = 2 & reqlength != 0":

– ... //input data

– OK
• If success, when "mode = 2 & reqlength = 0":

– OK
– ^FTPPUT:2,0
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^FTPPUT=?
• If success:
– ^FTPPUT: mode[,<reqlength>]
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<mode>: <int>
• 1: start trans file
• 2: transfer data.
<reqlength>: <int> Request length of data bytes to be transmitted, if reqlength is 0, stop transfer.
Reference
• AT^FTPPUT=1 //start transfer
• OK
• ^FTPPUT:1,3072
•
• AT^FTPPUT=2,10
• . . . // input data, size is 10
• OK
•

16.6. 16.6 AT^FTPPUT Put file 319

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• AT^FTPPUT=2,0
• OK
• ^FTPPUT:2,0 //transfer finish confirm
•
• AT^FTPPUT=?
• ^FTPPUT: mode[,<reqlength>]
• OK

Note:
• 1. The command “AT^FTPPUT=2,10” means there are 10 bytes data will upload to server.
• 2. When “AT^FTPPUT=2,10” running successfully, user can’t input bytes data more than 10.
• 3. The command “AT^FTPPUT=2,0” must be run when data is transmitted now. If the transfers is over,
running this command will return fails.

16.7 16.7 AT^FTPSIZE Get file size

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPSIZE=<filename>
• If success:
– ^FTPSIZE:xxx
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<filename>: <string> The file name with full path which stored in FTP server.
Reference
• AT^FTPSIZE=”size.txt”
• ^FTPSIZE:xxx
• OK

Note: NULL

320 Chapter 16. 16 Ftp Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

16.8 16.8 AT^FTPSSETCERT Set FTPS certificates

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPSSETCERT=<crtFlag>
• If success:
– >
– ... //input data
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^FTPSSETCERT?
• If success:
– ... //output data
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

AT^FTPSSETCERT=?
• If success:
– ^FTPSSETCERT=<crtFlag>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Parameters
<crtFlag>
• 0 Set CA certificate
• 1 Set client certificate
• 2 Set client private key
Reference
• AT^FTPSSETCERT=0
• >
• 123 // input data, enter “Ctrl+Z” to finish
• OK
•
• AT^FTPSSETCERT?
• 123 // output data
• OK
•
• AT^FTPSSETCERT=?
• ^FTPSSETCERT=<crtFlag>
• OK

16.8. 16.8 AT^FTPSSETCERT Set FTPS certificates 321

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note:
1. Before run the command of “AT^FTPSSETCERT?”, you should run “AT^FTPSSETCERT=<crtFlag>” firstly
2. When you run the command of “AT^FTPSSETCERT=<crtFlag>”, you can enter “Ctrl+Z” to finish or “ESC” to
exit

16.9 16.9 AT^FTPSOPEN Open ftps connect

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPSOPEN=<url>,
• If success:
<username>,<password>,
– OK
<mode>,<tout>,<type>
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^FTPSOPEN?
• Get the opened status, If had opened:
– ^FTPOPEN:1
• Get the opened status, If not opened yet:
– ^FTPOPEN:0

AT^FTPSOPEN=?
• If success:
– ^FTPOPEN:<url>,<username>,<password>,
<mode>,<tout>,<type>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<url> <string> Server address (ex. “192.168.1.101:21”).
<username> <string> The username for FTPS authentication.
<password> <string> The password for FTPS authentication.
<mode> <int>
• 0 : Active FTPS mode, without data encrypted.
• 1 : Passive FTPS mode, without data encrypted.
• 2 : Active FTPS mode, with data encrypted.
• 3 : Passive FTPS mode, with data encrypted.
<tout> <int> 5~180(s) The device will logout in background when no FTPS operation during the “tout”.
<type> <int> 1 for FTPS Binary sessions, 0 for ascii session.
Reference
• AT^FTPSOPEN=”192.168.1.101:21”,”username”,”passwd”,0,180,0
• OK

322 Chapter 16. 16 Ftp Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

•
• AT^FTPSOPEN?
• ^FTPOPEN:1
• OK
•
• AT^FTPSOPEN=?
• ^FTPOPEN:<url>,<username>,<password>,<mode>,<tout>,<type>
• OK

Note:
1. The commands executed before, must connect to net with “GPRS” or “WIFI”
2. The commands executed before, must set the server ca certificate by run the “AT^FTPSSETCERT=0”

16.10 16.10 AT^FTPSCLOSE Close ftps connect

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPSCLOSE
• If success:
– OK
– “^URCFTP:0”
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
NULL
Reference
• AT^FTPSCLOSE
• OK
• ^URCFTP:0

Note: NULL

16.10. 16.10 AT^FTPSCLOSE Close ftps connect 323

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

16.11 16.11 AT^FTPSGETSET Set GET Params

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPSGETSET=<filename>,
• If success:
[offset, [size]]
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^FTPSGETSET?
• If success:
– ^FTPGETSET:<filename>, <offset>,
<size>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^FTPSGETSET=?
• If success:
– ^FTPGETSET:<filename>, [offset,
[size]]
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<filepath> <string> The file with full path in FTPS server.
<offset> <int> Download offset from the file, if this parameter is empty, download from file begin (optional).
<size> <int> Download length from the file <offset> or begin. if this parameter is empty, download file from <offset>
or begin to end (optional).
Reference
• AT^FTPSGETSET=”/file.1M”,1024,256
• OK
•
• AT^FTPSGETSET?
• ^FTPGETSET:”/file.1M”,1024,256
• OK
•
• AT^FTPSGETSET=?
• ^FTPGETSET:<filename>, [offset, [size]]
• OK

Note:
• 1. If run the command AT^FTPSGETSET with 1 parameter, then the parameter must be <filepath> value.

324 Chapter 16. 16 Ftp Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• 2. If run the command AT^FTPSGETSET with 2 parameters, then the parameter must be <filepath> and
<offset> value.
• 3. You cannot use the command such as AT^FTPSGETSET=”/file.1M”„256 to skip the sec-
ond parameter. Instead of you can run the command AT^FTPSGETSET with 3 parameters
AT^FTPSGETSET=”/file.1M”,0,256.

16.12 16.12 AT^FTPSGET Get file

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPSGET=<mode>[,
• If success, when "mode = 1":
reqlength]
– OK
– ^FTPGET:1,1
– ^FTPGET=2,reqlength
– ... //output data
– ^FTPGET=2,0
• If success, when "mode = 2 & reqlength = 0":

– OK
– ^FTPGET=2,0
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<mode>: <int>
• 1: if mode is 1, reqlength is unused, to start the transfer
• 2: if mode is 2, reqlength must be 0, to stop the transfer
<reqlength>: <int> when mode is 2, requlength is 0, stop the transfers
Reference
• AT^FTPSGET=1
• OK
• ^FTPGET:1,1
• ^FTPGET=2,1440
• . . . //output data
• ^FTPGET=2,1440
• . . . //output data
• ^FTPGET=2,1440
• . . . //output data
• ^FTPGET=2,0 // finish
•
• AT^FTPSGET=2,0

16.12. 16.12 AT^FTPSGET Get file 325

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• OK
• ^FTPGET=2,0 // finish

Note:
• 1. The info “^FTPGET=2,1440” means received the 1440 bytes data from server.
• 2. The command “AT^FTPSGET=2,0” must be run when data is received now. If the transfers is over, running
this command will return fails.

16.13 16.13 AT^FTPSPUTSET Set PUT Params

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPSPUTSET=<filename>
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^FTPSPUTSET?
• If success:
– ^FTPPUTSET:<filename>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^FTPSPUTSET=?
• If success:
– ^FTPPUTSET:<filename>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<filename> : <string> The file name with full path will stored in FTPS server.
Reference
• AT^FTPSPUTSET=”/put.txt”
• OK
•
• AT^FTPSPUTSET?
• ^FTPPUTSET:”/put.txt”
• OK
•
• AT^FTPSPUTSET=?
• ^FTPPUTSET:<filename>

326 Chapter 16. 16 Ftp Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• OK

Note: NULL

16.14 16.14 AT^FTPSPUT Put file

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPSPUT= :<mode>[,
• If success, when "mode = 1":
<reqlength>]
– OK
– ^FTPPUT:1,3072
• If success, when "mode = 2 & reqlength != 0":

– ... //input data

– OK
• If success, when "mode = 2 & reqlength = 0":

– OK
– ^FTPPUT:2,0
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

AT^FTPSPUT=?
• If success:
– ^FTPPUT: mode[,<reqlength>]
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<mode>: <int>
• 1: start trans file
• 2: transfer data.
<reqlength>: <int> Request length of data bytes to be transmitted, if reqlength is 0, stop transfer.
Reference
• AT^FTPSPUT=1 //start transfer
• OK
• ^FTPPUT:1,3072
•
• AT^FTPSPUT=2,10
• . . . // input data, size is 10
• OK
•

16.14. 16.14 AT^FTPSPUT Put file 327

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• AT^FTPSPUT=2,0
• OK
• ^FTPPUT:2,0 //transfer finish confirm
•
• AT^FTPSPUT=?
• ^FTPPUT: mode[,<reqlength>]
• OK

Note:
• 1. The command “AT^FTPSPUT=2,10” means there are 10 bytes data will upload to server.
• 2. When “AT^FTPSPUT=2,10” running successfully, user can’t input bytes data more than 10.
• 3. The command “AT^FTPSPUT=2,0” must be run when data is transmitted now. If the transfers is over,
running this command will return fails.

16.15 16.15 AT^FTPSSIZE Get file size

Command Possible response(s)

AT^FTPSSIZE=<filename>
• If success:
– OK
– ^FTPSIZE:xxx
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<filename>: <string> The file name with full path which stored in FTPS server.
Reference
• AT^FTPSSIZE=”size.txt”
• OK
• ^FTPSIZE:xxx

Note: NULL

328 Chapter 16. 16 Ftp Commands

 CHAPTER

SEVENTEEN

17 NB-IOT COMMANDS

Contents

• 17.1 Common Commands

– 17.1.1 AT+CGMI Manufacturer identification
– 17.1.2 AT+CGMM Model recognition
– 17.1.3 AT+CGMR Version identification
– 17.1.4 AT+CGSN Product serial number identification
– 17.1.5 AT+CIMI International mobile user identity
• 17.2 Network service related commands
– 17.2.1 AT+COPS PLMN select
– 17.2.2 AT+CPSMS PSM settings
– 17.2.3 AT+CEDRXS eDRX settings
– 17.2.4 AT+CEDRXRDP eDRX dynamic parameter reads
• 17.3 Terminal status and control commands
– 17.3.1 AT+CFUN Set phone features
– 17.3.2 AT+CSQ Signal quality
– 17.3.3 AT+CCLK Clock
– 17.3.4 AT+CLAC lists all available at commands
– 17.3.5 AT+CTZR Time zone report
– 17.3.6 AT+CMEE Report MT error
– 17.3.7 AT+CEER Extended error reporting
• 17.4 Group Fields Command
– 17.4.1 AT+CGDCONT PDP context definition
– 17.4.2 AT+CGATT PS attach or deattach
– 17.4.3 AT+CGACT PDP context activation and activation
– 17.4.4 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address
– 17.4.5 AT+CEREG EPS network registration status

329
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

– 17.4.6 AT+CSCON Signaling connection status

– 17.4.7 AT+CSODCP Send initial data through the control surface
– 17.4.8 AT+CRTDCP Escalate the finalization data through the control surface
• 17.5 Text mode commands
– 17.5.1 AT+CSMS Select message service
– 17.5.2 AT+CNMA ME/TA new message acknowledgement for
– 17.5.3 AT+CSCA Service center address
– 17.5.4 AT+CMGS Send message
– 17.5.5 AT+CMGC Send command
• 17.6 Test Command
– 17.6.1 AT+TRB (optional) Restart
– 17.6.2 AT+TUESTATS (optional) Query UE status
– 17.6.3 AT+TSOCR Create socket
– 17.6.4 AT+TSOST Send data
– 17.6.5 AT+TSORF UDP receive message
– 17.6.6 AT+TSOCL Close socket
– 17.6.7 AT+TPING Test IP network connection to remote host
• 17.7 AT+NIPDATA send nonIP data
• 17.8 AT+NVSETRRCRLSTIMER10 set RRC connection release waiting time
• 17.9 AT+CSODCP Sending of originating data via the control plane
• 17.10 AT+CRTDCP Reporting of terminating data via the control plane
• 17.11 AT+CGAPNRC APN rate control
• 17.12 AT+CRCES Reading Coverage Enhancement Status
• 17.13 AT+NVSETPM PM1/3 set PM1/3
• 17.14 AT+IPFLT set packet filtering mode
• 17.15 AT+NVSWITCHBS Scan Band
• 17.16 AT+NVSETSCMODE Set scrambling code state
• 17.17 AT+CFGCIOT CIOT feature configuration
• 17.18 AT+CCIOTOP Parameters configure
• 17.19 AT+CFGEDRX EDRX features configure
• 17.20 AT+NVCFGARFCN Set a prior frequency
• 17.21 AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ lock frequency
• 17.22 AT+CNVCFGARFCN Set a prior frequency
• 17.23 AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ lock frequency
• 17.24 AT+NVSETBAND Set band

330 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

17.1 17.1 Common Commands

17.1.1 17.1.1 AT+CGMI Manufacturer identification

17.1.2 17.1.2 AT+CGMM Model recognition

17.1.3 17.1.3 AT+CGMR Version identification

17.1.4 17.1.4 AT+CGSN Product serial number identification

Description
Execution command causes the TA to return IMEI (International Mobile station Equipment Identity num-
ber) and related information to identify the MT that the TE is connected to. Refer subclause 9.2 for
possible <err> values. Test command returns values supported as a compound value. For a TA which
does not support <snt>, only OK is returned.

Command Possible response

AT+CGSN[=<snt>] +CGSN: <sn> /<imei>
AT+CGSN=? +CGSN: (list of supported <snt>s)

Parameter
<snt>:
integer type indicating the serial number type that has been requested. * 0 returns <sn> * 1 returns the
IMEI (International Mobile station Equipment Identity)
<sn>:
one or more lines of information text determined by the MT manufacturer. Typically, the text will consist
of a single line containing the IMEI number of the MT, but manufacturers may choose to provide more
information if desired. The total number of characters, including line terminators, in the information text
shall not exceed 2048 characters. Text shall not contain the sequence 0<CR> or OK<CR>
<imei>:
string type in decimal format indicating the IMEI; refer 3GPP TS 23.003 [7], subclause 6.2.1. IMEI is
composed of Type Allocation Code (TAC) (8 digits), Serial Number (SNR) (6 digits) and the Check Digit
(CD) (1 digit). Character set used in <imei> is as specified by command Select TE Character Set +CSCS.

17.1.5 17.1.5 AT+CIMI International mobile user identity

17.2 17.2 Network service related commands

17.2.1 17.2.1 AT+COPS PLMN select

17.2.2 17.2.2 AT+CPSMS PSM settings

Description

17.1. 17.1 Common Commands 331

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

The set command controls the setting of the UEs power saving mode (PSM) parameters. The command
controls whether the UE wants to apply PSM or not, as well as the requested extended periodic RAU value and
the requested GPRS READY timer value in GERAN/UTRAN, the requested extended periodic TAU value in
E-UTRAN and the requested Active Time value. See the unsolicited result codes provided by commands
+CGREG for the Active Time value, the extended periodic RAU value and the GPRS READY timer value that
are allocated to the UE by the network in GERAN/UTRAN and +CEREG for the Active Time value and the
extended periodic TAU value that are allocated to the UE by the network in E-UTRAN.
A special form of the command can be given as +CPSMS= (with all parameters omitted). In this form, the
parameter <mode> will be set to 0, the use of PSM will be disabled and data for all parameters in command
+CPSMS will be removed or, if available, set to the manufacturer specific default values.
Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.
The read command returns the current parameter values.
The test command returns the supported <mode>s and the value ranges for the requested extended periodic
RAU value and the requested GPRS READY timer value in GERAN/UTRAN, the requested extended periodic
TAU value in E-UTRAN and the requested Active Time value as compound values.
Syntax

332 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +CPSMS: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of

AT+CPSMS =? supported <Requested_Periodic-RAU>s),(list of
supported
<Requested_GPRS-READY-timer>s),(list of
supported <Requested_Periodic-TAU>s),(list of
supported <Requested_Active-Time>s)
OK

Fail:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Read Command +CPSMS: <mode>,[<Requested_Periodic-

AT+CPSMS? RAU>],[<Requested_GPRS-READY-
timer>],[<Requested_Periodic-
TAU>],[<Requested_Active-Time>]
OK

Fail:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Set Command OK
AT+ CPSMS =[<mode>[,<Requested_Periodic-
RAU>[,<Requested_GPRS-READY- Fail:
timer>[,<Requested_Periodic- +CME ERROR: <err>
TAU>[,<Requested_Active-Time>]]]]]

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

17.2. 17.2 Network service related commands 333

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<mode>:integer type. Indication to disable or enable the use of PSM in the UE.
0 Disable the use of PSM
1 Enable the use of PSM
2 Disable the use of PSM and discard all parameters for PSM or,if available,reset to the manufacturer
specific default valueDisable the use of PSM and discard all parameters for PSM or,if available,reset
to the manufacturer specific default values.

<Requested_Periodic-RAU>:
string type; one byte in an 8 bit format. Requested extended periodic RAU value (T3312) to be
allocated to the UE in GERAN/UTRAN. The requested extended periodic RAU value is coded as one
byte (octet 3) of the GPRS Timer 3 information element coded as bit format (e.g. “01000111” equals
70 hours). For the coding and the value range, see the GPRS Timer 3 IE in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] Table
10.5.163a/3GPP TS 24.008. See also 3GPP TS 23.682 [149] and 3GPP TS 23.060 [47]. The default
value, if available, is manufacturer specific

<Requested_GPRS-READY-timer>:
string type; one byte in an 8 bit format. Requested GPRS READY timer value (T3314) to be
allocated to the UE in GERAN/UTRAN. The requested GPRS READY timer value is coded as one
byte (octet 2) of the GPRS Timer information element coded as bit format (e.g. “01000011” equals 3
decihours or 18 minutes). For the coding and the value range, see the GPRS Timer IE in 3GPP TS
24.008 [8] Table 10.5.172/3GPP TS 24.008. See also 3GPP TS 23.060 [47]. The default value, if
available, is manufacturer specific.

<Requested_Periodic-TAU>:
string type; one byte in an 8 bit format. Requested extended periodic TAU value (T3412) to be
allocated to the UE in E-UTRAN. The requested extended periodic TAU value is coded as one byte
(octet 3) of the GPRS Timer 3 information element coded as bit format (e.g. “01000111” equals 70
hours). For the coding and the value range, see the GPRS Timer 3 IE in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] Table
10.5.163a/3GPP TS 24.008. See also 3GPP TS 23.682 [149] and 3GPP TS 23.401 [82]. The default
value, if available, is manufacturer specific.

<Requested_Active-Time>:
string type; one byte in an 8 bit format. Requested Active Time value (T3324) to be allocated to the
UE. The requested Active Time value is coded as one byte (octet 3) of the GPRS Timer 2 information
element coded as bit format (e.g. “00100100” equals 4 minutes). For the coding and the value range,
see the GPRS Timer 2 IE in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] Table 10.5.163/3GPP TS 24.008. See also 3GPP TS
23.682 [149], 3GPP TS 23.060 [47] and 3GPP TS 23.401 [82]. The default value, if available, is
manufacturer specific.

334 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Remark
None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CPSMS =?

AT+CPSMS? + CPSMS: enbale=[0-2],

periodicRAU=”8bitStringofByte eg.
01000111”,periodicTAU=” 8bitStringofByte eg.
01000111”,GPRSReadyTimer=”8bitStringofByte
eg. 01000111”,activeTimer=”8bitStringofByte eg.
01000111”
OK

AT+ CPSMS

17.2.3 17.2.3 AT+CEDRXS eDRX settings

Description
The set command controls the setting of the UEs eDRX parameters. The command controls whether the UE
wants to apply eDRX or not, as well as the requested eDRX value for each specified type of access technology.
The set command also controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CEDRXP:
<AcT-type>[,<Requested_eDRX_value>[,<NW-provided_eDRX_value>[,<Paging_time_window>]]] when
<n>=2 and there is a change in the eDRX parameters provided by the network.
A special form of the command can be given as +CEDRXS=3. In this form, eDRX will be disabled and data
for all parameters in the command +CEDRXS will be removed or, if available, set to the manufacturer specific
default values.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined value of <AcT-type>.The test command returns
the supported <mode>s and the value ranges for the access technology and the requested eDRX value as
compound values.
Syntax

17.2. 17.2 Network service related commands 335

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +CEDRXS: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of

AT+CEDRXS =? supported <AcT-type>s),(list of supported
<Requested_eDRX_value>s)
OK

Read Command [+CEDRXS: <AcT-

AT+CEDRXS? type>,<Requested_eDRX_value>[<CR><LF>+CEDRXS:
<AcT-type>,<Requested_eDRX_value>[. . . ]]]
OK

Set Command OK
CEDRXS=[<mode>,[,<AcT- ERROR
type>[,<Requested_eDRX_value>]]] +CME ERROR: <err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V14.5.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

336 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<mode>:
integer type, indicates to disable or enable the use of eDRX in the UE. This parameter is applicable to
all specified types of access technology, i.e. the most recent setting of <mode> will take effect for all
specified values of <AcT>.
0 Disable the use of eDRX
1 Enable the use of eDRX
2 Enable the use of eDRX and enable the unsolicited result code
+CEDRXP: <AcT-type>[,<Requested_eDRX_value>[,<NW-
provided_eDRX_value>[,<Paging_time_window>]]]
3 Disable the use of eDRX and discard all parameters for eDRX or, if available, reset to the
manufacturer specific default values.

<AcT-type>:
integer type, indicates the type of access technology. This AT-command is used to specify the
relationship between the type of access technology and the requested eDRX value.
0 Access technology is not using eDRX. This parameter value is only used in the unsolicited result
code.
1 EC-GSM-IoT (A/Gb mode)
2 GSM (A/Gb mode)
3 UTRAN (Iu mode)
4 E-UTRAN (WB-S1 mode)
5 E-UTRAN (NB-S1 mode)

<Requested_eDRX_value>:
string type; half a byte in a 4 bit format. The eDRX value refers to bit 4 to 1 of octet 3 of the
Extended DRX parameters information element (see subclause 10.5.5.32 of 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]).
For the coding and the value range, see Extended DRX parameters information element in 3GPP TS
24.008 [8] Table 10.5.5.32/3GPP TS 24.008. The default value, if available, is manufacturer specific.

<NW-provided_eDRX_value>:
string type; half a byte in a 4 bit format. The eDRX value refers to bit 4 to 1 of octet 3 of the
Extended DRX parameters information element (see subclause 10.5.5.32 of 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]).
For the coding and the value range, see Extended DRX parameters information element in 3GPP TS
24.008 [8] Table 10.5.5.32/3GPP TS 24.008.

<Paging_time_window>:
string type; half a byte in a 4 bit format. The paging time window referes to bit 8 to 5 of octet 3 of the
Extended DRX parameters information element (see subclause 10.5.5.32 of 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]).
For the coding and the value range, see the Extended DRX parameters information element in 3GPP
TS 24.008 [8] Table 10.5.5.32/3GPP TS 24.008.
17.2. 17.2 Network service related commands 337
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Remark
None
Example
None

17.2.4 17.2.4 AT+CEDRXRDP eDRX dynamic parameter reads

Description
The execution command returns <AcT-type> and <Requested_eDRX_value>, <NW-provided_eDRX_value>
and <Paging_time_window> if eDRX is used for the cell that the MS is currently registered to.
If the cell that the MS is currently registered to is not using eDRX, AcT-type=0 is returned.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +CEDRXRDP:

AT+CEDRXRDP =? <AcT-type>[,<Requested_eDRX_value>[,<NW-
provided_eDRX_value>[,<Paging_time_window>]]]
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>

Read Command [+CEDRXRDP: <AcT-

AT+CEDRXRDP? type>,<Requested_eDRX_value>[<CR><LF>
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>

Test Command OK
AT+CEDRXRDP=?

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V14.5.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

338 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<AcT-type>:
integer type, indicates the type of access technology. This AT-command is used to specify the
relationship between the type of access technology and the requested eDRX value.
0 Access technology is not using eDRX
1 EC-GSM-IoT (A/Gb mode)
2 GSM (A/Gb mode)
3 UTRAN (Iu mode)
4 E-UTRAN (WB-S1 mode)
5 E-UTRAN (NB-S1 mode)

<Requested_eDRX_value>:
string type; half a byte in a 4 bit format. The eDRX value refers to bit 4 to 1 of octet 3 of the
Extended DRX parameters information element (see subclause 10.5.5.32 of 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]).
For the coding and the value range, see Extended DRX parameters information element in 3GPP TS
24.008 [8] Table 10.5.5.32/3GPP TS 24.008.

<NW-provided_eDRX_value>:
string type; half a byte in a 4 bit format. The eDRX value refers to bit 4 to 1 of octet 3 of the
Extended DRX parameters information element (see subclause 10.5.5.32 of 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]).
For the coding and the value range, see Extended DRX parameters information element in 3GPP TS
24.008 [8] Table 10.5.5.32/3GPP TS 24.008.

<Paging_time_window>:
string type; half a byte in a 4 bit format. The paging time window referes to bit 8 to 5 of octet 3 of the
Extended DRX parameters information element (see subclause 10.5.5.32 of 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]).
For the coding and the value range, see the Extended DRX parameters information element in 3GPP
TS 24.008 [8] Table 10.5.5.32/3GPP TS 24.008

Remark
None
Example
None

17.2. 17.2 Network service related commands 339

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

17.3 17.3 Terminal status and control commands

17.3.1 17.3.1 AT+CFUN Set phone features

17.3.2 17.3.2 AT+CSQ Signal quality

17.3.3 17.3.3 AT+CCLK Clock

17.3.4 17.3.4 AT+CLAC lists all available at commands

Description
Execution command causes the MT to return one or more lines of AT Commands. Refer subclause 9.2
for possible <err> values.

Command Possible response

AT+CLAC <AT Command1>[<CR><LF><AT Command2>[...]]
AT+CLAC=? OK

Parameter
<AT Command>:
Defines the AT command including the prefix AT. Text shall not contain the sequence 0<CR> or OK<CR>

17.3.5 17.3.5 AT+CTZR Time zone report

Description
This set command controls the time zone change event reporting. If reporting is enabled the
MT returns the unsolicited result code +CTZV: <tz>, +CTZE: <tz>,<dst>,[<time>], or +CTZEU:
<tz>,<dst>,[<utime>] whenever the time zone is changed. The MT also provides the time zone upon
network registration if provided by the network. If setting fails in an MT error, +CME ERROR: <err>
is returned. Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values. Read command returns the current reporting
settings in the MT. Test command returns supported <reporting>-values as a compound value.

Command Possible response

AT+CTZR=[<reporting>] OK
AT+CTZR? +CTZR:<reporting>
AT+CTZR=? +CTZR: (list of supported <reporting>s)

Parameter
<tz>: string type value representing the sum of the local time zone (difference between the local time and GMT
expressed in quarters of an hour) plus daylight saving time. The format is “zz”, expressed as a fixed width, two
digit integer with the range -48 . . . +56. To maintain a fixed width, numbers in the range -9 . . . +9 are expressed
with a leading zero, e.g. “-09”, “+00” and “+09”.
<dst>:
integer type value indicating whether <tz> includes daylight savings adjustment; * 0 <tz> includes no
adjustment for Daylight Saving Time * 1 <tz> includes +1 hour (equals 4 quarters in <tz>) adjustment for
daylight saving time * 2 <tz> includes +2 hours (equals 8 quarters in <tz>) adjustment for daylight saving
time

340 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<time>:
string type value representing the local time. The format is “YYYY/MM/DD,hh:mm:ss”, expressed as in-
tegers representing year (YYYY), month (MM), date (DD), hour (hh), minute (mm) and second (ss). The
local time can be derived by the MT from information provided by the network at the time of delivering
time zone information and will be present in the unsolicited result code for extended time zone and local
time reporting if the universal time is provided by the network.
<utime>:
string type value representing the universal time. The format is “YYYY/MM/DD,hh:mm:ss”, expressed
as integers representing year (YYYY), month (MM), date (DD), hour (hh), minute (mm) and second (ss).
The universal time can be provided by the network at the time of delivering time zone information and will
be present in the unsolicited result code for extended time zone and universal time reporting if provided
by the network.

17.3.6 17.3.6 AT+CMEE Report MT error

17.3.7 17.3.7 AT+CEER Extended error reporting

17.4 17.4 Group Fields Command

17.4.1 17.4.1 AT+CGDCONT PDP context definition

17.4.2 17.4.2 AT+CGATT PS attach or deattach

17.4.3 17.4.3 AT+CGACT PDP context activation and activation

17.4.4 17.4.4 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address

17.4.5 17.4.5 AT+CEREG EPS network registration status

17.4.6 17.4.6 AT+CSCON Signaling connection status

17.4.7 17.4.7 AT+CSODCP Send initial data through the control surface

Description
The set command is used by the TE to transmit data over control plane to network via MT. Context identifier
<cid> is used to link the data to particular context.
This command optionally indicates that the application on the MT expects that the exchange of data:
- will be completed with this uplink data transfer; or
- will be completed with the next received downlink data.
This command also optionally indicates whether or not the data to be transmitted is an exception data.
This command causes transmission of an ESM DATA TRANSPORT message, as defined in 3GPP TS 24.301
[83].
Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.
Test command returns range of supported <cid>s, the maximum number of bytes of user data indicated by
<cpdata_length>, supported <RAI>s and supported <type_of_user_data>s as compound values.
Syntax

17.4. 17.4 Group Fields Command 341

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +CSODCP: (range of supported

AT+CSODCP =? <cid>s),(maximum number of octets of user data
indicated by <cpdata_length>),(list of supported
<RAI>s),(list of supported
<type_of_user_data>s)
OK

Set Command OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CSODCP=<cid>,<cpdata_length>,<cpdata>[,<RAI>[,<type_of_user_data>]]

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V14.5.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

342 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<cid>:
integer type. A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context or EPS bearer context
definition. The <cid> parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and identifies the PDP or EPS bearer
contexts which have been setup via AT command (see the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT
commands)

<cpdata_length>:
integer type. Indicates the number of octets of the <cpdata> information element. When there is no
data to transmit, the value shall be set to zero.

<cpdata>:
string of octets. Contains the user data container contents (refer 3GPP TS 24.301 [83] subclause
9.9.4.24). When there is no data to transmit, the <cpdata> shall be an empty string (“”). This
parameter shall not be subject to conventional character conversion as per +CSCS. The coding format
of the user data container and the maximum length of <cpdata> are implementation specific

<RAI>:
integer type. Indicates the value of the release assistance indication, refer 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]
subclause 9.9.4.25.
0 No information available.
1 The MT expects that exchange of datawill be completed with the transmission of the ESM DATA
TRANSPORT message.
2 The MT expects that exchange of data will be completed with the receipt of an ESM DATA
TRANSPORT message.

<type_of_user_data>:
integer type. Indicates whether the user data that is transmitted is regular or exceptional.
0 Regular data.
1 Exception data.

Remark
None
Example
None

17.4. 17.4 Group Fields Command 343

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

17.4.8 17.4.8 AT+CRTDCP Escalate the finalization data through the control sur-
face

Description
The set command is used to enable and disable reporting of data from the network to the MT that is transmitted
via the control plane in downlink direction. If reporting is enabled, the MT returns the unsolicited result code
+CRTDCP: <cid>,<cpdata_length>,<cpdata> when data is received from the network. Refer subclause 9.2 for
possible <err> values.
Read command returns the current settings.
Test command returns supported values as compound values.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +CRTDCP: (list of supported

AT+CRTDCP =? <reporting>s),(range of supported
<cid>s),(maximum number of octets of user
dataindicated by <cpdata_length>)
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>

Read Command +CRTDCP: <reporting>

AT+CRTDCP? OK
+CME ERROR: <err>

Set Command OK
AT+CRTDCP=[<reporting>] +CME ERROR: <err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V14.5.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

344 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<reporting>:
integer type, controlling reporting of mobile terminated control plane data events
0 Disable reporting of MT control plane data.
1 Enable reporting of MT control plane data by the unsolicited result code +CRTDCP.

<cid>:
integer type. A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context or EPS bearer context
definition. The <cid> parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and identifies the PDP or EPS bearer
contexts which have been setup via AT command (see the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT
commands).

<cpdata_length>:
integer type. Indicates the number of octets of the <cpdata> information element. When there is no
data to transmit, the value shall be set to zero.

<cpdata>:
i string of octets. Contains the user data container contents (refer 3GPP TS 24.301 [83] subclause
9.9.4.24). When there is no data to transmit, the <cpdata> shall be an empty string (“”). This
parameter shall not be subject to conventional character conversion as per +CSCS. The coding format
of the user data container and the maximum length of <cpdata> are implementation specific.

Remark
None
Example
None

17.5 17.5 Text mode commands

17.5.1 17.5.1 AT+CSMS Select message service

Description
Set command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of messages supported by the ME:
<mt> for mobile terminated messages, <mo> for mobile originated messages and <bm> for broadcast
type messages. If chosen service is not supported by the ME (but is supported by the TA), final result
code +CMS ERROR: <err> shall be returned. See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for a list
of <err> values. Also read command returns supported message types along the current service setting.
Test command returns a list of all services supported by the TA.

17.5. 17.5 Text mode commands 345

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CSMS=? +CSMS: (list of supported <service>s)
AT+CSMS? +CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm>
+CSMS=<service> +CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm>

Parameter
<service>: integer type
• 0 3GPP TS 23.040 [3] and 3GPP TS 23.041 [4]
• 1 3GPP TS 23.040 [3] and 3GPP TS 23.041 [4]the requirement of <service> setting 1 is mentioned under
corresponding command descriptions)
• 2. . . 127 reserved
• 128. . . manufacturer specific
<mt>, <mo>, <bm>:
integer type * 0 type not supported * 1 type supported

17.5.2 17.5.2 AT+CNMA ME/TA new message acknowledgement for

Description
Execution command confirms correct reception of a new message (SMS-DELIVER or SMS-STATUS-
REPORT) which is routed directly to the TE (refer command +CNMI table 3.4.1-3 and table 3.4.1-5).
This acknowledgement command (causing ME to send RP-ACK to the network) shall be used when
+CSMS parameter <service> equals 1. TA shall not send another +CMT or +CDS result code to TE be-
fore previous one is acknowledged. If ME does not get acknowledgement within required time (network
timeout), ME should respond as specified in 3GPP TS 24.011 [6] to the network. ME/TA shall automat-
ically disable routing to TE by setting both <mt> and <ds> values of +CNMI to zero. If command is
executed, but no acknowledgement is expected, or some other ME related error occurs, final result code
+CMS ERROR: <err> is returned. See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for a list of <err>
values.

Command Possible response

if text mode (+CMGF=1): +CNMA

17.5.3 17.5.3 AT+CSCA Service center address

17.5.4 17.5.4 AT+CMGS Send message

17.5.5 17.5.5 AT+CMGC Send command

Description
Execution command sends a command message from a TE to the network (SMS-COMMAND). The en-
tering of text (3GPP TS 23.040 [3] TP-Command-Data) is done similarly as specified in command Send
Message +CMGS, but the format is fixed to be a sequence of two IRA character long hexadecimal num-
bers which ME/TA converts into 8-bit octets (refer +CMGS). Message reference value <mr> is returned
to the TE on successful message delivery. Optionally (when +CSMS <service> value is 1 and network
supports) <scts> is returned. Values can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status
report result code. If sending fails in a network or an ME error, final result code +CMS ERROR: <err>

346 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

is returned. See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for a list of <err> values. This command
should be abortable.

Command Possible response

+CMGC=<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>[,<mn>[,<da>[,<toda>]]]]<CR>text is entered<ctrl- +CMGC: <mr>[,
Z/ESC> <scts>]

17.6 17.6 Test Command

17.6.1 17.6.1 AT+TRB (optional) Restart

Description
Execution command restart the module.

Command Possible response

AT+TRB REBOOTING

17.6.2 17.6.2 AT+TUESTATS (optional) Query UE status

Description
Execution command query UE status

Command Possible response

AT+TUESTATS=<type> ‘’UE status’‘

Parameter
<type>:
String
• RADIO radio specific information
• CELL per-cell information for the top 8 cells
• BLER block error rate information
• THP throughput
• ALL all information. The value of <type> output is the correct one for each data type.
<type> = RADIO
• <signal power in centibels>
• <total power in centibels>
• <current TX power level in centibels >
• <total TX time since last reboot in millisecond>
• <total RX time since last reboot in millisecond>
• <last SIB1 cell ID>
• <last ECL value>

17.6. 17.6 Test Command 347

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• < last snr value>

• < last earfcn value>
• < last pci value>
• <rsrq in centibels>
<type> = CELL per-cell information for the top 5 cells. Returned entries are of the form:
• <earfcn>,<physical cell id>,<primary cell>,<rsrp>,<rsrq>,<rssi>
• <earfcn> absolute radio-frequency channel number
• <physical cell id> physical id of the cell
• <primary cell> 1 indicates the current serving cell
• <rsrp> reference signal received power
• <rsrq> reference signal received quality
• <rssi> received signal strength indicator
• <snr> signal to noise ratio
<type> = BLER
block error rate
• <rlc_ul_bler> RLC layer block error rate (uplink). Integer %
• <rlc_dl_bler> RLC layer block error rate (downlink). Integer %
• <mac_ul_bler> physical layer block error rate (uplink). Integer %
• <mac_dl_bler> physical layer block error rate (downlink). Integer %
• <total bytes transmitted>
• <total bytes received>
• <transport blocks sent>
• <transport blocks received>
• <transport blocks retransmitted>
• <total ack/nack messages received>
<type> = THP
throughput
• <rlc_ul> RLC layer throughput (uplink). Integer bps
• <rlc_dl> RLC layer throughput (downlink). Integer bps
• <mac_ul> physical layer throughput (uplink). Integer bps
• <mac_dl> physical layer throughput (downlink). Integer bps

348 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

17.6.3 17.6.3 AT+TSOCR Create socket

17.6.4 17.6.4 AT+TSOST Send data

17.6.5 17.6.5 AT+TSORF UDP receive message

17.6.6 17.6.6 AT+TSOCL Close socket

17.6.7 17.6.7 AT+TPING Test IP network connection to remote host

17.7 17.7 AT+NIPDATA send nonIP data

Description
The execution command is used to send nonIP data

Command Possible response

AT+NIPDATA =? +NIPDATA:cid,"This is Non-IP data"
AT+CGATT=cid,”string” OK

Parameter
<cid>: integer type. A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context or EPS bearer context definition.
The <cid> parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and identifies the PDP or EPS bearer contexts which have
been setup via AT command (see the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands).
<string>: data to be sent
Remark
Should active NONIP PDF firstly before send data
• 1. AT+CGDCONT=1,”Non-IP”,”apn_name”
• 2. AT+CGACT=1,1
• 3. AT+NIPDATA=1, “I am RDA”

17.8 17.8 AT+NVSETRRCRLSTIMER10 set RRC connection release

waiting time

Description
The execution command is used to set RRC connection release waiting time

Command Possible response

AT+NVSETRRCRLSTIMER10 =? 1
AT+NVSETRRCRLSTIMER10 =value OK

Parameter
<value>:
• 0 set 1s

17.7. 17.7 AT+NIPDATA send nonIP data 349

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• 1 set 10s

17.9 17.9 AT+CSODCP Sending of originating data via the control

plane

Description
The set command is used by the TE to transmit data over control plane to network via MT. Context
identifier <cid> is used to link the data to particular context. This command optionally indicates that the
application on the MT expects that the exchange of data: - will be completed with this uplink data transfer;
or - will be completed with the next received downlink data. This command also optionally indicates
whether or not the data to be transmitted is an exception data. This command causes transmission of an
ESM DATA TRANSPORT message, as defined in 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]. Refer subclause 9.2 for possible
<err> values. Test command returns range of supported <cid>s, the maximum number of bytes of user
data indicated by <cpdata_length>, supported <RAI>s and supported <type_of_user_data>s as compound
values.

Command Possible response

+CSODCP=<cid>,<cpdata_length>,<cpdata>[,<RAI>[,<type_of_user_data>]]
OK
AT+CSODCP=? +CSODCP: (range of supported <cid>s),(maximum number
of octets of user data indicated by <cpdata_length>),
(list of supported <RAI>s),(list of supported
<type_of_user_data>s)

Parameter
<cid>:
integer type. A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context or EPS bearer context defini-
tion. The <cid> parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and identifies the PDP or EPS bearer contexts
which have been setup via AT command (see the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands).
<cpdata_length>:
integer type. Indicates the number of octets of the <cpdata> information element. When there is no data
to transmit, the value shall be set to zero.
<cpdata>: string of octets. Contains the user data container contents (refer 3GPP TS 24.301 [83] subclause
9.9.4.24). When there is no data to transmit, the <cpdata> shall be an empty string (“”). This parameter shall
not be subject to conventional character conversion as per +CSCS. The coding format of the user data container
and the maximum length of <cpdata> are implementation specific.
<RAI>:
integer type. Indicates the value of the release assistance indication, refer 3GPP TS 24.301
[83] subclause 9.9.4.25.V
• 0 No information available.
• 1 The MT expects that exchange of datawill be completed with the transmission of the ESM DATA
TRANSPORT message.
• 2 The MT expects that exchange of data will be completed with the receipt of an ESM DATA
TRANSPORT message.
<type_of_user_data>:
integer type. Indicates whether the user data that is transmitted is regular or exceptional.

350 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• 0 Regular data.
• 1 Exception data.

17.10 17.10 AT+CRTDCP Reporting of terminating data via the con-

trol plane

Description
The set command is used to enable and disable reporting of data from the network to the MT that is
transmitted via the control plane in downlink direction. If reporting is enabled, the MT returns the unso-
licited result code +CRTDCP: <cid>,<cpdata_length>,<cpdata> when data is received from the network.
Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values. Read command returns the current settings. Test command
returns supported values as compound values.

Command Possible response

AT+CRTDCP=[<reporting>]
OK
AT+CRTDCP? +CRTDCP: <reporting>
AT+CRTDCP=? +CRTDCP: (list of supported <reporting>s),(range of supported
<cid>s),(maximum number of octets of user dataindicated by
<cpdata_length>)

Parameter
<reporting>:
integer type, controlling reporting of mobile terminated control plane data events
• 0 Disable reporting of MT control plane data.
• 1 Enable reporting of MT control plane data by the unsolicited result code +CRTDCP.
<cid>:
integer type. A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context or EPS bearer context defini-
tion. The <cid> parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and identifies the PDP or EPS bearer contexts
which have been setup via AT command (see the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands).
<cpdata_length>:
integer type. Indicates the number of octets of the <cpdata> information element. When there is no data
to transmit, the value shall be set to zero.
<cpdata>:
string of octets. Contains the user data container contents (refer 3GPP TS 24.301 [83] subclause 9.9.4.24).
When there is no data to transmit, the <cpdata> shall be an empty string (“”). This parameter shall not be
subject to conventional character conversion as per +CSCS. The coding format of the user data container
and the maximum length of <cpdata> are implementation specific.

17.11 17.11 AT+CGAPNRC APN rate control

Description
This execution command returns the APN rate control parameters (see 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) associated to the provided
context identifier <cid>. If the parameter <cid> is omitted, the APN rate control parameters for all active PDP contexts

17.10. 17.10 AT+CRTDCP Reporting of terminating data via the control plane 351
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

are returned. The test command returns a list of <cid>s associated with secondary and non secondary active PDP
contexts.

Com- Possible response

mand
AT+CGAPNRC[=<cid>]
[+CGAPNRC: <cid>[,<Additional_exception_reports>[,
<Uplink_time_unit>[,<Maximum_uplink_rate>]]] [<CR><LF>+CGAPNRC:
<cid>[,<Additional_exception_reports>[,<Uplink_time_unit>[,
<Maximum_uplink_rate>]]] [ ]]]
AT+CGAPNRC=?
+CGAPNRC: (list of <cid>s associated with active contexts)

Parameter
<cid>:
integer type; specifies a particular PDP context definition (see the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT com-
mands).
<Additional_exception_reports>:
integer type; indicates whether or not additional exception reports are allowed to be sent when
the maximum uplink rate is reached. This refers to bit 4 of octet 1 of the APN rate control
parameters IE as specified in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.3.2.
• 0 Additional_exception_reports at maximum rate reached are not allowed to be sent.
• 1 Additional_exception_reports at maximum rate reached are allowed to be sent.
<Uplink_time_unit>:
integer typ; specifies the time unit to be used for the maximum uplink rate. This refers to bits
1 to 3 of octet
• 1 of the APN rate control parameters IE as specified in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.3.2.
• 0 unrestricted
• 1 minute
• 2 hour
• 3 day
• 4 week
<Maximum_uplink_rate>:
integer type; specifies the maximum number of messages the UE is restricted to send per uplink time
unit. This refers to octet 2 to 4 of the APN rate control parameters IE as specified in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]
subclause 10.5.6.3.2.

17.12 17.12 AT+CRCES Reading Coverage Enhancement Status

Description
This command returns the coverage enhancement status of the MT. The terminal can consider the
coverage enhancement status prior to deciding to transmit data (see e.g. subclause 10.1.43). De-
pending on the coverage enhancement status the terminal can refrain from transmitting data. The
coverage enhancement status is only provided by the MT if the access technology of the serving cell

352 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

is E-UTRAN, EC-GSM-IoT or E-UTRAN (NB-S1 mode). If the access technology of the serving
cell is different, <Act>=0 is indicated.

Command Possible response

+CRCES +CRCES: <AcT>,<CE_level>,<CC>

Parameter
<AcT>:
integer type; access technology of the serving cell.
• 0 Serving cell has no coverage enhancement
• 1 E-UTRAN
• 2 EC-GSM-IoT (A/Gb mode) (see NOTE 1)
• 3 E-UTRAN (NB-S1 mode) (see NOTE 2)
NOTE 1: 3GPP TS 44.018 [156] specifies the EC-SCH INFORMATION message which,
if present, indicates that the serving cell supports EC-GSM-IoT. NOTE 2: 3GPP TS 36.331
[86] specifies the System Information blocks which give the information about whether the
serving cell supports NB-IoT, which corresponds to E-UTRAN (NB-S1 mode).
<CE_level>:
integer type; Coverage Enhancement (CE) level of the MT in the serving cell. Applicable only
if <Act>=1 (E-UTRAN) or <Act>=3 (E-UTRAN (NB-S1 mode)). The Coverage Enhancement
levels are defined and specified in 3GPP TS 36.331 [86].
• 0 No Coverage Enhancement in the serving cell
• 1 Coverage Enhancement level 0
• 2 Coverage Enhancement level 1
• 3 Coverage Enhancement level 2
• 4 Coverage Enhancement level 3
<CC>:
integer type; Coverage Class (CC) of the MT in the serving cell. Applicable only if <Act>=2 (EC-
GSM-IoT). The Coverage Classes are defined and specified in 3GPP TS 43.064 [13].
• 0 No Coverage Class in the serving cell
• 1 Coverage Class 1
• 2 Coverage Class 2
• 3 Coverage Class 3
• 4 Coverage Class 4
• 5 Coverage Class 5

17.13 17.13 AT+NVSETPM PM1/3 set PM1/3

Description
The execution command is used to set PM1/3

17.13. 17.13 AT+NVSETPM PM1/3 set PM1/3 353

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+NVSETPM =? OK
AT+NVSETPM=value OK

Parameter
<value>:
• 0 close PM1 & PM3
• 1 Open PM1
• 2 Open PM1 & PM3
AT+CFGDFTPDN set default PDN

Description
The execution command is used to set and get default PDN type and apn

Command Possible response

AT+CFGDFTPDN OK
=<mode>[,<apn>]
AT+CFGDFTPDN=? +CFGDFTPDN: nooip=[1,2,3,5],apn="string"
AT+CFGDFTPDN? +CFGDFTPDN: <defaultPdnType>;[0] <pdnType><apn>;
[1]<pdnType><apn>;[2]<pdnType><apn>;[3]<pdnType><apn>;

Parameter
<defaultPdnType>:
• 1 pdnType is IPv4
• 2 pdnType is IPv6
• 3 pdnType is IPv4v6
• 5 pdnType is NonIP
Remark
Currently, you can save these two kinds of PdnType apn content at the same time.If the user has already
configured a APN,just want to switch the PDNTYPE of the mode,you can not enter the PDN content.
AT +CFGHCCP set the HC-CPCIot
Description
The execution command is used to set the HC-CPCIot

Command Possible response

AT+CFGHCCP=<mode>[,<profile>[,<maxcid>]]
OK
AT+CFGHCCP? +CFGHCCP:<mode>[,<profile>[,<maxcid>]]
AT+CFGHCCP=? +CFGHCCP:enable=[0,1],profile=[0-15],
maxcid=[1,16383]

Parameter
<mode>:

354 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• 0 Support HC-CPCiot
• 1 Not Support HC-CPCiot
<profile>:
Set profile’s bitmap, only 3/2/0 bits play a role. Corresponding value TCP/IP/UDP.

AT+NASCFG NAS profile setting

Description
The execution command is used to set NAS profile

Command Possible response

AT+NASCFG =[<LowPrior- OK
ity>[<T3245>]]
AT+NASCFG? +NASCFG:[<LowPriority>[<T3245>[,
<ExceptionData>]]]
AT+NASCFG=? +NASCFG: LowPriority=[0-2],T3245=[0-1],
ExceptionData=[0-1]

Parameter
<LowPriority>:
Integer,the range of value [0-1],whether the configuration terminal supports LowPriority and
Override LowPriority
• 0: LowPriority and Override LowPriority are not supported.
• 1: Support LowPriority,but do not support Override LowPriority
• 2: Support LowPriority and Override LowPriority
<T3245>:
Integer,the range of value [0-1],whether the configuration terminal to use the T3245 feature
• 0: Do not use T3245
• 1: Use T3245
<ExceptionData>:
Integer,the range of value [0-1],whether the configuration terminal to use the ExceptionData
feature
• 0: Do not use ExceptionData
• 1: Use ExceptionData

17.14 17.14 AT+IPFLT set packet filtering mode

Description
The execution command is used to set packet filtering mode.It is best to set the packet filtering mode with
the AT command.bit1 is iperf5001,bit2 is internet,bit3 is ftp, bit4 is ping

17.14. 17.14 AT+IPFLT set packet filtering mode 355

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+IPFLT=value OK

Parameter
<value>:
• 1 it is only iperf,and the port must be set to 5001, and the other types of packets are filtered
• 2 it is only on the internet
• 4 you only do ftp
• 8 you only do ping
• 3 you do iperf+internet
• 5 you do iperf+ftp
Remark
The command cannot be saved,and every boot is default without packet filtering. Be careful: The 084
version can be used to do TCP,and it is recommended to set up AT+IPFLT=1,and the port range must be
set to 5001-5031.Sending iperf -c 192.168.0.1 -p5001 -l1000 -t300 -i1

17.15 17.15 AT+NVSWITCHBS Scan Band

Description
Switch scan band status
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +NVSWITCHBS: <status>

AT+NVSWITCHBS =? OK

Set Command +NVSWITCHBS: <status>

AT+NVSWITCHBS=<status> OK

Parameter
<status>

0 scan band off

1 scan band on

356 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Remark
Example

17.16 17.16 AT+NVSETSCMODE Set scrambling code state

Description
Set the protocol version followed by the scrambling code used by the UE to scramble MIB and SIB1
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +NVSETSCMODE: <version>

AT+NVSETSCMODE=? OK

Set Command +NVSETSCMODE: <version>

AT+NVSETSCMODE=<version> OK

Parameter
<version>

0 old protocol version

1 new protocol version

Remark
Example

17.17 17.17 AT+CFGCIOT CIOT feature configuration

Description
Configure and query the CIOT parameters.
Syntax

17.16. 17.16 AT+NVSETSCMODE Set scrambling code state 357

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command AT+CFGCIOT=[0-1],[0-1],[0-2],[0-2],[0-1],[0-

AT+CFGCIOT=? 1],[0-1]
OK

Set Command OK
+CFGCIOT:
<nonip>[,<cpciot>[,<upciot>[,<erwopdn>[,<sms_wocomb_att>[,<apn_rate_control>[,epco>]]]]]]

Read Command +CFGCIOT:

+CFGCIOT? <nonip>[,<cpciot>[,<upciot>[,<erwopdn>[,<sms_wocomb_att>[,<apn_rate
OK

Parameter
<nonip> Configure NonIP

0 not support NonIP

1 support NonIP

<cpciot> Configure CPCIOT

0 not support CPCIoT, this value is not configured for NB-IoT

1 support CPCIoT

<upciot>
Configure whether the UPCIoT feature is supported and preferred.

0 not support S1uData and UPCIoT

1 support S1uData, not support UPCIoT
2 Supports but does not optimize UPCIoT (CP mode is preferred for PDN services that can use
both CP and up)
3 Supports and optimizes UPCIoT (preferred up method for PDN business that can use both
CP and UP)

Note: About 2 and 3 is the preference for Upciot, which affects:

a) The EMM indicates prefer in the Additionupdatetypeie which way;
b) for the PDN business where CP and up can be used, RABM takes precedence over which way

<erwopdn> Configure whether the ERwoPDN is supported and preferred.

358 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

0 not support ERwoPDN

1 supports but does not optimize ERwoPDN (attach process necessarily carries PDN)
2 support and optimize ERwoPDN (when attach process can not carry PDN, do not carry PDN);

<sms_wocomb_att> Configure whether the SmsWithoutCombinedAttach is supported.

0 not support SmsWithoutCombinedAttach

1 support SmsWithoutCombinedAttach

<apn_rate_control> Configure whether the ApnRateControl is supported.

0 not support ApnRateControl

1 support ApnRateControl

<epco>
Configure whether the ePCO is supported.

0 not support ePCO

1 support ePCO

Note that for Nbiot, the EPCO must be used in accordance with the Protocol, but the actual
test found that some vendor protocol versions are older and do not support EPCO, so add the
configuration entry.

Remark
Example

17.18 17.18 AT+CCIOTOP Parameters configure

Description
Configure and query CIoT parameters, switch CIoT report function
Syntax

17.18. 17.18 AT+CCIOTOP Parameters configure 359

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command AT+CCIOTOPT=(0-3),[0-3],[0-2]

AT+CCIOTOPT=? OK

Set Command OK

+CCIOTOPT:[<n>[,<supported_UE_opt>[,<preferred_UE_opt>]]]

Read Command +CCIOTOPT:

+CCIOTOPT? <n>,<supported_UE_opt>,<preferred_UE_opt>
OK

Parameter
<n>
Integer, Value collection (0,1,3), configuring the Ciot escalation feature.

0 Turn off the escalation function;

1 Turn on the reporting function;
3 Turn off the escalation feature and set the Ciot parameter to the factory default value.

<supported_UE_opt>:
integer, Value range [0-3], representing the Ciot parameters supported by the UE.

0 CP and up Ciot are not supported (because Nbiot must support CP Ciot, so configuring this
value will be ignored);
1 only supports CP Ciot, does not support up Ciot;
2 Only up Ciot is supported and CP Ciot is not supported (because Nbiot must support CP Ciot,
so configuring this value will be ignored);
3 Support for CP Ciot and up Ciot.

<preferred_UE_opt>:
integer, Value range [0-2], representing the UE preferred Ciot parameter.

0 No preference information;
1 priority CP Ciot;
2 Priority up Ciot (takes effect only if you have configured support for Upciot).

<supported_Network_opt>:
Integer, Range [0-3], reporting the CI of the network

360 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Remark
Example

17.19 17.19 AT+CFGEDRX EDRX features configure

Description
Configure and query EDRX parameters
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command AT+CFGEDRX=[0-1],[0-15],[0-15]

AT+CFGEDRX=? OK

Set Command OK
+CFGEDRX:[<enable>[,<ptw>[,<edrx_val>]]]

Read Command +CFGEDRX: <enable>[,<ptw>[,<edrx_val>]]

+CFGEDRX? OK

Parameter
<enable>
integer, Value range [0-1], configured to support EDRX functionality.

0 Edrx is not supported, and <ptw> and <edrx_val> are invalid when the value is taken;
1 Support Edrx;

<ptw>
integer, Value range [0-15], to configure the index value of the UE requested paging time Window length. See
24.008

17.20 17.20 AT+NVCFGARFCN Set a prior frequency

Description

17.19. 17.19 AT+CFGEDRX EDRX features configure 361

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Query the current state: AT+NVCFGARFCN?

Set a prior frequency:

1 No a prior frequency: AT+NVCFGARFCN=0
2 Set one prior frequency: AT+NVCFGARFCN=1,3625,19
3 Set three priors frequency: AT+NVCFGARFCN=3,3701,19,3702,20,3703,21

Syntax
None
Unsolicited Result Codes
None
Parameter
None
Remark

The number of prior frequency points currently supports up to 3.

Offset is the number in the AT command minus 20.

After setting,AT+CFUN=0 will be executed.

The use of locking function,if you want to return to normal test,need to use
AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ=0 to close the locking function

Example
None

17.21 17.21 AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ lock frequency

Description

362 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Query the current state: AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ?

Setup of locking freq(parameter three cases):

1 Close the lock freq: AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ=0
2 Open the lock cell: AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ=1,3701,19,1
3 Open the lock freq: AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ=2,3,3701,19,3702,20,3703,21

Syntax
None
Unsolicited Result Codes
None
Parameter
None
Remark
When the lock freq,maximum support 9.
Example
None

17.22 17.22 AT+CNVCFGARFCN Set a prior frequency

Description

Query the current state: AT+CNVCFGARFCN?

Set a prior frequency:

1 No a prior frequency: AT+CNVCFGARFCN=0
2 Set one prior frequency: AT+CNVCFGARFCN=1,3625,19
3 Set three priors frequency: AT+CNVCFGARFCN=3,3701,19,3702,20,3703,21

Syntax
None
Unsolicited Result Codes
None
Parameter

17.22. 17.22 AT+CNVCFGARFCN Set a prior frequency 363

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

None
Remark

The number of prior frequency points currently supports up to 3.

Offset is the number in the AT command minus 20.

After setting,AT+CFUN=0 will be executed.

The use of locking function,if you want to return to normal test,need to use
AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ=0 to close the locking function

Example
None

17.23 17.23 AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ lock frequency

Description

Query the current state: AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ?

Setup of locking freq(parameter three cases):

1 Close the lock freq: AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ=0
2 Open the lock cell: AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ=1,3701,19,1
3 Open the lock freq: AT+NVSETLOCKFREQ=2,3,3701,19,3702,20,3703,21

Syntax
None
Unsolicited Result Codes
None
Parameter

364 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

None
Remark
When the lock freq,maximum support 9.
Example
None

17.24 17.24 AT+NVSETBAND Set band

Description
None
Syntax

Read Command OK
AT+NVSETBAND?
Fail:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Set Command OK
AT+ NVSETBAND
=[<totalband>,<band1>,<band2>] Fail:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

17.24. 17.24 AT+NVSETBAND Set band 365

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<totalband>:
The total number of band numbers to be set

<band1>:
The number of band,the range of 1-6

<band2>:
The number of band,the range of 1-3,5,8,20

Remark
None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+NVSETBAND=2,1,3 OK

366 Chapter 17. 17 NB-IoT Commands

 CHAPTER

EIGHTEEN

18 VOLTE COMMANDS

Contents

• 18.1 AT+CEMODE UE modes of operation for EPS

• 18.2 AT+CGEQOS Define EPS quality of service
• 18.3 AT+CGEQOSRDP EPS quality of service read dynamic parameters
• 18.4 AT+CGCMOD PDP context modify
• 18.5 AT+CEREG EPS network registration status
• 18.6 AT+CSCON Signalling connection status
• 18.7 AT+CISRVCC IMS single radio voice call continuity
• 18.8 AT+CEUS UE’S usage setting for EPS
• 18.9 AT+CEVDP UE’S voice domain preference E-UTRAN
• 18.10 AT+CDU Dial URI
• 18.11 AT+CHCCS Hangup of current calls
• 18.12 AT+CCFCU Communication forwarding number and conditions with URI support
• 18.13 AT+SETVOLTE Disable/Enable VOLTE

18.1 18.1 AT+CEMODE UE modes of operation for EPS

Description
The set command is used to set the MT to operate according to the specified mode of operation for EPS. If the
requested mode of operation is not supported, an ERROR or +CME ERROR response is returned. Extended
error responses are enabled by the +CMEE command. Refer subclause Appendix A for possible <err> values.
The read command returns the mode of operation set by the TE, independent of the current serving cell
capability and independent of the current serving cell Access Technology.
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported MT modes of operation as a compound
value.
Syntax

367
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +CEMODE(list of supported

AT+CEMODE=? <mode>s))
OK

Read Command +CEMODE<mode>

AT+CEMODE? OK

Set Command OK
AT+CEMODE=[<mode>] ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

<mode>: integer type; indicates the mode of operation. The default

value is manufacturer specific.

0 PS mode 2 of operation
1 CS/PS mode 1 of operation
2 CS/PS mode 2 of operation
3 PS mode 1 of operation

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CEMODE=?
+CEMODE:0
OK

AT+CEMODE?
+CEMODE:(0,1,2,3)
OK

AT+CEMODE=0 OK

18.2 18.2 AT+CGEQOS Define EPS quality of service

Description

368 Chapter 18. 18 VoLTE Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

The set command allows the TE to specify the EPS Quality of Service parameters <cid>, <QCI>, [<DL_GBR>
and <UL_GBR>] and [<DL_MBR> and <UL_MBR>] for a PDP context or Traffic Flows (see 3GPP TS
24.301 [83] and 3GPP TS 23.203 [85]). When in UMTS/GPRS the MT applies a mapping function to
UTMS/GPRS Quality of Service. Refer subclause Appendix A for possible <err> values.
A special form of the set command, +CGEQOS= <cid> causes the values for context number <cid> to become
undefined.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined QoS.
The test command returns the ranges of the supported parameters as compound values.
Syntax

Command Possible response

+CGEQOS: (range of supported
<cid>s),(list of supported
Test Command
<QCI>s),(list of supported
AT+CGEQOS=? <DL_GBR>s),(list of supported
<UL_GBR>s),(list of supported
<DL_MBR>s),(list of supported
<UL_MBR>s)
[+CGEQOS: <cid>,<QCI>,
[<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>],[<DL_MBR>,
Read Command
<UL_MBR>]][<CR><LF>+CGEQOS:
AT+CGEQOS? <cid>,<QCI>,[<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>],
[<DL_MBR>,<UL_MBR>][...]]

Set Command OK
AT+CGEQOS=[<cid>[,<QCI>[, ERROR
<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>[,<DL_MBR>, +CME ERROR:<err>
<UL_MBR]]]]

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

18.2. 18.2 AT+CGEQOS Define EPS quality of service 369

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<cid>: integer type; specifies a particular EPS Traffic Flows definition in EPS and a PDP Context
definition in UMTS/GPRS (see the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands).

<QCI>: integer type; specifies a class of EPS QoS (see 3GPP TS 23.203 [85] and 3GPP TS 24.301
[83]).
0 QCI is selected by network
[1 - 4] value range for guaranteed bit rate Traffic Flows
[5 - 9] value range for non-guarenteed bit rate Traffic Flows
[128 - 254] value range for Operator-specific QCIs
The QCI values 65, 66, 69 and 70 are not allowed to be requested by the UE. If the TE requests a QCI
parameter 65, 66, 69 or 70, the MT responds with result code +CME ERROR: 181 (unsupported QCI
value).

<DL_GBR>: integer type; indicates DL GBR in case of GBR QCI. The value is in kbit/s. This
parameter is omitted for a non-GBR QCI (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]).

<UL_GBR>: integer type; indicates UL GBR in case of GBR QCI. The value is in kbit/s. This
parameter is omitted for a non-GBR QCI (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]).

<DL_MBR>: integer type; indicates DL MBR in case of GBR QCI. The value is in kbit/s. This
parameter is omitted for a non-GBR QCI (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]).

<UL_MBR>: integer type; indicates UL MBR in case of GBR QCI. The value is in kbit/s. This
parameter is omitted for a non-GBR QCI (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]).

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CGEQOS=? CGEQOS:2,3
AT+CGEQOS?
+CGEQOS: (1..11),(0..9), , , ,
OK

AT+CGEQOS=2,3 OK

18.3 18.3 AT+CGEQOSRDP EPS quality of service read dynamic pa-

rameters

Description
The execution command returns the Quality of Service parameters <QCI>, [<DL_GBR> and <UL_GBR>] and
[<DL_MBR> and <UL_MBR>] of the active secondary or non secondary PDP context associated to the
provided context identifier <cid>.

370 Chapter 18. 18 VoLTE Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

If the parameter <cid> is omitted, the Quality of Service parameters for all secondary and non secondary active
PDP contexts are returned.
The test command returns a list of <cid>s associated with secondary or non secondary active PDP contexts.
Parameters of both network and MT/TA initiated PDP contexts will be returned.
Syntax

Command Possible response

+CGEQOSRDP: (list of <cid>s
associated with active contexts)
Test Command
AT+CGEQOSRDP=?

[+CGEQOSRDP: <cid>,<QCI>,
[<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>],[<DL_MBR>,
Set Command
<UL_MBR>][,<DL_AMBR>,
AT+CGEQOSRDP[=<cid>] <UL_AMBR>]][<CR><LF>+CGEQOSRDP:
<cid>,<QCI>,[<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>],
[<DL_MBR>,<UL_MBR>][,<DL_AMBR>,
<UL_AMBR>][...]]
Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

18.3. 18.3 AT+CGEQOSRDP EPS quality of service read dynamic parameters 371
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<cid>: integer type; specifies a particular Traffic Flows definition in EPS and a PDP Context
definition in UMTS/GPRS (see the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands).

<QCI>: integer type; specifies a class of EPS QoS (see 3GPP TS 23.203 [85] and 3GPP TS 24.301
[83]).
0 QCI is selected by network
[1 - 4] value range for guranteed bit rate Traffic Flows
[65 - 66] value range for guaranteed bit rate Traffic Flows
[5 - 9] value range for non-guarenteed bit rate Traffic Flows
[69 - 70] value range for non-guaranteed bit rate Traffic Flows
[128 - 254] value range for Operator-specific QCIs

<DL_GBR>: integer type; indicates DL GBR in case of GBR QCI. The value is in kbit/s. This
parameter is omitted for a non-GBR QCI (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]).

<UL_GBR>: integer type; indicates UL GBR in case of GBR QCI. The value is in kbit/s. This
parameter is omitted for a non-GBR QCI (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]).

<DL_MBR>: integer type; indicates DL MBR in case of GBR QCI. The value is in kbit/s. This
parameter is omitted for a non-GBR QCI (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]).

<UL_MBR>: integer type; indicates UL MBR in case of GBR QCI. The value is in kbit/s. This
parameter is omitted for a non-GBR QCI (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]).

<DL_AMBR>: integer type; indicates DL APN aggregate MBR (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]). The
value is in kbit/s.

<UL_AMBR>: integer type; indicates UL APN aggregate MBR (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]). The
value is in kbit/s.

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CGEQOSRDP=?
+CGEQOS:1,2
OK

AT+CGEQOSRDP?
+ CGEQOS: (1..11),(0..9), , , ,
OK

AT+CGEQOSRDP=1,3 OK

372 Chapter 18. 18 VoLTE Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

18.4 18.4 AT+CGCMOD PDP context modify

Description
The execution command is used to modify the specified PDP context (s) with repect to QoS profiles and TFTs.
After the command has completed, the MT returns to V.250 online data state. If the requested modification for
any specified context cannot be achieved, an ERROR or +CME ERROR response is returned. Extended error
responses are enabled by the +CMEE command. Refer subclause Appendix A for possible <err> values.
For EPS, the modification request for an EPS bearer resource will be answered by the network by an EPS
bearer modification request. The request must be accepted by the MT before the PDP context is effectively
changed.
If no <cid>s are specified the activation form of the command modifies all active contexts.
The test command returns a list of <cid>s associated with active contexts.
Syntax

Command Possible response

+CGCMOD:(list of <cid>s
associated with active contexts)
Test Command
AT+CGCMOD=?

Set Command OK
AT+CGCMOD [=<cid>[,<cid>[,...]]] +CME ERROR: <err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

<cid>: integer type; specifies a particular PDP context definition (see the +CGDCONT and
+CGDSCONT commands).

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CGCMOD=?
+CGCMOD:1
OK

AT+CGCMOD?
+CGCMOD: (1,......7)
OK

AT+CGCMOD=1 OK

18.4. 18.4 AT+CGCMOD PDP context modify 373

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

18.5 18.5 AT+CEREG EPS network registration status

Description
The set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CEREG: <stat> when <n>=1 and
there is a change in the MT’s EPS network registration status in E-UTRAN, or unsolicited result code
+CEREG: <stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>]] when <n>=2 and there is a change of the network cell in
E-UTRAN. The parameters <AcT>, <tac> and <ci> are provided only if available.The value <n>=3 further
extends the unsolicited result code with [,<cause_type>,<reject_cause>], when available, when the value of
<stat> changes.
If the UE wants to apply PSM for reducing its power consumption, see +CPSMS command and 3GPP TS
23.682 [149], the set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code+CEREG:
<stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>][,[<cause_type>],[<reject_cause>][,[<Active-Time>],[<Periodic-TAU>]]]].
When <n>=4 the unsolicited result code will provide the UE with additional information for the Active Time
value and the extended periodic TAU value if there is a change of the network cell in E-UTRAN. The value
<n>=5 further enhances the unsolicited result code with <cause_type> and <reject_cause> when the value of
<stat> changes. The parameters <AcT>, <tac>, <ci>, <cause_type>, <reject_cause>, <Active-Time> and
<Periodic-TAU> are provided only if available.
Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.
NOTE 1: If the EPS MT in GERAN/UTRAN/E-UTRAN also supports circuit mode services and/or GPRS
services, the +CREG command and +CREG: result codes and/or the +CGREG command and +CGREG: result
codes apply to the registration status and location information for those services.
The read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <stat> which shows whether the
network has currently indicated the registration of the MT. Location information elements <tac>, <ci> and
<AcT>, if available, are returned only when <n>=2 and MT is registered in the network. The parameters
[,<cause_type>,<reject_cause>], if available, are returned when <n>=3.
Test command returns values supported as a compound value.
Syntax

374 Chapter 18. 18 VoLTE Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +CEREG: (list of supported <n>s)

AT+CEREG=? OK

Read Command when <n>=0, 1, 2 or 3 and

AT+CEREG? command successful:
+CEREG: <n>,<stat>[,[<tac>],
[<ci>],[<AcT>[,<cause_type>,
<reject_cause>]]]
when <n>=4 or 5 and command
successful:
+CEREG:
<n>,<stat>[,[<lac>],[<ci>],
[<AcT>],[<rac>][,[<cause_type>],
[<reject_cause>][,
[<Active-Time>],
[<Periodic-TAU>]]]]
OK

Set Command OK
AT+CEREG=[<n>] ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

18.5. 18.5 AT+CEREG EPS network registration status 375

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<n>: integer type

0 disable network registration unsolicited result code

1 enable network registration unsolicited result code +CEREG: <stat>
2 enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code +CEREG:
<stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>]]
3 enable network registration, location information and EMM cause value information unsolicited
result code +CEREG: <stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>][,<cause_type>,<reject_cause>]]
4 For a UE that wants to apply PSM, enable network registration and location information unsolicited
result code +CEREG: <stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>][„[,[<Active-Time>],[<Periodic-TAU>]]]]
5 For a UE that wants to apply PSM, enable network registration, location information and EMM
cause value information unsolicited result code +CEREG:
<stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>][,[<cause_type>],[<reject_cause>][,[<Active-Time>],[<Periodic-
TAU>]]]]

<stat>: integer type; indicates the EPS registration status

0 not registered, MT is not currently searching an operator to register to

1 registered, home network
2 not registered, but MT is currently trying to attach or searching an operator to register to
3 registration denied
4 unknown (e.g. out of E-UTRAN coverage)
5 registered, roaming
6 registered for “SMS only”, home network (not applicable)
7 registered for “SMS only”, roaming (not applicable)
8 attached for emergency bearer services only (See NOTE 2)
9 registered for “CSFB not preferred”, home network (not applicable)
10 registered for “CSFB not preferred”, roaming (not applicable)
NOTE 2: 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] and 3GPP TS 24.301 [83] specify the condition when the MS is
considered as attached for emergency bearer services.

<tac>: string type; two byte tracking area code in hexadecimal

format (e.g. "00C3" equals 195 in decimal)
<ci>: string type; four byte E-UTRAN cell ID in hexadecimal format
<AcT>: integer type; indicates the access technology of the
serving cell

0 GSM (not applicable)

1 GSM Compact (not applicable)
2 UTRAN (not applicable)
3 GSM w/EGPRS (see NOTE 3) (not applicable)
4 UTRAN w/HSDPA (see NOTE 4) (not applicable)
5 UTRAN w/HSUPA (see NOTE 4) (not applicable)
6 UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA (see NOTE 4) (not applicable)
7 E-UTRAN
NOTE 3: 3GPP TS 44.060 [71] specifies the System Information messages which give the
information about whether the serving cell supports EGPRS.
NOTE 4: 3GPP TS 25.331 [74] specifies the System Information blocks which give the information
about whether the serving cell supports HSDPA or HSUPA.
376 Chapter 18. 18 VoLTE Commands
<cause_type>: integer type; indicates the type of <reject_cause>.

0 Indicates that <reject_cause> contains an EMM cause value, see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83] Annex A.
 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CEREG=?
+CEREG:0
OK

AT+CEREG?
+CEREG:(0-5)
OK

AT+CEREG OK

18.6 18.6 AT+CSCON Signalling connection status

Description
The set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CSCON. If <n>=1, +CSCON:
<mode> is sent from the MT when the connection mode of the MT is changed. If <n>=2 and there is a state
within the current mode, +CSCON: <mode>[,<state>] is sent from the MT. If <n>=3, +CSCON:
<mode>[,<state>[,<access>]] is sent from the MT. If setting fails, an MT error, +CME ERROR: <err> is
returned. Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.
When the MT is in UTRAN or E-UTRAN, the mode of the MT refers to idle when no PS signalling connection
and to connected mode when a PS signalling connection between UE and network is setup. When the UE is in
GERAN, the mode refers to idle when the MT is in either the IDLE state or the STANDBY state and to
connected mode when the MT is in READY state.
The <state> value indicates the state of the MT when the MT is in GERAN, UTRAN connected mode or
E-UTRAN.
The read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <mode> which shows whether
the MT is currently in idle mode or connected mode. State information <state> is returned only when <n>=2.
Radio access type information <access> is returned only when <n>=3.
Test command returns supported values as a compound value.
Syntax

18.6. 18.6 AT+CSCON Signalling connection status 377

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +CSCON: (list of supported <n>s)

AT+CSCON=? OK

Read Command +CSCON: <n>,<mode>[,<state>]

AT+CSCON? CME ERROR: <err>

Set Command OK
AT+CSCON=[<n>] ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

378 Chapter 18. 18 VoLTE Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<n>: integer type

0 disable unsolicited result code

1 enable unsolicited result code +CSCON: <mode>
2 enable unsolicited result code +CSCON: <mode>[,<state>]
3 enable unsolicited result code +CSCON: <mode>[,<state>[,<access>]]

<mode>: integer type; indicates the signalling connection status

0 idle
1 connected

<state>: integer type; indicates the CS or PS state while in GERAN

and the RRC state information if the MT is in connected Mode while
in UTRAN and E-UTRAN.

0 UTRAN URA_PCH state

1 UTRAN Cell_PCH state
2 UTRAN Cell_FACH state
3 UTRAN Cell_DCH state
4 GERAN CS connected state
5 GERAN PS connected state
6 GERAN CS and PS connected state
7 E-UTRAN connected state

<access>: integer type; indicates the current radio access type.

0 Indicates usage of radio access of type GERAN, see 3GPP TS 45.001 [146].
1 Indicates usage of radio access of type UTRAN TDD, see 3GPP TS 25.212 [144].
2 Indicates usage of radio access of type UTRAN FDD, see 3GPP TS 25.212 [144].
3 Indicates usage of radio access of type E-UTRAN TDD, see 3GPP TS 36.300 [145].
4 Indicates usage of radio access of type E-UTRAN FDD, see 3GPP TS 36.300 [145].

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CSCON=?
+CSCON:1
OK

AT+CSCON?
+CSCON: (1-3)
OK

AT+CSCON=1 OK

18.6. 18.6 AT+CSCON Signalling connection status 379

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

18.7 18.7 AT+CISRVCC IMS single radio voice call continuity

Description
SRVCC provides the ability to have a seamless handover of a voice call between the PS domain and the CS
domain for calls that are anchored in IMS, when the UE is capable of transmitting/receiving on only one of
those access networks (PS or CS) at a given time, see 3GPP TS 23.221 [90] subclause 7.2a, annex A.1 and
annex A.2
Set command informs MT about the SRVCC Support. MT normally updates the network when changing this
parameter. Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.
Read command returns the status of the MT stored SRVCC Support.
Test command returns supported values as a compound value.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +CISRVCC:(list of supported

AT+CISRVCC=? <uesrvcc>s)
OK

+CISRVCC: <uesrvcc>
Read Command
AT+CISRVCC?

Set Command OK
AT+CISRVCC=[<uesrvcc>] ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

<uesrvcc>: integer type. SRVCC support status

0 The UE does not have SRVCC support

1 The UE has SRVCC support

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

380 Chapter 18. 18 VoLTE Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+CISRVCC=?
+CISRVCC: 0,1
OK

AT+CISRVCC?
+CISRVCC: 0,1
OK

AT+CISRVCC=1 OK

18.8 18.8 AT+CEUS UE’S usage setting for EPS

Description
The set command is used to set the MT to operate according to the specified UE’s usage setting for EPS, see
3GPP TS 24.301 [83].
The read command returns the usage setting set by the TE.
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported MT setting(s) as a compound value.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +CEUS: (list of supported

AT+CEUS=? <setting>s)
OK

+CEUS: <setting>
Read Command
AT+CEUS?

Set Command OK
AT+CEUS=[<setting>] ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

18.8. 18.8 AT+CEUS UE’S usage setting for EPS 381

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<setting>: integer type; indicates the usage setting of the UE.

The default value is manufacturer specific.

0 voice centric
1 data centric

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CEUS=?
+CEUS: (0,1)
OK

AT+CEUS?
+CEUS: (0,1)
OK

AT+CEUS=1 OK

18.9 18.9 AT+CEVDP UE’S voice domain preference E-UTRAN

Description
The set command is used to set the MT to operate according to the specified voice domain preference for
E-UTRAN.
The read command returns the setting, independent of the current serving cell capability and independent of the
current serving cell’s access technology.
The test command returns supported values as a compound value.
Syntax

382 Chapter 18. 18 VoLTE Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +CEVDP:(list of supported

AT+CEVDP=? <setting>s)
OK

+CEVDP: <setting>
Read Command
AT+CEVDP?

Set Command OK
AT+CEVDP=[<setting>] ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

<setting>: integer type; indicates the voice domain preference of

the UE. The default value is manufacturer specific.

1 CS Voice only
2 CS Voice preferred, IMS PS Voice as secondary
3 IMS PS Voice preferred, CS Voice as secondary
4 IMS PS Voice only

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CEVDP =?
+CEVDP: 1..4
OK

AT+CEVDP?
+CEVDP: 1..4
OK

AT+CEVDP=1 OK

18.10 18.10 AT+CDU Dial URI

Description

18.10. 18.10 AT+CDU Dial URI 383

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Execution command can be used to dial a URI (with <action>=1) for initiating communication using the
specified communication client with the specified media profile. With <action>=0 the command can query
which clients are supported for the URI types supported.
When the command is used to query the supported URI types (i.e. <action>=0), the URI types are provided by
+CDUT: <URI_scheme>. When the command is used to dial a URI (i.e. <action>=1) and the dialling succeeds
the command is terminated by +CDU: <ccidx> and OK. The parameters <CLIR_OIR> and <CUG_pointer>
are used to set the per call basis values of the supplementary services CLIR / OIR and CUG.
The unsolicited result code +CDUU: <ccidx>,<code> can be subsequently provided to give further basic
information about the call as it progresses. The value of the <ccidx> is kept until the call is released. See
command +CMCCS and unsolicited result code +CMCCSI for provision of additional information about the
call setup.
If “Call control by USIM” see 3GPP TS 31.111 [92] subclause 4.5 is activated by the USIM, it is the
responsibility of the communication client to perform any required call control verification according to the
procedures defined in 3GPP TS 31.111 [92] subclause 7.3 prior to the execution of the call setup.
When call control by USIM is applicable, the communication client shall perform the call control (for example
by using the Commands for USIM application toolkit, see clause 12) and act upon the result of the call control
as follows:
- if call control by USIM performs no modifications to the call request, the call setup shall be executed
without any changes to the data;
- if call control by USIM modifies the call request, the call setup shall be executed using the modified
data as provided by the call control;
- if call control by USIM modifies the call request to a different service, the appropriate AT command(s)
for that service shall be executed; and
- if call control by USIM rejects the call request, the call setup shall not be executed.
If the attempt to dial does not succeed, the command is terminated by ERROR / CME ERROR or +CDUI:
<cause> and OK. Refer subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.
Test command returns values supported as a compound value.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Set Command OK
AT+CDU=<action>[,<URI>[, ERROR
<client>[,<mpidx>[,<CLIR_OIR>[, +CME ERROR:<err>
<CUG_pointer>[,
<type_of_call>]]]]]]

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

384 Chapter 18. 18 VoLTE Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<action>: integer type

0 Query supported communication clients for the supported URI types. Execution command
+CDU=0 returns a line of intermediate result code +CDUT: <URI_scheme>[,<client>] for every
supported <URI_scheme>.
1 Dial <URI> using the indicated communication client with the indicated media profile.

<URI>: string type. URI including the prefix specifying the URI
type. The URI may include URI parameters. The used character set
should be the one selected with Select TE Character Set +CSCS.
<CLIR_OIR>: integer type. Indicates per call basis changes
provided to the supplementary service CLIR / OIR. See +CLIR for
further information of the related parameters.

0 No per call based changes to CLIR / OIR, the settings with +CLIR apply.
1 Restrict the CLI presentation for the current call (CLIR / OIR invocation)
2 Allow CLI presentation for the current call (CLIR / OIR suppression)

<CUG_pointer>: integer type. Indicates per call basis changes

provided to the supplementary service closed user group. See +CECUG
for further information of the related parameters.

0 No per call basis changes to CUG

1-n Indicates the CUG index to use for this call. The CUG index and corresponding values used as set
with command +CECUG (enable CUG temporary mode). The maximum value of n is
implementation specific.

<type_of_call>: integer type. Indicates type of call on per call

basis.

0 Normal call
1 Dual radio voice call continuity call

<URI_scheme>: string type represented with IRA characters.

Parameter identifies supported URI scheme. This parameter shall
not be subject to conventional character conversion as per +CSCS.

sip Internet Assigned Number Authority (IANA) registry as per RFC 3969 [113], used with Session
Initiation Protocol (SIP), see RFC 3261 [111].
tel Internet Assigned Number Authority (IANA) registry as per RFC 5341 [114], used with SIP, see
RFC 3966 [112] | urn Internet Assigned Number Authority (IANA) registry according to RFC 2141
[116], only used with SIP in combination with a suitable uniform resource name (URN) namespace.

<client>: integer type. Communication client indication. The

default value is implementation specific.

0 MMTel. The UE procedures in 3GPP TS 24.173 [87] apply.

128-255 Reserved for vendor specific communication clients..

<mpidx>: integer type. Media profile identification number.

18.10. The
18.10parameter is URI
AT+CDU Dial local to the TE-MT interface. The range of 385
permitted values (minimum value = 1) is returned by the test
form of the command +CDEFMP. When +CDU is used for dialling (i.
e. with <action>=1) this number can be provided to point to a
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CDU=1,"tel:+47-123-45678"
• +CDU: 2 OK

18.11 18.11 AT+CHCCS Hangup of current calls

Description
Execution command causes the TA to initiate hangup and subsequently perform call clearing of the call for
which a <ccidx> was provided when the call was detected in the MT. The parameter <cause> can be added to
indicate particular information on the cause for call clearing. Setting the parameter <cause> to values 2 or 3 is
typically relevant for call clearing before a call has been established (e.g. an incoming or waiting call). The
parameter <cause> is ignored by the lower layers if it is not according to the signalling procedures in question.
A special form of the execution command, +CHCCS=0, causes the TA to initiate hangup and subsequently
perform call clearing of all calls for which a <ccidx> was provided when the call was detected in the MT. The
parameter <cause> will be ignored if <ccidx>=0. The information text +CHCCSI: <ccidx> is provided for
each call where a successful hangup is initiated as result of the +CHCCS. If no hangup is initiated, no
information text is provided before OK is returned.
Syntax

Command Possible response

OK
Read Command
AT+CHCCS=?

Set Command OK
AT+CHCCS=<ccidx>[,<cause>] ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Reference: 3GPP TS 27.007 V13.2.3

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

386 Chapter 18. 18 VoLTE Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<ccidx>: integer type. Call identification number as described

in 3GPP TS 22.030 [19] subclause 6.5.5.1. This number can be
used in +CHLD command operations. Value range is from 1 to N.
N, the maximum number of simultaneous call control processes is
implementation specific
<cause>: integer type. Proposed cause value for call clearing.

1 No particular cause indicated

2 Cause “Normal call clearing” (value 16), see 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] table 10.5.123 or BYE request,
see RFC 3261 [111] subclause 15.1
3 Cause “Call rejected” (value 21), see 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] table 10.5.123 or “488 Not Acceptable
Here”, see RFC 3261 [111] subclause 21.4.26
4 Cause “User busy” (value 17), see 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] table 10.5.123 or “486 Busy Here”, see
RFC 3261 [111] subclause 21.4.24

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CHCCS=?
+CHCCS: (0-n)
OK

AT+CHCCS=2
• +CHCCSI: 2 OK

18.12 18.12 AT+CCFCU Communication forwarding number and

conditions with URI support

Description
The command allows control of the communication forwarding supplementary service according to 3GPP TS
22.072 [31], 3GPP TS 22.082 [4] and 3GPP TS 24.604 [132]. This command is an extended version of AT
commands +CCFC and +CTFR which also supports numbers of the SIP URI format. Registration, erasure,
activation, deactivation, and status query are supported. When querying the status of a network service
(<mode>=2) the response line for ‘not active’ case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active
for any <class>.
Test command returns reason values supported as a compound value.
Syntax

18.12. 18.12 AT+CCFCU Communication forwarding number and conditions with URI support 387
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Set Command OK
AT+CCFCU=<reason>,<mode>[, ERROR
<numbertype>,<ton>,<number>[, +CME ERROR:<err>
<class>,<ruleset>[,<subaddr>[,
<satype>[,<time>]]]]]

Read Command OK
AT+CCFCU=? - | +CCFCU: (list of
supported <reason>s)

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

388 Chapter 18. 18 VoLTE Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<reason>: integer type

0 communication forwarding unconditional – CFU, refer 3GPP TS 22.082 [4] and 3GPP TS 24.604
[132]
1 communication forwarding on busy user – CFB, refer 3GPP TS 22.082 [4] and 3GPP TS 24.604
[132]
2 communication forwarding on no reply – CFNR, refer 3GPP TS 22.082 [4] and 3GPP TS 24.604
[132]
3 communication forwarding on subscriber not reachable – CFNRc, refer 3GPP TS 22.082 [4] and
3GPP TS 24.604 [132]
4 all call forwarding (refer to “all CF” in 3GPP TS 22.030 [19])
5 all conditional call forwarding (refer to “all conditional CF” in 3GPP TS 22.030 [19])
6 communication deflection – CD, refer 3GPP TS 22.072 [31] and 3GPP TS 24.604 [132]
7 communication forwarding on not logged-in – CFNL, refer 3GPP TS 24.604 [132

<mode>: integer type

0 disable
1 enable
2 query status
3 registration
4 erasure

<numbertype>: integer type. Indicating type of information in

parameter <number>

0 No valid information in parameter <number>. <number> shall then be set to empty string (“”).
1 Number in <number> according to URI including the prefix specifying the URI type (see command
+CDU). Parameter <ton> has no relevant information and is set to zero.
2 Number in <number> according to one of the formats supported by 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause
10.5.4.7)

<ton>: type of number in integer format (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]

subclause 10.5.4.7). The parameter is also set to zero when it has
no meaningful content, e.g. when <numbertype>=1.
<number>: string type phone number in format specified by
<numbertype>. The used character set should be the one selected
with Select TE Character Set +CSCS. When no number is available,
<number> shall be set to empty string ("").
<subaddr>: string type subaddress of format specified by <satype>
<satype>: type of subaddress octet in integer format (refer 3GPP
TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.4.8); default 128
<classx> is a sum of integers each representing a class of
information (default 7 - voice, data and fax):

0 communication forwarding without differentiation on class of information

1 voice (telephony)
2 data (refers to all bearer services; with <mode>=2 this may refer only to some bearer service if TA
does not support values 16, 32, 64 and 128)
4 fax (facsimile services)
18.12. 818.12 AT+CCFCU
short message serviceCommunication forwarding number and conditions with URI support 389
16 data circuit sync
32 data circuit async
64 dedicated packet access
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

AT+CCFCU=1,1,"931123456"
• +CDU: 2 OK

AT+CCFCU=?
• +CCFCU:(0-7) OK

18.13 18.13 AT+SETVOLTE Disable/Enable VOLTE

Description
Disable/Enable VOLTE.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +SETVOLTE: (list of supported

AT+SETVOLTE=? <setting>s)
OK

Set Command OK
AT+SETVOLTE=[<setting>] ERROR
+CME ERROR:<err>

Unsolicited Result Codes None

Parameter

<setting>: integer type;

0 Disable VOLTE
1 Enable VOLTE.

Remark None
Example The following examples show the typical application for this command.

390 Chapter 18. 18 VoLTE Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

AT+SETVOLTE=?
+SETVOLTE: :0,1
OK

AT+SETVOLTE?
+SETVOLTE: :0,1
OK

AT+SETVOLTE=1 OK

18.13. 18.13 AT+SETVOLTE Disable/Enable VOLTE 391

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

392 Chapter 18. 18 VoLTE Commands

 CHAPTER

NINETEEN

19 QUECTEL_TCPIP COMMANDS

Contents

• 19.1 AT+QIOPEN Start Up TCP Or UDP Connection

• 19.2 AT+QISEND Send Data Through TCP Or UDP Connection
• 19.3 AT+QICLOSE Close TCP Or UDP Connection
• 19.4 AT+QIDEACT Close CPRS/CSD PDP
• 19.5 AT+QIPORT Set Local Port
• 19.6 AT+QIREGAPP Start task and Set APN, username, password
• 19.7 AT+QIACT Activating the mobile scene (Start a wireless connection in GPRS/CSD)
• 19.8 AT+QILOCIP Get local ip address
• 19.9 AT+QISTAT Query the current connection state
• 19.10 AT+QISTATE Query the connection status of the current access
• 19.11 AT+QISSTAT Query the current server state
• 19.12 AT+QIDNSCFG Configure DNS
• 19.13 AT+QIDNSGIP DNS
• 19.14 AT+QIDNSIP Config use ip address or use domain
• 19.15 AT+QIHEAD Show ip head when recv data
• 19.16 AT+QIAUTOS Set auto send TCP/UDP time of data
• 19.17 AT+QIPROMPT Set show “>”&”SEND OK” when send data
• 19.18 AT+QISERVER Config server
• 19.19 AT+QICSGP Set CSD or GPRS
• 19.20 AT+QISRVC Select connection
• 19.21 AT+QISHOWRA Show remote ip address and port when recv data
• 19.22 AT+QISCON Save TCPIP scene
• 19.23 AT+QIMODE Config TCPIP mode
• 19.24 AT+QITCFG Config transparent mode
• 19.25 AT+QISHOWTP Show transport protocol when recv ip head

393
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• 19.26 AT+QIMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection

• 19.27 AT+QISHOWLA Show local ip address
• 19.28 AT+QIFGCNT Config scene
• 19.29 AT+QISACK Query the sending of data information
• 19.30 AT+QINDI Cache recv data
• 19.31 AT+QIRD Read data of cache recv
• 19.32 AT+QISDE Ctrl “AT+QISEND” echo data
• 19.33 AT+QPING Ctrl “AT+QPING” ping server of remote
• 19.34 AT+QNTP Ctrl “AT+QNTP” Synchronization time by internet.
• 19.35 EXAMLPE

19.1 19.1 AT+QIOPEN Start Up TCP Or UDP Connection

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIOPEN=?
• +QIOPEN: (list of supported <mode>),(<IP address>/<domain
name>),(<port>)
•
• OK

AT+QIOPEN=[<index>,
• If format is right, respond: OK
]<mode>,<IP
• Otherwise, respond: ERROR
address>/<domain
• If the connection has already existed, respond ALREADY CONNECT
name>,<port>
• And then if connection is successful, respond: CONNECT OK
• Otherwise, respond: CONNECT FAIL

Reference
// QIMUX=0 : (“index” default)
AT+QIOPEN=”TCP”,”111.205.140.139”,6800
OK
CONNECT OK
Description
Parameters
<index> A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<mode> A string parameter which indicates the connection type

“TCP” Establish a TCP connection

“UDP” Establish a UDP connection

<IP address> A string parameter which indicates remote server IP address

394 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<port> Remote server port

<domain name> A string parameter which indicates remote server domain name

Note:
1. Max Response Time: 75s – CONNECT FAIL/CONNECT OK; 300ms – OK/ERROR/ALREADY CONNECT
2. ME state must be “IP INITIAL”/”IP STATUS”/”IP CLOSE”, otherwise execute
“AT+QIDEACT”/”AT+QICLOSE”
3. “AT+QIOPEN” was repeatedly execute, return “ALREADY CONNECT”

19.2 19.2 AT+QISEND Send Data Through TCP Or UDP Connection

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QISEND=?
• +QISEND:<length>
• OK

AT+QISEND
• SEND OK When send success
• SEND FAIL When send fail
• ERROR When connection does not exist

QIMUX=0 • SEND OK When send success

• • SEND FAIL When send fail
AT+QISEND=<length>• ERROR When connection does not exist
QIMUX=1
•
AT+QISEND=<index>[,
<length>]

Reference
// QIMUX=0 : (“index” default)
AT+QISEND
1234567890 //use “ctrl+z” to send
SEND OK
Description
Parameters
<index> A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<length> A numeric parameter which indicates the length of sending data, it must be less than 1460

Note:
1. Execute “AT+QISEND”, must “AT+QIMUX=0”.
2. “AT+QISEND” don’t send empty string, return “SEND FAIL”

19.2. 19.2 AT+QISEND Send Data Through TCP Or UDP Connection 395
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

3. When send data, must exist connection of TCP/UDP.

4. “SEND OK” is means send data, doesn’t mean that response. Please execute “AT+QISACK” query.
5. Max Response Time: 300ms.

19.3 19.3 AT+QICLOSE Close TCP Or UDP Connection

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QICLOSE=?
• OK

AT+QICLOSE
• CLOSE OK If close is successfully
• ERROR If close fails

AT+QICLOSE=<index>
• <index>, CLOSE OK If close is successfully
• ERROR If close fails

Reference
AT+QICLOSE
CLOSE OK
Description
Parameters
<index> A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number

Note:
1. Max Response Time: 300ms.
2. AT+QICLOSE
• When “AT+QISRVC=1 && AT+QIMUX=0”, return “CLOSE OK”. It means “ME” as client and close
connection.
• When “AT+QISRVC=1 && AT+QIMUX=1”, return “ERROR”.
• When “AT+QISRVC=2 && AT+QIMUX=0”, return “CLOSE OK”. It means “ME” as server and close
connection.
• When “AT+QISRVC=2 && AT+QIMUX=1”, return “CLOSE OK”. It means “ME” as server and close
all connection.
3. AT+QICLOSE=<index>
• Must “AT+QIMUX=1”
• When “AT+QISRVC=1 && AT+QIMUX=1”, it means “ME” close <index> connection as client and
“ME” reservation connection as server.
• When “AT+QISRVC=2 && AT+QIMUX=1”, it means “ME” close <index> connection as server.

396 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• When “AT+QISRVC=1 && AT+QIMUX=0”: If “AT+QISTAT” is “CONNECTING”/”CONNECT OK”,

return “CLOSE OK”. Otherwise return “ERROR”.

19.4 19.4 AT+QIDEACT Close CPRS/CSD PDP

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIDEACT=?
• OK

AT+QIDEACT
• DEACT OK If close is successfully
• ERROR If close fails

Reference
AT+QIDEACT
DEACT OK
Description
Parameters

Note:
1. Max Response Time: 40s.
2. “AT+QIDEACT” is return “DEACT OK”, state is “IP INITIAL”.
3. “AT+QIMUX=0” is close connect/PDP current.
4. “AT+QIMUX=0” is close all connect/PDP.

19.4. 19.4 AT+QIDEACT Close CPRS/CSD PDP 397

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

19.5 19.5 AT+QIPORT Set Local Port

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QILPORT=?
• CIPMUX=0
– +QILPORT: ("TCP","UDP"),(0-65535)
– OK
• CIPMUX=1
– +QILPORT: (0-7),("TCP","UDP"),
(0-65535)
– OK

AT+QILPORT?
• <mode>:<port>
• <CR><LF><mode>:<port>
•
• OK

• CIPMUX=0 • OK
– • +CME ERROR <err>
+QILPORT=<mode>,
<port>
• CIPMUX=1
– +QILPORT=<n>,
<mode>,<port>

Reference
AT+QILPORT=”TCP”,1234
OK
Description
Parameters
<n> 0..7 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<mode> A string parameter which indicates the connection type

“TCP” TCP local port

“UDP” UDP local port

<port> 0-65535 A numeric parameter which indicates the local port.

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms.

398 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

19.6 19.6 AT+QIREGAPP Start task and Set APN, username, pass-
word

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIREGAPP=?
• +QIREGAPP:"APN","USER","PWD"
•
• OK

AT+QIREGAPP?
• +QIREGAPP:<apn>,<user name>,<password>
•
• OK

AT+QIREGAPP=<apn>,
• OK
<user name>,
• ERROR
<password>[,<rate>]

Reference
AT+QIREGAPP
OK
Description
Parameters
<apn> Strings parameter which GPRS/CSD name
<user name> Strings parameter which GPRS/CSD user name
<password> Strings parameter which GPRS/CSD user password
<rate> CSD tx rate

Note:
1. Max Response Time: 300ms
2. “ME” state must be “IP INITIAL”. Return “OK”, “ME” state is “IP START”.

19.7 19.7 AT+QIACT Activating the mobile scene (Start a wireless

connection in GPRS/CSD)

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIACT=?
• OK

AT+QIACT
• OK
• ERROR

19.6. 19.6 AT+QIREGAPP Start task and Set APN, username, password 399
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
AT+QIACT
OK
Description
Parameters

Note:
1. Max Response Time: 150s
2. “ME” state must be “IP START”. Return “OK”, “ME” state is “IPCONFIG”.

19.8 19.8 AT+QILOCIP Get local ip address

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QILOCIP=?
• OK

AT+QILOCIP
• <IP address>
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QILOCIP
10.196.188.19
OK
Description
Parameters
<IP address> Strings parameter which local ip address

Note:
1. Max Response Time: 300ms
2. PDP active state muse be “IP GPRSACT”/”TCP/UDP CONNECTING”/”CONNECT OK”/”IP CLOSE”, oth-
erwise return “ERROR”.

400 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

19.9 19.9 AT+QISTAT Query the current connection state

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QISTAT=?
• OK

AT+QISTAT
• AT+QIMUX=0
– OK
– STATE:<state>
• AT+QIMUX=1
– (+QISTAT:<index>,<mode>,<addr>,
<port><CR><LF>)
– list ......
– OK

Reference
AT+QISTAT
OK
STATE:IP STATUS
Description
Parameters
<state> Strings parameter which connect state

“IP INITIAL” initialization

“IP START” start task
“IP CONFIG” configuration scene
“IP IND” active GPRS/CSD
“IP GPRSACT” config receiving scene
“IP STATUS” get local ip addrs
“TCP CONNECTING” TCP connecting
“UDP CONNECTING” UDP connecting
“IP CLOSE” TCP/UDP connection close
“CONNECT OK” TCP/UDP connection success
“PDP DEACT” GPRS/CSD scene abnormal closed

In ATV0:

0 “IP INITIAL”
1 “IP START”
2 “IP CONFIG”
3 “IP IND”
4 “IP GPRSACT”
6 “TCP CONNECTING” or “UDP CONNECTING”
7 “IP CLOSE”
8 “CONNECT OK”
9 “PDP DEACT”

19.9. 19.9 AT+QISTAT Query the current connection state 401

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<index> 0~5
<mode> Connection type “TCP” TCP connection “UDP” UDP connection
<addr> ip address
<port> port

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.10 19.10 AT+QISTATE Query the connection status of the current

access

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QISTATE=?
• OK

AT+QISTATE
• AT+QIMUX=0
– OK
– +QISTATE:<state>
• AT+QIMUX=1
– OK
– STATE:<state>
– +QISTATE:
– <index>,<mode>,<addr>,<port><socketstate>
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QISTAT
OK
STATE:IP STATUS
Description
Parameters
<state> Strings parameter which connect state
When AT+QIMUX=0 :

402 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

“IP INITIAL” initialization

“IP START” start task
“IP CONFIG” configuration scene
“IP IND” active GPRS/CSD
“IP GPRSACT” config receiving scene
“IP STATUS” get local ip addrs
“TCP CONNECTING” TCP connecting
“UDP CONNECTING” UDP connecting
“IP CLOSE” TCP/UDP connection close
“CONNECT OK” TCP/UDP connection success
“PDP DEACT” GPRS/CSD scene abnormal closed

When AT+QIMUX=1 :

“IP INITIAL” initialization

“IP START” start task
“IP CONFIG” configuration scene
“IP IND” active GPRS/CSD
“IP GPRSACT” config receiving scene
“IP STATUS” get local ip addrs
“IP PROCESSING” data processing
“PDP DEACT” GPRS/CSD scene abnormal closed

<index> 0~5
<mode> Connection type “TCP” TCP connection “UDP” UDP connection
<addr> ip address
<port> port
<socketstate> connection status of the current access, “INITIAL”,”CONNECTED”

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.11 19.11 AT+QISSTAT Query the current server state

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QISSTAT=?
• OK

AT+QISSTAT
• AT+QIMUX=0
– OK
– S:<ServerState>
• AT+QIMUX=1
– OK
– S:<ServerState>
– C:<index>,<mode>,<addr>,<port>
• ERROR

19.11. 19.11 AT+QISSTAT Query the current server state 403

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
AT+QISSTAT
OK
S:INITIAL
Description
Parameters
<ServerState> Strings parameter which connect state

“INITIAL” initialization
“OPENNING” start task
“LISTENING” listening state
“CLOSING” closing

<index> 0~4
<mode> Connection type “TCP” TCP connection “UDP” UDP connection
<addr> ip address
<port> port

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.12 19.12 AT+QIDNSCFG Configure DNS

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIDNSCFG=?
• OK

AT+QIDNSCFG?
• PrimaryDns:<pri_dns>
• SecondaryDns:<sec_dns>
• OK

AT+QIDNSCFG=<pri_dns>[,
• OK
<sec_dns>]
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QIDNSCFG?
PrimaryDns: <211.137.160.5>
SecondaryDns: <211.137.160.185>
OK
Description
Parameters

404 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<pri_dns> Master domain server

<sec_dns> Second domain server

Note:
1. Max Response Time: 300ms

19.13 19.13 AT+QIDNSGIP DNS

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIDNSGIP=?
• OK

AT+QIDNSGIP=<domain
• OK
name>
• when return “OK”, and dns success
• <IP address>
• when return “OK”, and dns fails
• ERROR:<err>
• STATE:<state>
•
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QIDNSGIP=”www.baidu.com”
OK
111.13.100.91
Description
Parameters
<domain name> domain name
<IP address> ip address
<err> error number, 1~8
<state> reference AT+QISTAT

Note: Max Response Time: 14s

19.13. 19.13 AT+QIDNSGIP DNS 405

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

19.14 19.14 AT+QIDNSIP Config use ip address or use domain

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIDNSIP=?
• +QIDNSIP:(<mode>list)
• OK

AT+QIDNSIP?
• +QIDNSIP:<mode>
• OK

AT+QIDNSIP=<mode>
• OK
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QIDNSIP=0
OK
Description
Parameters
<mode>
• 0: use ip address
• 1: use domain

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.15 19.15 AT+QIHEAD Show ip head when recv data

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIHEAD=?
• +QIHEAD:(<mode>list)
• OK

AT+QIHEAD?
• +QIHEAD:<mode>
• OK

AT+QIHEAD=<mode>
• OK
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QIHEAD=0
OK

406 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

If QIHEAD=1 the format is:

• For single IP connection (+QIMUX=0) +IPD(data length):
• For multi IP connection (+QIMUX=1) +RECEIVE(n)(data length):
Description
Parameters
<mode>
• 0: don’t show ip head
• 1: show ip head

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.16 19.16 AT+QIAUTOS Set auto send TCP/UDP time of data

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIAUTOS=?
• +QIAUTOS:(<mode>list),(<time>list)
• OK

AT+QIAUTOS?
• +QIAUTOS:<mode>,<time>
• OK

AT+QIAUTOS=<mode>[,
• OK
<time>]
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QIAUTOS=0
OK
Description
Parameters
<mode>
• 0: don’t set auto send (default)
• 1: set auto send
<time>
• time of auto send

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.16. 19.16 AT+QIAUTOS Set auto send TCP/UDP time of data 407
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

19.17 19.17 AT+QIPROMPT Set show “>”&”SEND OK” when send

data

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIPROMPT=?
• +QIPROMPT:(<send prompt>list)
• OK

AT+QIPROMPT?
• +QIPROMPT:<send prompt>
• OK

AT+QIPROMPT=<send
• OK
prompt>
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QIPROMPT=0
OK
Description
Parameters
<send prompt>
• 0: Don’t show “>” when send data success, return “SEND OK”
• 1: Show “>” when send data success, return “SEND OK”
• 2: Don’t show “>” when send data success, return null

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

408 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

19.18 19.18 AT+QISERVER Config server

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QISERVER=?
• OK

AT+QISERVER?
• +QISERVER:<mode>,<num>
• OK

AT+QISERVER
• OK
• ERROR
• When Config server success,return:
• SERVER OK
• When Config server fails,return:
• CONNECT FAIL

AT+QISERVER=<type>[,
• OK
<max>]
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QISERVER
OK
SERVER OK
Description
Parameters
<mode>
• 0: Not configured to become server
• 1: Configured to become server
<num>
• client number, 1~5
<type>
• 0: TCP server
• 1: UDP server
<max>
• max connection number,default 1.(1~5)

Note:
1. Max Response Time: 150s
2. When “AT+QIMUX=0”, param “max” is null.

19.18. 19.18 AT+QISERVER Config server 409

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

19.19 19.19 AT+QICSGP Set CSD or GPRS

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QICSGP=?
• +QICSGP:0-CSD,DIAL NUMBER,USER NAME,PASSWORD,
RATE(0-3)
• +QICSGP:1-GPRS,APN,USER NAME,PASSWORD
• OK

AT+QICSGP?
• +QICSGP:<mode>
• OK

AT+QICSGP
• +QICSGP:<mode>
• OK

AT+QICSGP=<mode>[,
• OK
(<apn>,<user name>,
• ERROR
<password>)/(<dial
number>,<user name>,
<password>,<rate>)]

Reference
AT+QICSGP=1,”CMNET”
OK
Description
Parameters
<mode>
• 0: CSD
• 1: GPRS
GPRS:
• <apn> : access point name
• <user name> : user name
• <password> : user password
CSD:
• <dial number> : CSD number
• <user name> : user name
• <password> : user password
• <rate> :

0 2400
1 4800
2 9600(default)
3 14400

410 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.20 19.20 AT+QISRVC Select connection

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QISRVC=?
• +QISRVC:(<connection> list)
• OK

AT+QISRVC?
• +QISRVC:<connection>
• OK

AT+QISRVC=<connection>
• OK
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QISRVC=2
OK
Description
Parameters
<connection>
• 1: ME as Client
• 2: ME as Server

Note:
1. Max Response Time: 300ms
2. When “ME” as Server and “ME” as Client, param is “1” select client connection, param is “2” select server
connection.

19.20. 19.20 AT+QISRVC Select connection 411

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

19.21 19.21 AT+QISHOWRA Show remote ip address and port when

recv data

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QISHOWRA=?
• +QISHOWRA:(<mode> list)
• OK

AT+QISHOWRA?
• +QISHOWRA:<mode>
• OK

AT+QISHOWRA=<mode>
• OK
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QISHOWRA=0
OK
Description
Parameters
<mode>
• 0: don’t show (default)
• 1: show, format RECV FROM:<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

412 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

19.22 19.22 AT+QISCON Save TCPIP scene

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QISCON=?
• OK

AT+QISCON?
• SHOW APPTCPIP CONTEXT
• +QIDNSIP:<mode>
• +QIPROMPT:<sendprompt>
• +QIHEAD:<iphead>
• QISHOWRA:<srip>
• QICSGP:<csgp>
• Gprs Config APN:<apn>
• Gprs Config UserId:<gusr>
• Gprs Config Password:<gpwd>
• Gprs Config inactivity Timeout:<timeout>
• CSD Dial Number:<cnum>
• CSD Config UserId:<cusr>
• CSD Config Password:<cpwd>
• CSD Config rate:<crate>
• App Tcpip Mode:<mode>
• In Transparent Transfer Mode
• Number of Retry:<nmRetry>
• Wait Time:<waitTm>
• Send Size:<sendSz>
• esc:<esc>
•
• OK

AT+QISCON
• OK

Reference
AT+QISCON?
SHOW APPTCPIP CONTEXT
+QIPROMPT: 0
+QIPHEAD: 0
+QISHOWRA: 0
OK
Description
Parameters
<mode> : reference AT+QIDNSIP
<sendprompt> : reference AT+QIPROMPT
<iphead> : reference AT+QIHEAD
<srip> : reference AT+QISHOWRA

19.22. 19.22 AT+QISCON Save TCPIP scene 413

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<csgp> : reference AT+QICSGP

<apn> : reference AT+QICSGP
<gusr> : reference AT+QICSGP
<gpwd> : reference AT+QICSGP
<timeout> : reference AT+QICSGP
<cnum> : reference AT+QICSGP
<cusr> : reference AT+QICSGP
<cpwd> : reference AT+QICSGP
<crate> : reference AT+QICSGP
<nmRetry> : reference AT+QITCFG
<waitTm> : reference AT+QITCFG
<sendSz> : reference AT+QITCFG
<esc>: reference AT+QITCFG

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.23 19.23 AT+QIMODE Config TCPIP mode

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIMODE=?
• +QIMODE:(0-NORMAL MODE,1-TRANSPARENT MODE)
• OK

AT+QIMODE?
• +QIMODE:<mode>
• OK

AT+QIMODE=<mode>
• OK
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QIMODE=0
OK
Description
Parameters
<mode> :
• 0 : normal mode
• 1 : transparent mode

414 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.24 19.24 AT+QITCFG Config transparent mode

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QITCFG=?
• +QITCFG:
• (<NmRetry>list,<WaitTm>list,<SendSz>list,
<esc>list)
• OK

AT+QITCFG?
• +QITCFG:<NmRetry>,<WaitTm>,<SendSz>,<esc>
• OK

AT+QITCFG=<NmRetry>,
• OK
<WaitTm>,<SendSz>,
• ERROR
<esc>

Reference
AT+QITCFG=3,1,1460,0
OK
Description
Parameters
<NmRetry> : Retry times
<WaitTm> : interval, unit 100ms
<SendSz> : bytes of send data
<esc> : null

Note:
1. Max Response Time: 300ms
2. <SendSz> max is 1460
3. Must be “AT+QIMUX=0”

19.24. 19.24 AT+QITCFG Config transparent mode 415

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

19.25 19.25 AT+QISHOWTP Show transport protocol when recv ip

head

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QISHOWTP=?
• +QISHOWTP:(<mode> list)
• OK

AT+QISHOWTP?
• +QISHOWTP:<mode>
• OK

AT+QISHOWTP=<mode>
• OK
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QISHOWTP=0
OK
If QISHOWTP=1 the format is:
• For single IP connection (+QIMUX=0) +IPD(data length)(TCP/UDP):
• For multi IP connection (+QIMUX=1) +RECEIVE(n)(data length):
Description
Parameters
<mode>
• 0: don’t show (default)
• 1: show, format: +IPD(data length)(TCP/UDP):

Note:
1. Max Response Time: 300ms
2. If param is “1” is valid, must be “AT+QIHEAD=1”.
3. This command will be effective only in single connection mode (+QIMUX=0)

416 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

19.26 19.26 AT+QIMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIMUX=?
• +QIMUX:(<mode>list)
• OK

AT+QIMUX?
• +QIMUX: <mode>
• OK

AT+QIMUX=<mode>
• OK
• ERROR

Reference:
AT+QIMUX=0
OK
Description
Parameters
<mode> Connection mode

0 Single IP connection
1 Multi IP connection

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.27 19.27 AT+QISHOWLA Show local ip address

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QISHOWLA=?
• +QISHOWLA:(<mode> list)
• OK

AT+QISHOWLA?
• +QISHOWLA:<mode>
• OK

AT+QISHOWLA=<mode>
• OK
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QISHOWLA=0
OK

19.26. 19.26 AT+QIMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection 417

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Description
Parameters
<mode>
• 0: don’t show (default)
• 1: show, format: TO:<IP ADDRESS>

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.28 19.28 AT+QIFGCNT Config scene

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIFGCNT=?
• +QIFGCNT:(<id> list)
• OK

AT+QIFGCNT?
• +QIFGCNT:<id>,<channel>
• OK

AT+QIFGCNT=<id>
• OK
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QIFGCNT=0
OK
Description
Parameters
<id> Scene number, range 0-1
<channel>

0 VIRTUAL_UART_1
1 VIRTUAL_UART_2
2 VIRTUAL_UART_3
3 VIRTUAL_UART_4
255 NULL

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

418 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

19.29 19.29 AT+QISACK Query the sending of data information

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QISACK=?`
• OK

AT+QISACK?
• +QISACK:<sent>,<acked>,<nAcked>
• OK

AT+QISACK=<n>
• +QISACK:<sent>,<acked>,<nAcked>
• OK

Reference
AT+QISACK?
+QISACK:4,4,0
OK
Description
Parameters
<n> Query connection number
<sent> send data size
<acked> recv data size in remote
<nAcked> remote don’t recv data size of send data

Note:
1. Max Response Time: 300ms
2. Execute command is valid, when “AT+QIMUX=0”.
3. Config command is valid, when “AT+QIMUX=1”.

19.30 19.30 AT+QINDI Cache recv data

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QINDI=?
• +QINDI:(<m>list)
• OK

AT+QINDI?
• +QINDI:<m>
• OK

AT+QINDI=<m>
• OK
• ERROR

19.29. 19.29 AT+QISACK Query the sending of data information 419

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
AT+QINDI=1
OK
Description
Parameters
<m>
• 0 : don’t cache
• 1 : cache

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.31 19.31 AT+QIRD Read data of cache recv

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QIRD=?
• +QIRD:(<ipAddr>list,<port>list,<type>list,
<length>list)
• OK

AT+QIRD=<id>,<sc>,
• +QIRD:(<ipAddr>:<port>,<type>,<length>)
<sid>,<len>
• <data>
• OK
•
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QIRD=0,1,0,30
+QIRD:111.205.140.139:6800,TCP,30 1234567890abcdefghijklmnopqrst
OK
Description
Parameters
<id> Scenc number, range 0~1
<sc> 1:ME as Client; 2:ME as Server
<sid> Socket numbet, range 0~5
<len> read data langth, range 1~1500
<ipAddr> ip address
<port> port
<type> “TCP” or “UDP”
<length> real data size of read

420 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<data> data

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.32 19.32 AT+QISDE Ctrl “AT+QISEND” echo data

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QISDE=?
• +QISDE:(<m> list)
• OK

AT+QISDE?
• +QISDE:<m>
• OK

AT+QISDE=<m>
• OK
• ERROR

Reference
AT+QISDE=0
OK
Description
Parameters
<m>
• 0: don’t echo
• 1: echo

Note: Max Response Time: 300ms

19.32. 19.32 AT+QISDE Ctrl “AT+QISEND” echo data 421

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

19.33 19.33 AT+QPING Ctrl “AT+QPING” ping server of remote

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QPING=?
• +QPING:"HOST",(<timeout> list),(<pingnum> list)
• OK

AT+QPING="<host>"[,
• OK
[<timeout>][,
• [+QPING:<result>[,<ipAddr>,<bytes>,<time>,<ttl>].
<pingnum>]]
..]
• +QPING:<finresult>[,<sent>,<rcvd>,<lost>,<min>,
<max>,<avg>]
• ERROR

Reference AT+QPING=”www.baidu.com”,1,1
OK
+QPING: 0, 111.13.100.92, 36, 985, 255
+QPING: 0, 111.13.100.92, 36, 257, 255
+QPING: 0, 111.13.100.92, 36, 281, 255
+QPING: 0, 111.13.100.92, 36, 281, 255
+QPING: 2, 4, 4, 0, 257, 985, 451
Description
Parameters
<host>
• Ipaddr or domain of remote server.
<timeout>
• Default 1s. Range 1-255.
<pingnum>
• Ping count. Default 4. Range 1-10
<result>
• 0 : Recv response of remote server. Display:<ipAdr>,<bytes>,<time>,<ttl>
• 1 : Ping timeout.
<ipAdr>
• Ipaddr of remote server.
<bytes>
• Langth of ping send data.
<time>
• Request time consuming of ping. Unit ms.
<ttl>

422 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• Current time of ping response.

<finresult>
• 2 : Success of active GPRS.
• 3 : TCP/IP protocol stack busy.
• 4 : Not find of remote server.
• 5 : Fail of active PDP.
<sent>
• Send counts of ping.
<rcvd>
• Send counts of ping and recv response times.
<lost>
• Timeout times of ping.
<min>
• Min response time. Unit : ms.
• Max response time. Unit : ms.
<avg>
• Average response time. Unit : ms.

Note: Max Response Time: param “timeout”

19.34 19.34 AT+QNTP Ctrl “AT+QNTP” Synchronization time by in-

ternet.

Command Possible response(s)

AT+QNTP=?
• +QNTP:"SERVER",(<timeout> list)
• OK

AT+QNTP?
• +QNTP:"<server>",<port>
• OK

AT+QNTP
• OK
• +QNTP:<result>
• ERROR

AT+QNTP="<server>"[,
• OK
<timeout>]
• +QNTP:<result>
• ERROR

19.34. 19.34 AT+QNTP Ctrl “AT+QNTP” Synchronization time by internet. 423

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
Max Response Time: 120s.
Description
Parameters
<server>
• Ipaddr or domain of remote time server.
<port>
• Port of remote time server.
<result>
• 0 : Success of synchronization time by internet.
• 1 : Fail of synchronization time by internet, unknown error.
• 2 : No response of remote time server.
• 3 : TCP/IP protocol stack busy.
• 4 : Not find of remote time server.
• 5 : Fail of active PDP.

Note:
1. This command does not support!
2. Default : Remote time server : “210.72.145.44”, Port : “123”.

19.35 19.35 EXAMLPE

Reference
FUNCTION 1:
1. AT^WOPEN
• AT^WOPEN=1
• OK
2. AT^WSCAN
• AT^WSCAN
• +WSCAN:9
• YangYang,3,190,d8:15:0d:48:10:2e,1
• OK
3. AT^WJOIN
• AT^WJOIN=”YangYang”,”0711xiaoyue”
• OK
4. AT^WADDR

424 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• AT^WADDR
• gateway: 192.168.1.1
• ipaddr: 192.168.1.110
• netmask: 255.255.255.0
• dns: 10.102.208.5
• OK
5. AT+QISGTXT=2
• AT+QISGTXT=2
• OK
6. AT+QILOCIP
• AT+QILOCIP
• 192.168.1.110
• OK
7. AT+QIOPEN, step 7~9 as client by tcp. start connection
• AT+QIOPEN=”TCP”,”111.205.140.139”,6800
• OK
• CONNECT OK
8. AT+QISEND, input data and press ctrl+z to send
• AT+QISEND
• test!!!!
• SEND OK
9. AT+QICLOSE, close client
• AT+QICLOSE
• CLOSE OK
10. AT+QISRVC, step 10~14 as server by tcp. switch server. param=1:switch client; param=2:switch server
• AT+QISRVC=2
• OK
11. AT+QILPORT, set protocol & port
• AT+QILPORT=”TCP”,1234
• OK
12. AT+QISERVER, start server
• AT+QISERVER
• OK
• SERVER OK
13. AT+QISEND, send data
• AT+QISEND

19.35. 19.35 EXAMLPE 425

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• test!!!!
• SEND OK
14. AT+QICLOSE, close server
• AT+QICLOSE
• OK
• SERVER CLOSED
15. AT+QISRVC=2, step 15~20 by UDP. switch server
• AT+QISRVC=2
• OK
16. AT+QILPORT, set protocol & port
• AT+QILPORT=”UDP”,5678
• OK
17. AT+QISERVER, set server mode is udp server,default tcp server
• AT+QISERVER=1
• OK
18. AT+QISERVER, start server
• AT+QISERVER
• OK
• SERVER OK
19. AT+QISEND, send data
• AT+QISEND
• test!!!!
• SEND OK
20. AT+QICLOSE, close server
• AT+QICLOSE
• OK
• SERVER CLOSED
21. AT+QINDI, step 21~23 recv data for tcp/udp/server/client. default 0 (bypass). 1 is means use buffer
• AT+QINDI=1
• OK
22. +QIRDI, automatic report, support when “AT+QINDI=1”
• +QIRDI:0,1,0
23. AT+QIRD=id,sc,sid,readlen // support when “AT+QINDI=1”, read revc data in buffer
• AT+QIRD=0,1,0,8
• +QIRD:192.168.1.130:6800,TCP,8
• 12345678 //received data

426 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• OK
FUNCTION 2:
1. AT+CGATT
• AT+CGATT=1
• +CGATT:1
• OK
2. AT+CGACT
• AT+CGACT=1,1
• OK
3. AT+QICSGP
• AT+QICSGP=1,”CMNET”
• OK
4. AT+QIREGAPP
• AT+QIREGAPP
• OK
5. AT+QIACT , active GPRS
• AT+QIACT
• OK
6. Reference FUNCTION 1 step 6~20.
7. AT+QICLOSE, close server/client. if execute already, ignore.
8. AT+QIDEACT, close GPRS
• AT+QIDEACT
• DEACT OK

19.35. 19.35 EXAMLPE 427

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

428 Chapter 19. 19 QUECTEL_TCPIP Commands

 CHAPTER

TWENTY

20 COAP COMMANDS

Contents

• 20.1 AT^COAPGET Get the resource from COAP server

• 20.2 AT^COAPPUT Update the resource from COAP server
• 20.3 AT^COAPPOST Create the resource on the server
• 20.4 AT^COAPDELETE Delete the resource on the server
• 20.5 AT^COAPDATA Input the data from serial port or sscom tool
• 20.6 AT^COAPREG Configuration data register to the server
• 20.7 Parameters and response explanation
• 20.8 Example of COAP client

20.1 20.1 AT^COAPGET Get the resource from COAP server

Command Possible response(s)

AT^COAPGET=<url>, If success it returns the resource length,
<cmdline>,[timer] contents and OK, if error ir returns +CME ERROR:
<err>

Parameters
<url> A string parameter which is the address of the resource, usually the url includes uri-host, uri-port, uri-path and
uri- query.
<cmdline> A string parameter which includes many optional parameters, each optional parameter must be followed
by an optional tag.
[timer] A integer parameter which indicates the execution cycle of the request, and if timeout request must be termi-
nated and clear the request.
<n> The length of the <string> response from COAP server.
<string> The response content from COAP server.
Max Response Time

429
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

If [timer] is not set, the max response time 90 seconds.

If [timer] is set, the max response time [timer]+5 seconds.

Note: GPRS or WIFI must be connected before AT+COAPGET executed.

20.2 20.2 AT^COAPPUT Update the resource from COAP server

Command Possible response(s)

AT^COAPPUT=<url>, If success it returns the resource length,
<cmdline>,[timer],[data] contents and OK, if error ir returns +CME ERROR:
<err>

Parameters
<url> A string parameter which is the address of the resource, usually the url includes uri-host, uri-port, uri-path and
uri- query.
<cmdline> A string parameter which includes many optional parameters, each optional parameter must be followed
by an optional tag.
[timer] A integer parameter which indicates the execution cycle of the request, and if timeout request must be termi-
nated and clear the request.
[data]
• 0 No need data input
– 1 need input data
– 1 default value
<n> The length of the <string> response from COAP server.
<string> The response content from COAP server.
Max Response Time
If [timer] is not set, the max response time 90 seconds.
If [timer] is set, the max response time [timer]+5 seconds.

Note: Before executed COAPPUT needs GPRS or WIFI connect and data input, use AT^COAPDATA prepare the
input resource data.

20.3 20.3 AT^COAPPOST Create the resource on the server

Command Possible response(s)

AT^COAPPOST=<url>, If success it returns the resource length, post
<cmdline>,[timer],[data] contents and OK, if error ir returns +CME ERROR:
<err>

430 Chapter 20. 20 COAP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameters
See AT^COAPPUT command

20.4 20.4 AT^COAPDELETE Delete the resource on the server

Command Possible response(s)

AT^COAPDELETE=<url>, If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
<cmdline>,[timer] +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
See AT^COAPGET command

20.5 20.5 AT^COAPDATA Input the data from serial port or sscom
tool

Command Possible response(s)

AT^COAPDATA=<length>, If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
[timer] +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<length> 1 to 319488 The data length of input.
[timer] Timer is the data input cycle, if timeout data input must be terminated. The <length> is input data already.
Max Response Time
If [timer] is not set, the max response time 90 seconds.
If [timer] is set, the max response time [timer]+5 seconds.

Note: If auto input end with resource or length or timer, if manual end with ctrl+z.

20.6 20.6 AT^COAPREG Configuration data register to the server

Command Possible response(s)

AT^COAPREG=<reset> If success it returns OK, if error ir returns
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<reset> 1 Update the ICCID saved in NV item.
0 ICCID saved in NV item without updated.

Note: GPRS or WIFI must be connected before AT^COAPREG executed.

20.4. 20.4 AT^COAPDELETE Delete the resource on the server 431

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

20.7 20.7 Parameters and response explanation

cmdline
• Cmdline include many optional parameters, each optional parameter must be followed by an optional tag, and
cmdline also include must parameter uri, uri doesn’t need tag but must be at the end of cmdline.
• General tag: -t content-format –p port -k psk –u userId
Content-Format
• The payload type of the coap message.
• 1: plain
• 2: text/plain
• 3: link
• 4: link-format
• 5: application/link-format
• 6: xml
• 7: binary
• 8: octet-stream
• 9: application/octet-stream
• 10: exi
• 11: application/exi
• 12: json
• 13: application/json
psk
• Pre-shared key for the specified user. This argument required with PSK to be available.
userId
• User identity for pre-shared key mode. This argument requires DTLS with PSK to be available.
port
• The coap default port is 5683.While coaps default port is 5684 which requires DTLS to be available.
url
• The address of the resource:
• 1: Uri-Host Option specifies the Internet host of the resource being requested.
• 2: Uri-Port Option specifies the transport-layer port number of the resource.
• 3: Uri-Path Option specifies one segment of the absolute path to the resource.
• 4: Uri-Query Option specifies one argument parameterizing the resource.
Server response error
• Client Error 4.xx
• 4.00 Bad Resuest
• 4.01 Unauthorized

432 Chapter 20. 20 COAP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• 4.02 Bad Option

• 4.03 Forbidden
• 4.04 Not Found
• 4.05 Method Not Allowed
• 4.06 Not Acceptable
• 4.12 Precondition Failed
• 4.13 Request Entity Too Large
• 4.15 Unsupported Content-Format
• Server Error 5.xx
• 5.00 Internal Server Error
• 5.01 Not Implemented
• 5.02 Bad Gateway
• 5.03 Service Unavailable
• 5.05 Proxying Not Supported

20.8 20.8 Example of COAP client

GPRS connected
1. AT+CGATT=1
• +CGATT:1
• OK
2. AT+CGDCONT=1,”IP”,”cmnet”
• OK
3. AT+CGACT=1,1
• OK
COAP command
1. AT^COAPGET=”coap://californium.eclipse.org:5683/”,”-p 5683”
• +COAP(448):
• ************************************************************
• CoAP RFC 7252 Cf 2.0.0-SNAPSHOT
• ************************************************************
• This server is using the Eclipse Californium (Cf) CoAP framework published under EPL+EDL: http:
//www.eclipse.org/californium/(c) 2014, 2015, 2016 Institute for Pervasive Computing, ETH Zurich and
others
• ************************************************************
• OK
2. AT^COAPDATA=11

20.8. 20.8 Example of COAP client 433

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• testforpost
• OK
AT^COAPPOST=”coap://californium.eclipse.org:5683/large-post”,”-t text/plain -p 5683”,20,1
• +COAP(11):TESTFORPOST
• OK
3. AT^COAPDELETE=”coap://californium.eclipse.org:5683/obs”,”-p 5683”,20,1
• OK
4. AT^COAPDATA=10
• testforput
• OK
AT^COAPPUT=”coap://californium.eclipse.org:5683/large-update”,”-t text/plain -p 5683”,20,1
• OK

434 Chapter 20. 20 COAP Commands

 CHAPTER

TWENTYONE

21 CMIOT_TCP/IP COMMANDS

Contents

• 21.1 AT+IPSTART Start Up TCP Or UDP Connection

• 21.2 AT+IPSEND Send Data Through TCP Or UDP Connection
• 21.3 AT+IPCLOSE Close TCP Or UDP Connection
• 21.4 AT+CMDNSGIP Query The IP Address Of Given Domain Name
• 21.5 AT+CMPROMPT Set show “>” & “SEND OK” when send data
• 21.6 AT+CMMODE Select TCPIP Application Mode
• 21.7 AT+CMMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection
• 21.8 AT+CMSACK Query Previous Connection Data Transmitting State
• 21.9 AT+CMNDI Cache recv data
• 21.10 AT+CMRD Read data of cache recv
• 21.11 AT+CMPING Ctrl “AT+CMPING” ping server of remote
• 21.12 AT+CMHEAD Add an IP head at the beginning of a package received
• 21.13 AT+CMSHOWRA Show Remote IP Address And Port When Received Data
• 21.14 AT+CMSHOWTP Display Transfer Protocol In IP Head When Received Data
• 21.15 AT+CMSHOWLA Show remote ip address when send data
• 21.16 AT+CMIPMODE Config IPSEND data mode in normal mode (CMMODE=0)
• 21.17 AT+CMSTATE Query the connection status of the current access
• 21.18 AT+CMLPORT Get Local Port
• 21.19 AT+CMLOCIP Get Local IP Address
• 21.20 AT+CMSTAT Query the current connection state
• 21.21 EXAMLPE

435
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

21.1 21.1 AT+IPSTART Start Up TCP Or UDP Connection

Command Possible response(s)

• WRITE COMMAND • if connection already exist
- – OK
AT+IPSTART=[<index>, – ALREADY CONNECT
]<mode>, • if connect success
<IPaddress>/ – OK
<domain – CONNECT OK
name>,<port> • if connect fail
– OK
– CONNECT FAIL

• TEST COMMAND • CMMUX=0

-AT+IPSTART=? – +IPSTART:("TCP"/"tcp","UDP"/"udp"),
((0-255).(0-255).(0-255).(0-255)),
(0-65536)
• CMMUX=1
– +IPSTART:[(0~4),]("TCP"/"tcp","UDP"/
"udp"),((0-255).(0-255).(0-255).(0-255)),
(0-65536)

Reference
Max Response Time:

75 seconds When mode is multi-IP state

160 seconds When mode is single state, and the state is IP INITIAL

Parameters
<index> 0..4 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<mode> A string parameter which indicates the connection type

“TCP” Establish a TCP connection

“UDP” Establish a UDP connection

<IP address> A string parameter which indicates remote server IP address.

<domain name> A string parameter which indicates remote server domain name.
<port> Remote server port.

Note:
• This command allows establishment of a TCP/UDP connection only when the state is IP INITIAL or IP STATUS
when it is in single state. In multi-IP state, the state is in IP STATUS only. So it is necessary to process
“AT+CIPSHUT” before user establishes a TCP/UDP connection with this command when the state is not IP
INITIAL or IP STATUS.

436 Chapter 21. 21 CMIOT_TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

21.2 21.2 AT+IPSEND Send Data Through TCP Or UDP Connection

Command Possible response(s)

AT+IPSEND
• if connection exist and send success
– SEND OK
• if send fail
– SEND FAIL
• if TCP/UDP disconnect
– CONNECTION CLOSE

CMMUX=0 • if connection exist and send success

• – SEND OK
AT+IPSEND=<length>• if send fail
CMMUX=1 – SEND FAIL
• • if TCP/UDP disconnect
AT+IPSEND=<index>, – CONNECTION CLOSE
<length>

Reference
• Response >, then type data for send, tap CTRL+Z to send, tap ESC to cancel the operation
• The data length which can be sent depends on network status.
• Only send data at the status of established connection.
Parameters
<index> 0..4 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<length> A numeric parameter which indicates the length of sending data, MAX size 1460

Note:
• +IPSEND EXE Command can only be used in single IP connection mode (+CMMUX=0) and to send data on
the TCP or UDP connection that has been established already. Ctrl-Z is used as a termination symbol. ESC
is used to cancel sending data. There are at most 1460 bytes which can be sent at a time.

21.3 21.3 AT+IPCLOSE Close TCP Or UDP Connection

Command Possible response(s)

AT+IPCLOSE=[<index>]
• if connection closed successfully
– OK

AT+IPCLOSE=? OK

Parameters
<indexd> 0..4 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number

21.2. 21.2 AT+IPSEND Send Data Through TCP Or UDP Connection 437
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Note:
• Use the “AT+IPSTART” command to establish a connection, regardless of the success or timeout, after used
must call “AT+IPCLOSE” to release the resources. If the server is disconected will response CONNECTION
CLOSED:<index>, alse need to excute “AT+IPCLOSE” release the resources.

21.4 21.4 AT+CMDNSGIP Query The IP Address Of Given Domain

Name

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMDNSGIP=<domain
• OK
name>
• If successful
– +CMDNSGIP: <IP address>
• If fail
– +CMDNSGIP:0,<dns error code>

AT+CMDNSGIP=? OK

Parameters
<domain name> A string parameter which indicates the domain name
<IP address> A string parameter which indicates the first IP address corresponding to the domain name
<dns error code> A numeric parameter which indicates the error code

8 DNS COMMON ERROR

3 NETWORK ERROR

There are some other error codes as well.

Note:
• NULL

438 Chapter 21. 21 CMIOT_TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

21.5 21.5 AT+CMPROMPT Set show “>” & “SEND OK” when send
data

Command Possible response(s)

AT++CMPROMPT=<send
• OK
prompt>
• +CME ERROR

AT++CMPROMPT?
• +CMPROMPT: <send prompt>
• OK

AT++CMPROMPT=?
• +CMPROMPT:(0,3)
• OK

Parameters
<send prompt> A numeric parameter which indicates whether to echo prompt “>” after module issues AT+CIPSEND
command.

0 It shows “SEND OK” but does not prompt echo “>”

when sending is successful.
1 It prompts echo “>” and shows “SEND OK” when
sending is successful.
2
It neither prompts echo “>” nor shows
“SEND OK” when sending is successful.
3 It prompts echo “>” and shows “<index>, SEND
OK” when sending is successful.

<indexd> 0..4 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number

Note:
• NULL

21.5. 21.5 AT+CMPROMPT Set show “>” & “SEND OK” when send data 439
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

21.6 21.6 AT+CMMODE Select TCPIP Application Mode

Command Possible response(s)

AT++CMMODE=<mode>
• OK
• +CME ERROR

AT++CMMODE?
• +CMMODE: <mode>
• OK

AT++CMMODE=?
• +CMMODE: (0,1)
• OK

Parameters
<mode>

0 Normal mode
1 Transparent mode

In transparent mode, after connection established, UART will be waiting data. Input data will be send to
server, and data received from server will be output UART directly,exit waiting data with “+++”, after exit
call AT+IPCLOSE release the resources.

Note:
• 1. Transparent mode can be set only in single IP connection mode.
• 2. In transparent mode use AT+IPSTART establish connection automatically enter the data transparent mode.
• 3. In transparent mode establish connection success will return CONNECT, else return FAIL.
• 4. If the connection disconected, the transparent mode exit also, then need to excute “AT+IPCLOSE” release
the resources.
• 5. Exit transparent mode with “+++”, after exit call AT+IPCLOSE release the resources.

440 Chapter 21. 21 CMIOT_TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

21.7 21.7 AT+CMMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMMUX=<mode>
• OK
• ERROR

AT+CMMUX?
• +CMMUX: <mode>
• OK

AT+CMMUX=?
• +CMMUX:(0,1)
• OK

Parameters
<mode> Connection mode

0 Single IP connection
1 Multi IP connection

Note:
• In transparent mode not allowed multi IP connection. MAX 5 connections can be established at the same time.

21.8 21.8 AT+CMSACK Query Previous Connection Data Transmit-

ting State

Command Possible response(s)

• CMMUX=0 • CMMUX=0
– – +CMSACK:<totalSend>,<totalRecv>,<sent>,
AT+CMSACK? <acked>,<nAcked>
– OK

AT+CMSACK=? OK
• CMMUX=1 • CMMUX=1
– – +CMSACK:<totalSend>,<totalRecv>,<sent>,
AT+CMSACK=<n> <acked>,<nAcked>
– OK

Reference
Max Response Time: 300ms
Description
Parameters

21.7. 21.7 AT+CMMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection 441

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<n> A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number

<totalSend> The data amount which has been sent from setup
<totalRecv> The data amount which has been received from setup
<sent> The data amount which has been sent
<acked> The data amount confirmed successfully by the server
<nAcked> The data amount without confirmation by the server

Note:
• AT+CMSACK? can be excuted only in the single mode.
• AT+CMSACK=<n> can be excuted only in the multi mode.

21.9 21.9 AT+CMNDI Cache recv data

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMNDI=?
• +CMNDI:(0,1),(0,1)
• OK

AT+CMNDI?
• +CMNDI:<m>[,<sw>]
• OK

AT+CMNDI=<m>[,<sw>]
• OK
• ERROR

Description
Parameters
<m>
• 0 : don’t cache
• 1 : cache and response to UART with +CMRD:<sid>,<len>,<total>
[sw]
• 0 : close cache URC
• 1 : open cache URC
The parameter can be no set, default is 1
<sid> 0..4 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number, when AT+CMMUX=0,<sid>=0
<len> The data amount which has been received at this time
<total> The data amount which has been cached

Note: NULL

442 Chapter 21. 21 CMIOT_TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

21.10 21.10 AT+CMRD Read data of cache recv

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMRD=?
• +CMRD:(0,4),(0,4096)
• OK

AT+CMRD=<sid>,<len>
• <data>
• OK

AT+CMRD? +CMRD:<sid>,<lenlr>,<lentl>

Reference
Max Response Time: 300ms
Description
Parameters
<sid> A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number, range 0~4(when AT+CMMUX=0, <sdi>=0)
<len> Read data length, range 1~4096
<data> Data
<lenlr> Read data langth last time
<lentl> The rest of the data amount from cached data

Note: NULL

21.11 21.11 AT+CMPING Ctrl “AT+CMPING” ping server of remote

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMPING=?
• +PING:DNS/IP address
• OK

AT+CMPING="<host>"
• OK
• [+CMPING:<result>[,<ipAddr>,<bytes>,<time>,
<ttl>]...]
• +CMPING:<finresult>[,<sent>,<rcvd>,<lost>,<min>,
<max>,<avg>]
• ERROR

Reference
Max Response Time: param “timeout”
Description
Parameters

21.10. 21.10 AT+CMRD Read data of cache recv 443

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<host> Ipaddr or domain of remote server.

<timeout> Default 1s. Range 1-255.
<pingnum> Ping count. Default 4. Range 1-10
<result>
• 0 : Recv response of remote server. Display:<ipAdr>,<bytes>,<time>,<ttl>
• 1 : Ping timeout.
<ipAdr> Ipaddr of remote server.
<bytes> Langth of ping send data.
<time> Request time consuming of ping. Unit ms.
<ttl> Current time of ping response.
<finresult>
• 2 : Success of active GPRS.
• 3 : TCP/IP protocol stack busy.
• 4 : Not find of remote server.
• 5 : Fail of active PDP.
<sent> Send counts of ping.
<rcvd> Send counts of ping and recv response times.
<lost> Timeout times of ping.
<min>
• Min response time. Unit : ms.
• Max response time. Unit : ms.
<avg> Average response time. Unit : ms.

Note: NULL

21.12 21.12 AT+CMHEAD Add an IP head at the beginning of a pack-

age received

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMHEAD=<mode>
• OK
• +CME ERROR <err>

AT+CMHEAD?
• +CMHEAD: <mode>
• OK

AT+CMHEAD=?
• +CMHEAD:(0,1)
• OK

444 Chapter 21. 21 CMIOT_TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
Max Response Time: 100ms
Description
Parameters
<mode> A numeric parameter which indicates whether an IP header is added to the received data or not.

0 Not add IP header

1 Add IP header

Note:
• NULL

21.13 21.13 AT+CMSHOWRA Show Remote IP Address And Port

When Received Data

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMSHOWRA=<mode>
• OK
• +CME ERROR <err>

AT+CMSHOWRA?
• +CMSHOWRA: <mode>
• OK

AT+CMSHOWRA=?
• +CMSHOWRA:(0,1)
• OK

Reference
CMSHOWRA=1 the format is:+RECV FROM:<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>
Description
Parameters
<mode> A numeric parameter which shows remote IP address and port.

0 Do not show the prompt

1 Show the prompt

Note:
• This command will be effective only in single connection mode (+CMMUX=0)
• Only when +CMHEAD is set to 1, the setting of this command will Work.

21.13. 21.13 AT+CMSHOWRA Show Remote IP Address And Port When Received Data 445
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

21.14 21.14 AT+CMSHOWTP Display Transfer Protocol In IP Head

When Received Data

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMSHOWTP=<mode>
• OK
• +CME ERROR <err>

AT+CMSHOWTP?
• +CMSHOWTP: <mode>
• OK

AT+CMSHOWTP=?
• +CMSHOWTP:(0,1)
• OK

Reference
• If +CMSHOWTP=1, the format is +IPD,<data size>,<TCP/UDP>:<data>
Description
Parameters
<mode> A numeric parameter which indicates whether to display transfer protocol in IP header to received data or
not

0 Not display transfer protocol

1 Display transfer protocol

Note:
• This command will be effective only in single connection mode (+CMMUX=0)
• Only when +CMHEAD is set to 1, the setting of this command will Work.

21.15 21.15 AT+CMSHOWLA Show remote ip address when send

data

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMSHOWLA=?
• +CMSHOWLA:(0,1)
• OK

AT+CMSHOWLA?
• +CMSHOWLA:<mode>
• OK

AT+CMSHOWLA=<mode>
• OK
• ERROR

446 Chapter 21. 21 CMIOT_TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
Max Response Time: 300ms
Description
Parameters
<mode>
• 0: don’t show (default)
• 1: show, format: TO:<IP ADDRESS>

Note:
• This command will be effective only in single connection mode (+CMMUX=0)
• Only when +CMHEAD is set to 1, the setting of this command will Work.

21.16 21.16 AT+CMIPMODE Config IPSEND data mode in normal

mode (CMMODE=0)

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMIPMODE=?
• +CMIPMODE:(0,1)
• OK

AT+CMIPMODE?
• +CMIPMODE:<mode>
• OK

AT+CMIPMODE=<mode>
• OK
• ERROR

Reference
Max Response Time: 300ms
Description
Parameters
<mode> :
The data send mode with AT+IPSEND
• 0 : string data
• 1 : hex data

Note: The max data length of sending is 1k

21.16. 21.16 AT+CMIPMODE Config IPSEND data mode in normal mode (CMMODE=0) 447
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

21.17 21.17 AT+CMSTATE Query the connection status of the cur-

rent access

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMSTATE=?
• OK

AT+CMSTATE
• AT+CMMUX=0
– +CMSTATE:<index>,<mode>,<addr>,<port>,
<socketstate>
– OK
• AT+CMMUX=1
– +CMSTATE:<index>,<mode>,<addr>,<port>,
<state><CR><LF>)
– list ......
– OK

Reference
Max Response Time: 300ms
Description
Parameters
<state> Strings parameter which connect state
When AT+CMMUX=0 :

“IP INITIAL” initialization

“IP START” start task
“IP CONFIG” configuration scene
“IP IND” active GPRS/CSD
“IP GPRSACT” config receiving scene
“IP STATUS” get local ip addrs
“TCP CONNECTING” TCP connecting
“UDP CONNECTING” UDP connecting
“IP CLOSE” TCP/UDP connection close
“CONNECT OK” TCP/UDP connection success
“PDP DEACT” GPRS/CSD scene abnormal closed

When AT+CMMUX=1 :

“IP INITIAL” initialization

“IP START” start task
“IP CONFIG” configuration scene
“IP IND” active GPRS/CSD
“IP GPRSACT” config receiving scene
“IP STATUS” get local ip addrs
“IP PROCESSING” data processing
“PDP DEACT” GPRS/CSD scene abnormal closed

448 Chapter 21. 21 CMIOT_TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<index> 0~4
<mode> Connection type “TCP” TCP connection “UDP” UDP connection
<addr> ip address
<port> port
<socketstate> connection status of the current access, “INITIAL”,”CONNECTED”

Note: NULL

21.18 21.18 AT+CMLPORT Get Local Port

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMLPORT?
• +CMLPORT: <index>,<port><CR><LF>)
• list ......
• OK

AT+CMLPORT=<index>,
• OK
<port>
• ERROR

Reference
Max Response Time: 300ms
Description
Parameters
<index> 0..4 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<port> 0-65535 A numeric parameter which indicates the local port. Default value is 0, a port can be dynamically
allocated a port.

Note:
• This command will be effective when +CMMUX=1.

21.19 21.19 AT+CMLOCIP Get Local IP Address

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMLOCIP=? OK
AT+CMLOCIP
• <IP address>
• OK
• ERROR

21.18. 21.18 AT+CMLPORT Get Local Port 449

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Reference
Max Response Time: 300ms
Description
Parameters
<IP address> A string parameter which indicates the IP address assigned from GPRS or CSD.

Note:
• Only after PDP context is activated, local IP address can be obtained by AT+CMLOCIP, otherwise it will respond
ERROR. To see the status use AT+CMSTATE command. Status should be:IP GPRSACT, TCP CONNECTING,
UDP CONNECTING, SERVER LISTENING, IP STATUS, CONNECT OK, TCP CLOSING, UDP CLOSING,
TCP CLOSED, UDP CLOSED in single-connection mode (see<state> parameter);IP STATUS, IP PROCESS-
ING in multi-connection mode (see <state>parameter).

21.20 21.20 AT+CMSTAT Query the current connection state

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CMSTAT=?
• OK

AT+CMSTAT
• AT+CMMUX=0
– STATE:<index>,<mode>,<addr>,<port>
– OK
• AT+CMMUX=1
– (+CMSTAT:<index>,<mode>,<addr>,
<port><CR><LF>)
– list ......
– OK

Reference
Max Response Time: 300ms
Description
Parameters
<state> Strings parameter which connect state

450 Chapter 21. 21 CMIOT_TCP/IP Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

“IP INITIAL” initialization

“IP START” start task
“IP CONFIG” configuration scene
“IP IND” active GPRS/CSD
“IP GPRSACT” config receiving scene
“IP STATUS” get local ip addrs
“TCP CONNECTING” TCP connecting
“UDP CONNECTING” UDP connecting
“IP CLOSE” TCP/UDP connection close
“CONNECT OK” TCP/UDP connection success
“PDP DEACT” GPRS/CSD scene abnormal closed

In ATV0:

0 “IP INITIAL”
1 “IP START”
2 “IP CONFIG”
3 “IP IND”
4 “IP GPRSACT”
6 “TCP CONNECTING” or “UDP CONNECTING”
7 “IP CLOSE”
8 “CONNECT OK”
9 “PDP DEACT”

<index> 0~5
<mode> Connection type “TCP” TCP connection “UDP” UDP connection
<addr> ip address
<port> port

Note: NULL

21.21 21.21 EXAMLPE

Reference
1. AT+CGATT
• AT+CGATT=1
• +CGATT:1
• OK
2. AT+CGDCONT
• AT+CGDCONT=1,”IP”,”cmnet”
• OK
2. AT+CGACT
• AT+CGACT=1,1

21.21. 21.21 EXAMLPE 451

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• OK
4. AT+IPSTART
• AT+IPSTART=”TCP”,”111.205.140.139”,6800
• OK
• CONNECT OK
5. AT+IPSEND, input data and press ctrl+z to send
• AT+IPSEND=4
• test
• SEND OK
6. AT+IPCLOSE, close client
• AT+IPCLOSE
• OK
7. AT+CMLPORT, set protocol & port
• AT+CMLPORT=”TCP”,1234
• OK
8. AT+QILPORT, set protocol & port
• AT+QILPORT=”UDP”,5678
• OK
9. AT+CMRD=id,sc,sid,readlen // support when “AT+QINDI=1”, read revc data in buffer
• AT+CMRD=0,1,0,8
• +CMRD:192.168.1.130:6800,TCP,8
• 12345678 //received data
• OK

452 Chapter 21. 21 CMIOT_TCP/IP Commands

 CHAPTER

TWENTYTWO

22 MQTT COMMANDS

Contents

• 22.1 AT+MQTTCONN Create MQTT connection

• 22.2 AT+MQTTSUBUNSUB Subscribe or Unsubscribe a MQTT topic
• 22.3 AT+MQTTPUB Publish a MQTT message on topic
• 22.4 AT+MQTTDISCONN Disconnect the MQTT connection
• 22.5 Examples to use MQTT

22.1 22.1 AT+MQTTCONN Create MQTT connection

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MQTTCONN=<host>,
• success: OK
<port>,<clientid>,
• fail: +CME ERROR: <err>
<keepalive>,
<cleansession>,
[username],[password]

Parameters
<host> host name of MQTT server.
<port> port of MQTT server.
<clientid> client ID.
<keepalive> keep-alive of mqtt connection; time in milliseconds.
<cleansession> whether clean session.
[username] user name.
[password] password.

453
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

22.2 22.2 AT+MQTTSUBUNSUB Subscribe or Unsubscribe a MQTT

topic

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MQTTSUBUNSUB=<topic>,
• success: OK
<sub flag>,<qos>
• fail: +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<topic> topic of mqtt
<sub flag>
1: subscribe 0: unsubscribe
<qos> quality of service values include 0, 1, 2

22.3 22.3 AT+MQTTPUB Publish a MQTT message on topic

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MQTTPUB=<topic>,
• success: OK
<message>,<qos>,
• fail: +CME ERROR: <err>
<duplicate>,<retain>

Parameters
<topic> topic of MQTT, see note for max length
<message> message to publish, see note for max length
<qos> quality of service values include 0, 1, 2
<duplicate> duplicate flag of MQTT, value inclue 0, 1
<retain> retain flag of MQTT, value include 0, 1

Note: the max length of mqtt publish package is set to 256. the total lenght of topic, message and other mqtt package
data must be no larger than it, other mqtt package data may use 9 byte at max, so the max length of topic and message
is the length of mqtt publish package subtract the length of other mqtt package data

22.4 22.4 AT+MQTTDISCONN Disconnect the MQTT connection

Command Possible response(s)

AT+MQTTDISCONN
• success: OK
• fail: +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters no

454 Chapter 22. 22 MQTT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

22.5 22.5 Examples to use MQTT

1) Connect to mosquito
1. Craete MQTT connection AT+MQTTCONN=”test.mosquitto.org”,1883,”rdatest”,90,0
2. Subscribe a MQTT topic AT+MQTTSUBUNSUB=”/rda/test_topic”,1,1
3. Publish a MQTT message on topic AT+MQTTPUB=”/rda/test_topic”,”hello mqtt message published by
RDA”,1,0,0
4. Unsubscribe a MQTT topic AT+MQTTSUBUNSUB=”/rda/test_topic”,0
5. Disconnect MQTT connection AT+MQTTDISCONN
1) Connect to onenet
To connection to onenet, firstly we should register account on onenet website: https://open.iot.10086.cn, and create
product and device, then we will get product id, device id, and auth_info; use device id to fill clientid, product id to fill
username, and auth_info to fill password.
1. Craete MQTT connection AT+MQTTCONN=”183.230.40.39”,6002,”23036025”,120,0,”112333”,”ABC123RDA”
2. Subscribe a MQTT topic AT+MQTTSUBUNSUB=”RDATEST_TOPIC”,1,1
3. Publish a MQTT message on topic AT+MQTTPUB=”RDATEST_TOPIC”,”hello mqtt published by
rda”,1,0,0
4. Unsubscribe a MQTT topic AT+MQTTSUBUNSUB=”RDATEST_TOPIC”,0
5. Disconnect MQTT connection AT+MQTTDISCONN

22.5. 22.5 Examples to use MQTT 455

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

456 Chapter 22. 22 MQTT Commands

 CHAPTER

TWENTYTHREE

23 ALIMQTT COMMANDS

Contents

• 23.1 AT+ CLOUDAUTH Authenticate for aliyun IOT

• 23.2 AT+CLOUDCONN Create MQTT connection to aliyun
• 23.3 AT+CLOUDSUB Subscribe a MQTT topic from aliyun
• 23.4 AT+CLOUDPUB Publish a MQTT message on topic to aliyun
• 23.5 AT+CLOUDUNSUB Unsubscribe a MQTT topic from aliyun
• 23.6 AT+CLOUDDISCONN Disconnect the connecton from aliyun
• 23.7 Examples to use ALIMQTT

23.1 23.1 AT+ CLOUDAUTH Authenticate for aliyun IOT

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CLOUDAUTH=<product
• success: OK
key>,<device name>,
• fail: +CME ERROR: <err>
<device key>

Parameters
<product key> product key provided by aliyun.
<device name> device name
<device key> device key provided by aliyun.

Note: To get product key, device name, device key, Regist a account on website iot.console.aliyun.com, Create
product to get product key, Create device to get device name and device key

457
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

23.2 23.2 AT+CLOUDCONN Create MQTT connection to aliyun

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CLOUDCONN=<keep-alive>,
• success: OK
<qos>,<version>
• fail: +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<keep-alive> keep-alive of MQTT connection, time in milliseconds.
<qos> qos of MQTT
<version> MQTT Version, only support 4, MQTT3.1.1

Note: Before use this command, authentication must be executed, see AT+CLOUDAUTH

23.3 23.3 AT+CLOUDSUB Subscribe a MQTT topic from aliyun

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CLOUDSUB=<topic>,<qos>
• success: OK
• fail: +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<topic> MQTT topic to subsribe
<qos > qos of MQTT

Note: Before use this command, MQTT connection must be created, see AT+CLOUDCONN

23.4 23.4 AT+CLOUDPUB Publish a MQTT message on topic to

aliyun

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CLOUDPUB =<topic>,
• success: OK
<qos>,<message>
• fail: +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<topic> MQTT topic to publish
<qos > qos of MQTT

458 Chapter 23. 23 ALIMQTT Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<message> message to publish

Note: Before use this command, MQTT connection must be created, see AT+CLOUDCONN

23.5 23.5 AT+CLOUDUNSUB Unsubscribe a MQTT topic from aliyun

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CLOUDUNSUB=<topic>
• success: OK
• fail: +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<topic> MQTT topic to unsubscribe

Note: Before use this command, MQTT connection must be created, see AT+CLOUDCONN

23.6 23.6 AT+CLOUDDISCONN Disconnect the connecton from

aliyun

Command Possible response(s)

AT+CLOUDDISCONN
• success: OK
• fail: +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters no

23.7 23.7 Examples to use ALIMQTT

1) Connect to aliyun
To connect to aliyun, firstly we should register an account on aliyun websit: https://iot.console.aliyun.com; create
product to get product key, and create device to get device name and device key
1. aliyun authentication AT+CLOUDAUTH=”yfTuLfBJTiL”,”TestDeviceForDemo”,”fSCl9Ns5YPnYN8Ocg0VEel1kXFnRlV6c”
2. Craete MQTT connection AT+CLOUDCONN=160,0,4
2. Subscribe a MQTT topic AT+CLOUDSUB=”/yfTuLfBJTiL/TestDeviceForDemo/data”,1
3. Publish a MQTT message on topic AT+CLOUDPUB=”/yfTuLfBJTiL/TestDeviceForDemo/data”,1,”hello
MQTT publish”
4. Unsubscribe a MQTT topic AT+CLOUDUNSUB=”/yfTuLfBJTiL/TestDeviceForDemo/data”
5. Disconnect MQTT connection AT+CLOUDDISCONN

23.5. 23.5 AT+CLOUDUNSUB Unsubscribe a MQTT topic from aliyun 459

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

460 Chapter 23. 23 ALIMQTT Commands

 CHAPTER

TWENTYFOUR

24 OCEANCONNECT COMMANDS

Contents

• 24.1 AT+NCDPOPEN Bind device to OceanConnect server

• 24.2 AT+NCDPCLOSE Unbind device from OceanConnect server
• 24.3 AT+NMGS Send message to OceanConnect server.
• 24.4 AT+NMGR Get a Message that have been received from OceanConnect server
• 24.5 AT+NNMI New Message Indications
• 24.6 Examples

24.1 24.1 AT+NCDPOPEN Bind device to OceanConnect server

Command Possible response(s)

AT+NCDPOPEN=<ip_addr>[,
• success: OK
<port>][,<psk>]
• fail: +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<ip_addr> OceanConnect server IP address
<port> OceanConnect server IP port. Defaut is 5683 when not set or set to 0.
<psk> For safety device. Dynamic generated by OceanConnect or set by user when Bind devices to server.
Notes
IMEI must be set first. Then register devices at https://180.101.147.135:8843. NodeID must be set as IMEI

461
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

24.2 24.2 AT+NCDPCLOSE Unbind device from OceanConnect

server

Command Possible response(s)

AT+NCDPCLOSE
• success: OK
• fail: +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters no

24.3 24.3 AT+NMGS Send message to OceanConnect server.

Command Possible response(s)

AT+NMGS=<length>,<data>
• success: OK
• fail: +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<length> Decimal length of message
<data> Data to be transmitted in hex string format

24.4 24.4 AT+NMGR Get a Message that have been received from
OceanConnect server

Command Possible response(s)

AT+NMGR
• If success:
– <length>,<data>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Description
The command returns the oldest buffered message and deletes from the buffer.If new message indications (AT+NNMI)
are truned on then received messages will not be avaiable via this command.
Parameters
<length> Decimal length of message
<data> Data to be transmitted in hex string format

462 Chapter 24. 24 OceanConnect Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

24.5 24.5 AT+NNMI New Message Indications

Command Possible response(s)

AT+NNMI?
• If success:
– +NNMI:<status>
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

AT+NNMI=<status>
• If success:
– OK
• If failed:
– +CME ERROR:<err>

Description
The command sets or gets new message indications that are sent. New message indications can be sent when a
downstream message is received by the terminal from the OceanConnect server.
When new message indications and message are enabled (AT+NNMI=1),all currently buffered messages will be re-
turned in the format of “+NNMI: <length>,<data>”.
If indications alone are turned on (AT+NNMI=2),each newly received message triggers an indication that a mew
datagram is waiting using the unsolicited informational response. The buffered messages can be collected using
AT+NMGR.The format of response is: “+NNMI”.
The default setting is 0,which indicates no indications are sent.
Parameters
<status>

0 No indications,the default setting

1 Indications and message
2 Indications only

24.6 24.6 Examples

1. AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
2. at+egmr=1,7,”862391039046100” //set IMEI
OK
3. AT+NCDPOPEN=”180.101.147.115” // AT+NCDPOPEN=”180.101.147.115”,5684,”0ad6ba6e4719bb376f3c40fff154221b”
OK
4. AT+NNMI=1
OK
AT+NMGS=7,010548454c4c4f

24.5. 24.5 AT+NNMI New Message Indications 463

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

OK
+NNMI: 4,aaaa0000
5. AT+NNMI=0
OK
AT+NMGS=7,010548454c4c4f
OK
AT+NMGR
4,aaaa0000
OK
6. AT+NCDPCLOSE
OK

464 Chapter 24. 24 OceanConnect Commands

 CHAPTER

TWENTYFIVE

25 GPS COMMANDS

Contents

• 25.1 AT+QGNSSC Control Power Supply of GNSS Module

• 25.2 AT+QGNSSRD Read GNSS Navigation Information
• 25.3 AT+QGNSSCMD Send Commands to GNSS Module
• 25.4 AT+QGNSSTS Get Time Synchronization Status for GNSS Module
• 25.5 AT+QGNSSEPO Enable/Disable EPOTM Function
• 25.6 AT+QGREFLOC Set Reference Location Information for QuecFastFix Online
• 25.7 AT+QGEPOAID Trigger EPOTM Function
• 25.8 AT+QGEPOF EPOTM File Operation
• 25.9 AT+GPS Control GPS module
• 25.10 AT+GPSRD Read GPS NMEA
• 25.11 AT+GPSCMD Send Commands to GNSS Module
• 25.12 AT+EPH Read EPH status
• 25.13 AT+LBS Get UTC/REF LOC/EPH from network

25.1 25.1 AT+QGNSSC Control Power Supply of GNSS Module

Description
The command is used to control the power supply of GNSS module.
Syntax

465
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +QGNSSC: (list of supported <mode>s)

AT+QGNSSC=? OK

Read Command +QGNSSC: <mode>

AT+QGNSSC? OK

Set Command OK
AT+QGNSSC=<mode> If there is an error related to ME
functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter

<mode> 0 Power off GNSS module

1 Power on GNSS module

Remark
In Stand-alone solution, the power supply of GNSS is controlled by an external circuit rather than the PIN
GNSS_VCC_EN. In such case, command AT+QGNSSC cannot be used and thus can be ignored.
Example

AT+QGNSSC?

+QGNSSC: 0
OK

AT+QGNSSC=1

OK

25.2 25.2 AT+QGNSSRD Read GNSS Navigation Information

Description
The command is used to get the GNSS navigation information.

466 Chapter 25. 25 GPS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +QGNSSRD: (list of supported <item>s)

AT+QGNSSRD=? OK

Read Command +QGNSSRD: (information of all

AT+QGNSSRD? supported <item>s)
OK

Set Command OK
AT+QGNSSRD=(information of <item>s) If there is an error related to ME
functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter

<item> “NMEA/GGA”: Get GGA sentence

“NMEA/GLL”: Get GLL sentence
“NMEA/GSA”: Get GSA sentence
“NMEA/GSV”: Get GSV sentence
“NMEA/RMC”: Get RMC sentence
“NMEA/VTG”: Get VTG sentence

Example

25.2. 25.2 AT+QGNSSRD Read GNSS Navigation Information 467

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+QGNSSRD?

+QGNSSRD: $GNRMC,033836.000,A,3150.8272,N,11711.9889,E,0.00,140.50,140716„,D*72
$GNVTG,140.50,T„M,0.00,N,0.00,K,D*26
$GNGGA,033836.000,3150.8272,N,11711.9889,E,2,10,0.96,166.6,M,0.0,M„*4A
$GPGSA,A,3,28,16,09,27,08,07,30„„„1.52,0.96,1.17*01
$BDGSA,A,3,04,07,10„„„„„1.52,0.96,1.17*1F
$GPGSV,3,1,10,08,64,016,51,07,61,300,28,42,42,134,34,30,34,315,42*7E
$GPGSV,3,2,10,27,32,043,45,16,25,085,43,09,17,227,39,28,08,294,30*7D
$GPGSV,3,3,10,26,02,102„193„,*76
$BDGSV,3,1,09,10,76,324,44,08,76,235„07,73,125,44,15,48,226,28*6A
$BDGSV,3,2,09,01,47,141,27,12,41,240,27,02,38,231„04,32,119,39*69
$BDGSV,3,3,09,05,18,252,27*5D
$GNGLL,3150.8272,N,11711.9889,E,033836.000,A,D*40
OK

AT+QGNSSRD=”NMEA/RMC”

+QGNSSRD: $GNRMC,033837.000,A,3150.8272,N,11711.9889,E,0.00,140.50,140716„,D*73
OK

AT+QGNSSRD=”NMEA/GSA”

+QGNSSRD: $GPGSA,A,3,28,16,09,27,08,07,30„„„1.52,0.96,1.17*01
$BDGSA,A,3,04,07,10„„„„„1.52,0.96,1.17*1F
OK

25.3 25.3 AT+QGNSSCMD Send Commands to GNSS Module

Description
The command is used to send commands to GNSS module, which allows customers to optionally use some functions
to meet application demands.
Syntax

468 Chapter 25. 25 GPS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +QGNSSCMD: (0,1),"cmdString"

AT+QGNSSCMD=? OK

Set Command OK
AT+QGNSSCMD=<cmdType>,<cmdString> If there is an error related to ME
functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter

<cmdType>
0 NMEA style command
1 Hex style command

<cmdString> Command string

Remark
Currently only <cmdType>=0 is supported.
Example

AT+QGNSSCMD=0, “PGKC030,3,1”

OK

25.4 25.4 AT+QGNSSTS Get Time Synchronization Status for GNSS

Module

Description
The command is used to get time synchronization status for GNSS module. Time plays a very important role in
EPOTM function.
Syntax

25.4. 25.4 AT+QGNSSTS Get Time Synchronization Status for GNSS Module 469
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +QGNSSTS: <status>

AT+QGNSSTS=? OK

Read Command +QGNSSTS: <status>

AT+QGNSSTS? OK

Parameter

<status>
0 Time is not synchronized
1 Time is synchronized successfully

Remark
Exact time is very important to EPOTM function. So customers must ensure the time is valid before using EPOTM
function.
Example

AT+QGNSSTS=?

+QGNSSTS: (0,1)
OK

AT+QGNSSTS?

+QGNSSTS: 1
OK

25.5 25.5 AT+QGNSSEPO Enable/Disable EPOTM Function

Description
The command is used to enable or disable EPOTM function.
Syntax

470 Chapter 25. 25 GPS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +QGNSSEPO: (list of supported

AT+QGNSSEPO=? <mode>s)
OK

Read Command +QGNSSEPO: <mode>

AT+QGNSSEPO? OK

Set Command OK
AT+QGNSSEPO=<mode> If there is an error related to ME
functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter

<mode>
0 Disable EPOTM function
1 Enable EPOTM function

Remark
The EPOTM function should be enabled after the time is synchronized successfully.
Example

25.5. 25.5 AT+QGNSSEPO Enable/Disable EPOTM Function 471

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+QGNSSEPO=?

+QGNSSEPO: (0,1)
OK

AT+QGNSSEPO=1

OK

AT+QGNSSEPO?

+QGNSSEPO: 1
OK

25.6 25.6 AT+QGREFLOC Set Reference Location Information for

QuecFastFix Online

Description
The command is used to set reference location information for QuecFastFix Online function.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +QGREFLOC:

AT+QGREFLOC=? <ref_latitude>,<ref_longitude>
OK

Read Command +QGREFLOC:

AT+QGREFLOC? <ref_latitude>,<ref_longitude>
OK

Set Command OK
AT+QGREFLOC=<ref_latitude>,<ref_longitude> If there is an error related to ME
functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter

472 Chapter 25. 25 GPS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<ref_latitude> Latitude information of the reference location

<ref_longitude> Longitude information of the reference location

Remark

1. The range of <ref_latitude> is -90~90 North Latitude, and the range of <ref_longitude> is -180~180 East
Longitude. The input format of the parameter should retain 6 decimal places, and the unit is degree.
2. The command works for QuecFastFix Online function and should be set before executing AT+QGNSSEPO=1.

Example

AT+QGREFLOC=?

+QGREFLOC: <ref_latitude>,<ref_longitude>
OK

AT+QGREFLOC=”31.507985”,”117.119750”

OK

25.7 25.7 AT+QGEPOAID Trigger EPOTM Function

Description
The command is used to trigger EPOTM function.
Syntax

25.7. 25.7 AT+QGEPOAID Trigger EPOTM Function 473

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command OK
AT+QGEPOAID=?

Execution Command OK
AT+QGEPOAID If there is an error related to ME
functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Remark

1. If GNSS is powered on already, customers could use this command to trigger EPOTM function after executing
AT+QGNSSEPO=1.
2. If execute AT+QGNSSEPO=1 first and then power on GNSS, executing this command will not trigger EPOTM
function.

Example

AT+QGEPOAID

OK

25.8 25.8 AT+QGEPOF EPOTM File Operation

Description
The command is used to operate EPOTM related files, including deleting related files, getting file size and querying
validity period of EPOTM files.
Syntax

474 Chapter 25. 25 GPS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +QGEPOF: (list of supported <mode>s)

AT+QGEPOF=? OK

Set Command If <mode> is 0, response:

AT+QGEPOF=<mode> +QGEPOF: <size>
OK
If <mode> is 1, response:
OK
If <mode> is 2, response:
+QGEPOF: <time>
OK
If there is an error related to ME
functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter

<mode> Operation mode

0 Get EPOTM file size
1 Delete EPOTM file
2 Query validity period of EPOTM files

<size> Integer value. Positive numbers indicate the file size, and negative numbers indicate failed file operation.
0-4032 Size of the EPOTM file containing 6 hours of data
-9 File not found

<time> String type. The queried validity period of EPOTM files

The format is “yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss” (UTC time), and the characters indicate year, month, day, hour, minute
and second respectively.
-9 File not found

Remark
If the EPOTM files are deleted, there is a need to trigger EPOTM function again.
Example

25.8. 25.8 AT+QGEPOF EPOTM File Operation 475

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

AT+QGEPOF=?

+QGEPOF: (0-2)
OK

AT+QGEPOF=0

+QGEPOF: 3332
OK

AT+QGEPOF=2

+QGEPOF: 2018-3-7 00:00:00

OK

AT+QGEPOF=1

OK

AT+QGEPOF=0

+QGEPOF: -9
OK

AT+QGEPOF=2

+QGEPOF: -9
OK

25.9 25.9 AT+GPS Control GPS module

Description
This command is to control GPS module.Turn GPS module on/off, input UTC time/reference latitude and longi-
tude/ephemeris to GPS module, query GPS status.
Syntax

476 Chapter 25. 25 GPS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible response

Test Command +QGNSSC: (list of supported <cmd>s)

AT+GPS=? OK

Read Command +QGNSSC:

AT+GPS? <mode>,<state>,<latitude>,<lat
N/S>,<longitude>,<lng E/W>
OK

Set Command OK
AT+GPS=<cmd> If there is an error related to ME
functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter

<cmd>

“ON” turn on GPS

“OFF” turn off GPS
“EPH” input ephemeris to GPS
“UTC” input UTC to GPS
“RFLOC” input ref lat/lng to GPS

Example

AT+GPS?

+GPS:ON,LBS,3150.8558,N,11711.8781,E,
OK

AT+GPS=”ON”

OK

25.9. 25.9 AT+GPS Control GPS module 477

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

25.10 25.10 AT+GPSRD Read GPS NMEA

Description
The command is used to get the NMEA information.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +GPSRD: (list of supported <type>s)

AT+GPSRD=? OK

Set Command OK
AT+GPSRD=<type> If there is an error related to ME
functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter

<type>

“ALL” get all GPS NMEA

“GGA” get GGA
“GSA” get GSA
“GSV” get GSV
“RMC” get RMC
“VTG” get VTG

Example

AT+GPSRD=”RMC”

$GPRMC,001125.669,V„„,0.00,0.00,010104„,N*47
OK

25.11 25.11 AT+GPSCMD Send Commands to GNSS Module

Description

478 Chapter 25. 25 GPS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

The command is used to send commands to GNSS module, which allows customers to optionally use some functions
to meet application demands.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +GPSCMD: "cmdString"

AT+GPSCMD=? OK

Set Command OK
AT+GPSCMD=<cmdString> If there is an error related to ME
functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter

<cmdString> Command string

Example

AT+GPSCMD=0, “PGKC030,3,1”

OK

25.12 25.12 AT+EPH Read EPH status

Description
This command is used to read EPH status.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Read Command +EPH:<state>

AT+EPH? OK

Parameter

25.12. 25.12 AT+EPH Read EPH status 479

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<state>

“INVALID” EPH is invalid

“VALID” EPH is valid

Example

AT+EPH?

+EPH:INVALID
OK

25.13 25.13 AT+LBS Get UTC/REF LOC/EPH from network

Description
This command is used to get UTC/REF LOC/EPH from network.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test Command +LBS: (list of supported <mode>s)

AT+LBS=? OK

Set Command OK
AT+LBS=<mode> If there is an error related to ME
functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter

<mode>

“EPH” get EPH from network

“RFLOC” get UTC and location info

480 Chapter 25. 25 GPS Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Example

AT+LBS=”RFLOC”

OK
download OK

AT+LBS=”EPH”

OK
download OK

25.13. 25.13 AT+LBS Get UTC/REF LOC/EPH from network 481

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

482 Chapter 25. 25 GPS Commands

 CHAPTER

TWENTYSIX

26 EXTEND COMMANDS

• 26.1 AT_QTDMOD Set DTMF detection mode

• 26.2 AT+QTONEDET DTMF Detection
• 26.3 AT+AUEND End audio cycle test
• 26.4 AT+CBCE End audio cycle test
• 26.5 AT+GCHS Get csw and cos heap space of remaining
• 26.6 AT+CEAUART Configure uart
• 26.7 AT+CURCCH Set URC report channel
• 26.8 AT+TSTK Stk test
• 26.9 AT+SNFS Select audio hardware set
• 26.10 AT+UPTIME Get update time of system in milliseconds
• 26.11 AT+LWIPTEST LWIP test command
• 26.12 AT+CAUDPLAY Play audio file
• 26.13 AT+DTAM Set TTS mix state
• 26.14 AT+CADTF Dump pcm data to T-Flash
• 26.15 AT+KEYHOLD Send a key event
• 26.16 AT+LCDON LCD color test
• 26.17 AT+LCDOFF Set LCD off
• 26.18 AT+KPON Set keypad light on
• 26.19 AT+KPOFF Set keypad light off
• 26.20 AT+LCDBKON Set LCD backlight on
• 26.21 AT+LCDBKOFF Set LCD backlight off
• 26.22 AT+MIC Record and play pcm test with receiver
• 26.23 AT+SPEAKER Record and play pcm test with loudspeaker
• 26.24 AT+RECEIVER Record and play pcm test with reciver
• 26.25 AT+HEADSET Record and play pcm test with earpiece
• 26.26 AT+SBBI not supported on this module

483
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• 26.27 AT+SBBR not supported on this module

• 26.28 AT+NBBR not supported on this module
• 26.29 AT+SBBW not supported on this module
• 26.30 AT+NBBW not supported on this module
• 26.31 AT+FLASHON not supported on this module
• 26.32 AT+FLASHOFF not supported on this module
• 26.33 AT+VIBON not supported on this module
• 26.34 AT+VIBOFF not supported on this module
• 26.35 AT+FMON not supported on this module
• 26.36 AT+FMOFF not supported on this module
• 26.37 AT+CAMERA not supported on this module
• 26.38 AT+SWVERSION not supported on this module
• 26.39 AT+CALIBFLAG not supported on this module
• 26.40 AT+KEYPAD not supported on this module
• 26.41 AT+VOLTAG not supported on this module
• 26.42 AT+CHARGEON not supported on this module
• 26.43 AT+CHARGEOFF not supported on this module
• 26.44 AT+BTST not supported on this module
• 26.45 AT+BTSH not supported on this module
• 26.46 AT+BTPR not supported on this module
• 26.47 AT+CAVCP not supported on this module
• 26.48 AT+CACCP not supported on this module
• 26.49 AT+CAMCP not supported on this module
• 26.50 AT+CAWTF not supported on this module
• 26.51 AT+CAIET not supported on this module
• 26.52 AT+CAVCT not supported on this module
• 26.53 AT+FACTMBSN not supported on this module
• 26.54 AT+SUPS not supported on this module
• 26.55 AT+SFUN not supported on this module
• 26.56 AT+UPGRADE not supported on this module
• 26.57 AT+NIPDATA not supported on this module
• 26.58 AT+VERCTRL not supported on this module
• 26.59 AT+CFGCIOT not supported on this module
• 26.60 AT+CCIOTOPT not supported on this module
• 26.61 AT+CGAPNRC not supported on this module

484 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

• 26.62 AT+CFGEDRX not supported on this module

• 26.63 AT+CFGDFTPDN not supported on this module
• 26.64 AT+CFGHCCP not supported on this module
• 26.65 AT+NASCFG not supported on this module
• 26.66 AT+CRCES not supported on this module
• 26.67 AT+CRSL Set UE volume level
• 26.68 AT+CRMP play call sound
• 26.69 AT+VTSEX not supported on this module
• 26.70 AT+ECSQ Whether to report ECSQ
• 26.71 AT+CCED Cell environment description
• 26.72 AT^CCED Cell environment description
• 26.73 AT+CBINDARFCN Bind the Arfcn
• 26.74 AT+SAVECLIR Save the calling line identification restriction
• 26.75 AT+COLR Connected line identification restriction status
• 26.76 AT+SPBR Read Current Phonebook
• 26.77 AT+SPBW Write Phonebook Entries
• 26.78 AT+CGBV baseband version
• 26.79 AT+LOCKBCCH lock the bcch
• 26.80 AT+CRESET SIM reset
• 26.81 AT+CSST service status
• 26.82 AT+ACLB calibration
• 26.83 AT+CDTMF DTMF And Tone Generation
• 26.84 AT+CAUDIO audio
• 26.85 AT+DTMF not supported on this module
• 26.86 AT+QLTONE Produce local custom frequency tone
• 26.87 AT+QWDTMF Play DTMF in a call
• 26.88 AT+QLDTMF Produce local DTMF tones
• 26.89 AT+CMIC Change mic gain level
• 26.90 AT+VGT Set audio mute
• 26.91 AT+CGCID Get the free CID
• 26.92 AT+CGSEND not supported on this module

26.1 26.1 AT_QTDMOD Set DTMF detection mode

Description
Set DTMF detection mode

26.1. 26.1 AT_QTDMOD Set DTMF detection mode 485

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +QTDMOD:<operatefunction>

AT+QTDMOD=? OK

Read Command +QTDMOD:<operatefunction>,<functionstatus>

AT+QTDMOD? OK

Set Command OK
+QTDMOD:<operatefunction>,<functionstatus>

Parameter
<operatefunction>

1 Set DTMF Detection Range

<functionstatus>

0
when <operatefunction> = 1, all DTMF tones ar
detected. contains 1400 and 2300 handover signal
When <operatefunction> = 2, the general algorithm
goes to detect the sound

1
when <operatefunction> = 1, only the signal that
detects 1400 and 2300 is supported
When <operatefunction> = 2, not supported

26.2 26.2 AT+QTONEDET DTMF Detection

Description
DTMF detection
Syntax

486 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +QTONEDET:(<mode-list>)

AT+QTONEDET=? OK

Read Command +QTONEDET:<mode>

AT+QTONEDET? OK

Set Command OK
+QTONEDET:<mode>

Parameter
<mode>

0 Close DTMF detection

1 Open DTMF detection
5 Open debug mode

Note:
If mode = 5, dtmf report message is
+QTONEDET:<dtmfcode>,<persistencetime>,eg
+QTONEDET:50,100

26.3 26.3 AT+AUEND End audio cycle test

Description
End audio cycle test
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Exec Command OK
AT+AUEND

26.4 26.4 AT+CBCE End audio cycle test

Description

26.3. 26.3 AT+AUEND End audio cycle test 487

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Set battery info report state the info is <nBcs>,<nBcl>

Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Set Command OK
AT+CBCE=<echo_mode>

Parameter
<echo_mode>

0 start battery info report

1 stop battery info report

<nBcs>

0 No charging adapter is connected

1 Charging adapter is connected
2 Charging adapter is connected, charging in progress
3 Charging adapter is connected, charging has finished
4 Charging error, charging is interrupted
5 False charging temperature, charging is interrupted while temperature is beyond allowed range

<nBcl>
0 battery is exhausted, or does not have a battery connected
20, 40, 60, 80, 100 percent of remaining capacity.
The percent is not accurate ,but a estimated expression.

26.5 26.5 AT+GCHS Get csw and cos heap space of remaining

Description
Get csw and cos heap space of remaining
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Exe Command +GCHS:CSW:<size>,COS:<size>

AT+GCHS OK

26.6 26.6 AT+CEAUART Configure uart

Description

488 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Configure modem uart

Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +CEAUART:

AT+CEAUART=? (0,1),(0,2400,4800,9600,14400,19200,28800,33600,38400,57600,115200,2
6),(0-3)
OK

Read Command +CEAUART:<enable>,<baud>,<format>,<parity>

AT+CEAUART? OK

Set Command OK
+CEAUART:<enable>[,<baud>[,<format>[,<parity>]]]

Parameter
<enable>

0 start uart
1 stop uart

<baud>
Uart baudrate

2400,4800,9600,14400,19200,28800,33600,38400,57600,115200,230400,460800,921600

<format>
Data format 0 - 6

0 auto detect
1 8N2
2 811
3 8N1
4 7N2
5 711
6 7N1

<parity>

26.6. 26.6 AT+CEAUART Configure uart 489

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

0 Odd
1 Even
2 Mark
3 Space

26.7 26.7 AT+CURCCH Set URC report channel

Description
Set URC report channel
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +CURCCH:<1-10>

AT+CURCCH=? OK

Read Command +CURCCH:<dlci>

AT+CURCCH? OK

Set Command OK
+CURCCH:<dlci>

Parameter
<dlci>
range:1-10, when enable CMUX, set dlci as URC report channel

26.8 26.8 AT+TSTK Stk test

Description
Stk test, send a stk command
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Set Command OK
+TSTK:<num_str>

Parameter

490 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<num_str>
STK command string.

26.9 26.9 AT+SNFS Select audio hardware set

Description
Select audio mode
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +SNFS:(0-2)

AT+SNFS=? OK

Read Command +SNFS:<mode>

AT+SNFS? OK

Set Command OK
+SNFS:<mode>

Parameter
<mode>

0 handset mode
1 earpiece mode
2 loudspeaker mode

26.10 26.10 AT+UPTIME Get update time of system in milliseconds

Description
Get update time of system in milliseconds
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Exec Command ^UPTIME:<milliseconds>

+UPTIME OK

Parameter

26.9. 26.9 AT+SNFS Select audio hardware set 491

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

NULL

26.11 26.11 AT+LWIPTEST LWIP test command

Description
LWIP test command
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Set Command OK
+LWIPTEST:<index>,<start>

Parameter
<index>

0 COAP test
1 MQTT test
6 libWM2M test

26.12 26.12 AT+CAUDPLAY Play audio file

Description
Play audio file.
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +CAUDPLAY:(1-2)[,(filename),(0-2),(0),(1-100)]

AT+CAUDPLAY=? OK

Read Command +CAUDPLAY:<mode>

AT+CAUDPLAY? OK

Set Command OK

+CAUDPLAY:<mode>[,<filename>,<format>,<channel>,<volume>]

Parameter

492 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<mode>

1 play
2 stop play

<filename>
audio file path
<format>
audio file type

0 wav file
1 amr file
2 mp3 file

<channel>
audio channel

0 earpiece
1 loudspeaker

<volume>
play audio volume

26.13 26.13 AT+DTAM Set TTS mix state

Description
Setcar tts mix state
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +DTAM:(0-2)

AT+DTAM=? OK

Read Command +DTAM:<mode>

AT+DTAM? OK

Set Command OK
+DTAM:<mode>

Parameter

26.13. 26.13 AT+DTAM Set TTS mix state 493

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<mode>

0 mix remote
1 mix local
2 mix all

26.14 26.14 AT+CADTF Dump pcm data to T-Flash

Description
Dump pcm data to T-Flash, the data file maybe resData.pcm,spkData.pcm,micData.pcm
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Set Command OK
+CADTF:<itf>[,<ctrl>]

Parameter
<itf>
always be 0
<ctrl>

0 stop dump pcm data

1 start dump pcm data

26.15 26.15 AT+KEYHOLD Send a key event

Description
Send long press event of a key
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Set Command OK
+KEYHOLD:<key>

Parameter
<key>

494 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

0 KEY_0
1 KEY_1
2 KEY_2
3 KEY_3
4 KEY_4
5 KEY_5
6 KEY_6
7 KEY_7
8 KEY_8
9 KEY_9
10 KEY_LSK
11 KEY_RSK
12 KEY_UP_ARROW
13 KEY_DOWN_ARROW
14 KEY_LEFT_ARROW
15 KEY_RIGHT_ARROW
16 KEY_SEND
17 KEY_END
18 KEY_CLEAR
19 KEY_STAR
20 KEY_POUND
21 KEY_VOL_UP
22 KEY_VOL_DOWN
23 KEY_QUICK_ACS
24 KEY_CAMERA
25 KEY_ENTER
26 KEY_IP
27 KEY_WAP
28 MAX_KEYS
29 KEY_INVALID

26.16 26.16 AT+LCDON LCD color test

Description
LCD color test
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Set Command OK
+LCDON:<color>

Parameter
<color>

26.16. 26.16 AT+LCDON LCD color test 495

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

0 auto
1 red
2 green
3 blue
4 white
5 black

26.17 26.17 AT+LCDOFF Set LCD off

Description
Set LCD off
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Exe Command OK
+LCDOFF

26.18 26.18 AT+KPON Set keypad light on

Description
Set keypad light on
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Exe Command OK
+KPON

26.19 26.19 AT+KPOFF Set keypad light off

Description
Set keypad light off
Syntax

496 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible Responses

Exe Command OK
+KPOFF

26.20 26.20 AT+LCDBKON Set LCD backlight on

Description
Set LCD backlight on
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Exe Command OK
+LCDBKON

26.21 26.21 AT+LCDBKOFF Set LCD backlight off

Description
Set LCD backlight off
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Exe Command OK
+LCDBKOFF

26.22 26.22 AT+MIC Record and play pcm test with receiver

Description
Record and play pcm test with reciver
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Exe Command OK
+MIC

26.20. 26.20 AT+LCDBKON Set LCD backlight on 497

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

26.23 26.23 AT+SPEAKER Record and play pcm test with loud-
speaker

Description
Record and play pcm test with loudspeaker
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Exe Command OK
+SPEAKER

26.24 26.24 AT+RECEIVER Record and play pcm test with reciver

Same with +MIC

26.25 26.25 AT+HEADSET Record and play pcm test with earpiece

Description
Record and play pcm test with earpiece
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Exe Command OK
+HEADSET

26.26 26.26 AT+SBBI not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.27 26.27 AT+SBBR not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

498 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

26.28 26.28 AT+NBBR not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.29 26.29 AT+SBBW not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.30 26.30 AT+NBBW not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.31 26.31 AT+FLASHON not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.32 26.32 AT+FLASHOFF not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.33 26.33 AT+VIBON not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.34 26.34 AT+VIBOFF not supported on this module

Description

26.28. 26.28 AT+NBBR not supported on this module 499

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.35 26.35 AT+FMON not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.36 26.36 AT+FMOFF not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.37 26.37 AT+CAMERA not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.38 26.38 AT+SWVERSION not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.39 26.39 AT+CALIBFLAG not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.40 26.40 AT+KEYPAD not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

500 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

26.41 26.41 AT+VOLTAG not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.42 26.42 AT+CHARGEON not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.43 26.43 AT+CHARGEOFF not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.44 26.44 AT+BTST not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.45 26.45 AT+BTSH not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.46 26.46 AT+BTPR not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.47 26.47 AT+CAVCP not supported on this module

Description

26.41. 26.41 AT+VOLTAG not supported on this module 501

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.48 26.48 AT+CACCP not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.49 26.49 AT+CAMCP not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.50 26.50 AT+CAWTF not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.51 26.51 AT+CAIET not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.52 26.52 AT+CAVCT not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.53 26.53 AT+FACTMBSN not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

502 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

26.54 26.54 AT+SUPS not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.55 26.55 AT+SFUN not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.56 26.56 AT+UPGRADE not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.57 26.57 AT+NIPDATA not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.58 26.58 AT+VERCTRL not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.59 26.59 AT+CFGCIOT not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.60 26.60 AT+CCIOTOPT not supported on this module

Description

26.54. 26.54 AT+SUPS not supported on this module 503

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.61 26.61 AT+CGAPNRC not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.62 26.62 AT+CFGEDRX not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.63 26.63 AT+CFGDFTPDN not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.64 26.64 AT+CFGHCCP not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.65 26.65 AT+NASCFG not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.66 26.66 AT+CRCES not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

504 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

26.67 26.67 AT+CRSL Set UE volume level

Description
Set UE volue level
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +CRSL: (0-15)

AT+CRSL=? OK

Read Command +CRSL:<level>

AT+CRSL? OK

Set Command OK
+CRSL:<level>

Parameter

<level>
0-15 volume level

26.68 26.68 AT+CRMP play call sound

Description
play call sound
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +CRMP: (0-3),(0-15),0,(0-11)

AT+CRMP=? OK

Set Command OK
+CRMP:<calltype>,[,<volume>[,[type[,index]]]]

Parameter

26.67. 26.67 AT+CRSL Set UE volume level 505

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<calltype>
0-3 0 and 3 is same now, and 1,2 do nothing

<volume>
sound volume level

<type>
should be 0 now

<index>
0-11, sound index to play

26.69 26.69 AT+VTSEX not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.70 26.70 AT+ECSQ Whether to report ECSQ

Description
Whether to report ECSQ.
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +ECSQ: (0,1)

AT+ ECSQ=? OK

Set Command OK
AT+ ECSQ =[<state>]

Read Command +ECSQ: <state>

AT+ ECSQ? OK

506 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameter
<state>: integer type

0 not support to reoprt ECSQ

1 support to reoprt ECSQ

26.71 26.71 AT+CCED Cell environment description

Description
This command can be used by the application to retrieve the cell parameters of the main cell and of up
to six neighbour cells. Two ways may exist for the external application to know these cell parameters:on
request of the application, or automatically by the module every 5 seconds. The automatic mode is not
supported during communication or registration.
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +CCED: (0),(1,2,8)

AT+ CCED=? OK

Set Command OK
AT+ CCED =<mode>[, <requested dump>]

Parameter
<mode>: integer type

0 Stop automatic shots

1 Automatic shots requested

<requested dump>: integer type

1 Main Cell: MCC, MNC, LAC, CI, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev,RxLev Full, RxLev Sub,
RxQual, RxQual Full, RxQual Sub, Idle TS
2 Neighbour1 to Neighbour6: MCC, MNC, LAC, CI, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev
8 Main cell RSSI indications(Rxlev)from 0 to 31.

26.72 26.72 AT^CCED Cell environment description

Description
This command can be used by the application to retrieve the cell parameters of the main cell and of up
to six neighbour cells. Two ways may exist for the external application to know these cell parameters:on

26.71. 26.71 AT+CCED Cell environment description 507

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

request of the application, or automatically by the module every 5 seconds. The automatic mode is not
supported during communication or registration.
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +CCED: (0),(1,2,8)

AT+ CCED=? OK

Set Command OK
AT+ CCED =<mode>[, <requested dump>]

Parameter
<mode>: integer type

0 Stop automatic shots

1 Automatic shots requested

<requested dump>: integer type

1 Main Cell: MCC, MNC, LAC, CI, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev,RxLev Full, RxLev Sub,
RxQual, RxQual Full, RxQual Sub, Idle TS
2 Neighbour1 to Neighbour6: MCC, MNC, LAC, CI, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev
8 Main cell RSSI indications(Rxlev)from 0 to 31.

26.73 26.73 AT+CBINDARFCN Bind the Arfcn

Description Bind the Arfcn.

Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command OK
AT+ CBindArfcn=?

Set Command OK
AT+ CBindArfcn=<data>

Read Command +CBindArfcn:<data>

AT+ CBindArfcn? OK

508 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Parameter
<data>: integer type Refers to the arfcn.

26.74 26.74 AT+SAVECLIR Save the calling line identification restric-

tion

Description
Save the calling line identification restriction.
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +CLIR:(0,1,2)

AT+SAVECLIR =? OK

Read Command +SAVECLIR:<clir>

AT+SAVECLIR ? OK

Set Command OK
AT+ SAVECLIR =<clir>

Parameter
<clir>: integer type

0 presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR service

1 CLIR invocation
2 CLIR suppression

26.75 26.75 AT+COLR Connected line identification restriction sta-

tus

Description
This command refers to the supplementary service COLR (Connected Line Identification Restriction) according to
3GPP TS 22.081 [3] and supplementary service TIR (Terminating Identification Restriction) according to 3GPP TS
24.608 [120] that enables a called subscriber to restrict the possibility of presentation of connected line identity (COL)
to the calling party after receiving a mobile terminated call. The command displays the status of the COL presentation
in the network. It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary services COLR / TIR in the network. The
command triggers an interrogation of the activation status of the COLR supplementary service according to 3GPP
TS 22.081 [3] and the TIR supplementary service according to 3GPP TS 24.608 [120] (given in <m>). Activation,
deactivation, registration and erasure of the supplementary service COLR / TIR are not applicable.

26.74. 26.74 AT+SAVECLIR Save the calling line identification restriction 509
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +COLR :<0,2>

AT+COLR =? OK

Read Command +COLR :<m>

AT+COLR ? OK

Parameter
<m>: integer type (parameter shows the subscriber COLR / TIR service status in the network).

0 COLR / TIR not provisioned

1 COLR / TIR provisioned
2 unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)

26.76 26.76 AT+SPBR Read Current Phonebook

Description
Read phonebook entries in location number range <index1> <index2> form the current phonebook memory storage
selected. If the <index2> is omitted, only the entry with index of <index1> is returned if exists.
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +SPBR: (support<index>s),[<nlength>],

AT+SPBR=? [<tlength>]
OK

Set Command [+SPBR: <index1>,<number>,<type>,

AT+SPBR=<index1>[,<index2>] <text>[[...]<CR><LF>+SPBR:
<index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>]]
OK

Parameter
<index1>, <index2>:
Integer type values in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory
<number>:
Type: string type Meaning: phone number of format <type>

510 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<type >:
Type: integer type Meaning: type of address octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] sub clause
10.5.4.7) ; default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character “+”, otherwise
129
<text >: Type: string type Meaning: character set as specified by command +CSCS. The display of text depending
to the storage format in the sim card. If we store the pbk entry with ucs2 format, we show Chinese string here,
otherwise, we show NON-Chinese string. We do not care about charsets, it is decided by command +CSCS
setting when we store them.
<nlength>: Type: integer type Meaning: value indicating the maximum length of field <number>
<tlength>: Meaning: field of maximum length <tlength>
Remark
• If <index2> is smaller than <index1>, error should be returned.
• When DTE character set is “GSM” (set by +CSCS command), the target phonebook entry will be output in an
(big-endian) UCS2 hex string form if it is not a pure ASCII (single byte encoding) string. If the DTE character
set is “UCS2” it will always be output in UCS2 hex string form.

26.77 26.77 AT+SPBW Write Phonebook Entries

Description
Writes phonebook entry in location number <index> in the current phonebook memory storage selected.
if there is no index parameter in the command line, the record will be written to the free location.
If the current phonebook storage is “ON”, modification is allowed, but deleting entry is forbidden.We can
add entries to the “ON” phonebook when it have free location, otherwise add entry to “ON” is forbidden.
If the current phonebook storage is “LD”, deleting is allowed, but adding or modification entry is forbid-
den. If the current phonebook storage is “FD”, which is locked by pin2, executing the command may be
returned ERROR or relevant CME error. To continue the operation, please enter the relevant pin specified
by “+cpin?”. Input pin2, deleting or adding or modification entry is allowed. If the current phonebook
storage is “SM”, deleting or adding or modification entry is allowed.
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +SPBW: (list of supported

AT+SPBW=? <index>s),[<nlength>],(list of
supported <type>s),[<tlength>]
OK

Set Command AT+SPBW=[<index>],<number> [,<type> [,<text>]]

OK

Parameter
<pin>, <newpin>:

26.77. 26.77 AT+SPBW Write Phonebook Entries 511

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

<index>: Type: integer type Meaning: values in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory
<number>: Type: string type Meaning: phone number of format <type> Note: valid phone numbe chars are as
follows: 0-9,*,#,+(+only can be the first position)
<type>: Type: integer type Meaning: type of address octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause
10.5.4.7) ; default 145 when dialling string includes international access code character “+”, otherwise 129
<text>: Type: string type Meaning: character set as specified by command +CSCS. If we want to find Chinese string
in the all pbk entry, we must set charset value with command +CSCS of “ucs2”, otherwise we find non-Chinese
string with command +CSCS of “non-ucs2”. And now the ucs2 supported in our environment is big-ending
Unicode, we must input big-ending Unicode string in the field if setting value of cscs is equal to “ucs2”.
<nlength>: Type: integer type Meaning: value indicating the maximum length of field <number>
<tlength>: Type: integer type Meaning: value indicating the maximum length of field <text>,counting in single
byte char. Note: if phonebook characterset is “HEX”, the supported UCS2 char count is smaller than that
specified by <tlength> by 1.This is because UCS2 char storing flag occupies 1 byte.
Remark
• AT+SPBW=[<index>],<number>[,<type>[,<text>]],the number setting NULL is forbidden.
• Executed AT+CLCK and “FD” is locked, then operation of “SM” phonebooks are forbidden, but operation of
other phonebooks is allowed.

26.78 26.78 AT+CGBV baseband version

Description
Get baseband version.
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command OK
AT+ CGBV=?

Exec Command +CGBV: RDA<Version>

AT+ CGBV OK

Parameter
None

26.79 26.79 AT+LOCKBCCH lock the bcch

Description
lock the bcch.

512 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +LockBCCH: mode(0,1),bcch1,bcch2. . . .

AT+ LOCKBCCH=? OK

Set Command OK
AT+ LOCKBCCH=[[mode],[bcch1],[bcch2]. . . ]

Read Command +LockBCCH: <locbcch>

AT+ LOCKBCCH? <Count>
OK

Parameter
<mode>:integer type.

0 unlock the bcch

1 lock the bcch

<bcch>:string. The value of the BCCH.

26.80 26.80 AT+CRESET SIM reset

Description
Make the SIM reset.
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command ^CRESET:

AT+CRESET=? OK

Exec Command OK
AT+CRESET? +CME ERROR:11

Parameter None
Remark None
Example

26.80. 26.80 AT+CRESET SIM reset 513

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible Responses

Test Command ^CRESET:

AT+CRESET=? OK

Exec Command OK
AT+CRESET? +CME ERROR:11

26.81 26.81 AT+CSST service status

Description
Get the status of the service.
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +CSST:

AT+CSST=? OK

Set Command Services<allocated>,<activated>

AT+CSST = <Service> OK

Parameter
<Service>::integer type. Refers to the service number.

26.82 26.82 AT+ACLB calibration

Description
calibration.
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Exec Command OK
AT+ACLB=?

514 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

26.83 26.83 AT+CDTMF DTMF And Tone Generation

Description
Sent the DTMF and generate the tone.
Syntax

Command Possible response

Test command Success:

AT+CDTMF=? (list of supported <DTMF>s)
OK
Fail:
ERROR

Set command Success:

AT+CDTMF=< DTMF>,<duration> OK
Fail:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Reference
3GPP TS 27.007 V3.12.0

Unsolicited Result Codes

None
Parameter

<DTMF>:
A single ASCII character in the set 0 9, #,*,A D.
This is interpreted as a single ACSII character whose duration is set by the +VTD command.

<duration>:
time in 1/10 second

Remark
Example

26.83. 26.83 AT+CDTMF DTMF And Tone Generation 515

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

The following examples show the typical application for this command.

Command Possible response

ATD10086;
OK

AT+CDTMF=1
CONNECT

AT+CDTMF=2,10
OK

AT+CDTMF=?
+CDTMF: (0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D),(1-10)
OK

26.84 26.84 AT+CAUDIO audio

Description
Open or close audio.
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +CAUDIO: (0-1)

AT+CAUDIO=? OK

Set Command OK
AT+CAUDIO = <mode>

Parameter
<mode>:integer type.

0 close audio
1 open audio

Remark None

516 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

26.85 26.85 AT+DTMF not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.86 26.86 AT+QLTONE Produce local custom frequency tone

Description
Produce Local custom frequency tone
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command OK
+QLTONE:(0,1),(425,950,1400,1800),(1-25500),(0-
25500),(1-25500)

Set Command OK

+QLTONE:<mode>,<frequency>,<periodOn>,<periodOff
>,<duration>

Parameter
<mode>

0 play stop
1 play start

<frequency> supported frequency tone:425HZ,950HZ,1400HZ,1800HZ

<periodon> the period of play custom tone in ms
<periodoff> the period of stop custom tone in ms
<duration> When the specified frequency tone is started, the module will continue to play the tone <periodon>time
long, and then stop playing tone <periodoff> ,loop sequentially, until <duration>time is over.

26.87 26.87 AT+QWDTMF Play DTMF in a call

Description
Play DTMF in a call
Syntax

26.85. 26.85 AT+DTMF not supported on this module 517

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible Responses

Test Command OK
+QWDTMF:(0-7),(0-7),( , , ),(0),(0)

Set Command OK

AT+QWDTMF=<ul_volume>,<dl_volume>,(“<dtmfcode>,<continuancetime>,<mutetime>”)[,<channel>][,<mode>]

Parameter
<ul_volume> Control the volume the remote, 0 Mute, 7 Max volume value
<dl_volume> Control the volume the local, 0 Mute, 7 Max volume value
<dtmf_code>
‘0’ DTMF 0
‘1’ DTMF 1
‘2’ DTMF 2
‘3’ DTMF 3
‘4’ DTMF 4
‘5’ DTMF 5
‘6’ DTMF 6
‘7’ DTMF 7
‘8’ DTMF 8
‘9’ DTMF 9
‘A’ DTMF A
‘B’ DTMF B
‘C’ DTMF C
‘D’ DTMF D
‘*’ DTMF *
‘#’ DTMF #
‘E’ 1400Hz
‘F’ 2300Hz
‘G’ 1KHz
<continuancetime> Play each tone time length, Unit ms
<mutetime> the length of quiet time for each tone interval when playing tone strings, Unit ms
<playcode> play success or failure prompt A value of 5 indicates a successful playback and other failures
<channel> the playback channel, which only works when not talking. Talk with the voice of the same channel, that
is, AT+QAUDCH control Business. When this parameter defaults, the playback channel is also controlled by
AT+QAUDCH.

0 Main channel (default)

1 Headphone Channel

518 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

2 main hands-free channel

Now we only supported is 0

<mode> DTMF sound synthesis algorithm. The default is 0.

Note:
Example:
at+qwdtmf=7,0, “0a5,50,50,1,55,50,23,100,50”
Send DTMF ‘ 0 ‘ tone 50ms, mute 50ms; send DTMF ‘ A ‘ tone 50ms, mute 50ms; send DTMF ‘ 5 ‘ tone 50ms,
Mute 50ms; send DTMF ‘ 1 ‘ tone 55ms, mute 50ms; send DTMF ‘ 2 ‘ tone 100ms, mute 50ms; DTMF ‘ 3 ‘ tone
100ms, mute 50ms;

26.88 26.88 AT+QLDTMF Produce local DTMF tones

Description
Produce local DTMF tones
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command OK
+QLDTMF:(1-1000),(0-9,A-D,*,#)

Set Command OK
AT+QLDTMF=<n>[,<DTMF string>]

Parameter
<n> Numeric parameter 1~1000, indicating the duration of all DTMF tones in 1/10 seconds
<DTMF-string> string parameters, maximum input of 20 DTMF tones, separated by commas, DTMF for ASCII
characters, including 0-9,#,*,A-D

26.89 26.89 AT+CMIC Change mic gain level

Description
Change mic gain level
Syntax

26.88. 26.88 AT+QLDTMF Produce local DTMF tones 519

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible Responses

Test Command OK
+CMIC:(0),(0-15)

Set Command OK
+CMIC:<channel>,<level>

Parameter
<channel> we only support main channel 0
<level> mic gain level range 0-15

26.90 26.90 AT+VGT Set audio mute

Description
Set audio mute.
Syntax

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +VGT :16

AT+VGT =? OK

Read Command +VGT :<m>

AT+VGT ? OK

Parameter
<m>: integer type

16 Mute Sounds

26.91 26.91 AT+CGCID Get the free CID

Description
Get the free CID.
Syntax

520 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

Command Possible Responses

Test Command +CGCID: (1-7)

AT+CGCID =? OK

Exec Command +CGCID: <n>

AT+CGCID ? OK

26.92 26.92 AT+CGSEND not supported on this module

Description
The command is not supported on this module in principle and strongly recommends not to use this
command.

26.92. 26.92 AT+CGSEND not supported on this module 521

AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

522 Chapter 26. 26 Extend Commands

 CHAPTER

TWENTYSEVEN

27 APPENDIX: NOT MAINTAINED AT COMMANDS

The following AT commands appear in modem SDK. However, they are not tested and not maintained. Don’t use
them in products.

523
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

524 Chapter 27. 27 Appendix: Not Maintained AT commands

 CHAPTER

TWENTYEIGHT

28 OPERATOR SELE-REGISTER COMMANDS

Contents

• 28.1 AT+SELFREGISTER Set the flag of operator self-register

28.1 28.1 AT+SELFREGISTER Set the flag of operator self-register

Command Possible response(s)

AT+SELFREGISTER=<OPERATOR>, OK or ERROR
<FLAG>
OTHER OK

Parameters
<OPERATOR> operator name
0 CMCC
1 UNICOM
2 CTCC
<FLAG> flag
0 turn off self-register
1 turn on self-register

525
AT Command Manual, Release 9.0

526 Chapter 28. 28 operator sele-register Commands

 CHAPTER

TWENTYNINE

INDIES AND TABLES

• genindex
• search

527